Article 13 of the Washington Treaty describes a simple procedure for a NATO member state, to cancel its membership.

Below is the stated objective of NATO: Peace and Security, Individual Liberty and the Rule of Law, Safeguard Freedom and  Democracy.

See below:

“The Parties to this Treaty reaffirm their faith in the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations and their desire to live in peace with all peoples and all governments.

They are determined to safeguard the freedom, common heritage and civilisation of their peoples, founded on the principles of democracy, individual liberty and the rule of law. They seek to promote stability and well-being in the North Atlantic area.

They are resolved to unite their efforts for collective defence and for the preservation of peace and security. They therefore agree to this North Atlantic Treaty.”

Sounds good but it’s a bold face lie.

NATO is an instrument  of  continuous warfare.  What utter nonsense. They do not support the Charter of the United Nations.

image: (Afganistan, famine)

US-NATO-Israel’s “humanitarian wars” consist of crimes against humanity, genocide and the destruction and fragmentation of entire countries:

Palestine, Vietnam, Cambodia, Somalia, Sudan, Afghanistan, Yugoslavia, Iraq, Syria, Libya, Ukraine, …

not to mention military coup’s, regime change, color revolutions, … poverty and famine.

Famine in Afghanistan (invaded by NATO forces in October 2001) on the pretext that Afghanistan had attacked America on 9/11 allegedly in support of Al Qaeda.

 

 

Read Article 13 of the Washington Treaty which describes the procedure.

“Article 13

“After the Treaty has been in force for twenty years, any Party may cease to be a Party one year after its notice of denunciation has been given to the Government of the United States of America, which will inform the Governments of the other Parties of the deposit of each notice of denunciation.

A NATO Member State may cease to be “A Party of NATO ” one year after its notice of denunciation has been given the the Government of the U.S.A” (emphasis added)

A  NATO member state may decide to “WITHDRAW from NATO.” 

We are at a dangerous crossroads in our history which is characterized by a system of alliances of nation-states (namely NATO) which unequivocally supports and finances the United States military agenda. The latter also includes an option to conduct nuclear war. A 1.3 trillion dollar nuclear weapons program, slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030.

While Article 13 of the Washington Treaty appears to be simplistic, one can expect numerous pressures and fraudulent actions with a view to preventing a NATO member state from canceling its NATO membership.

What is crucial is to fracture and weaken NATO: an intergovernmental alliance of 32 member states.

There is also the issue of cross-cutting alliances and coalitions, namely countries which are members of NATO, while also having alliances or agreements with so-called enemies of NATO.  Turkey is a NATO member state which has economic and strategic alliances with both Russia and Iran.

 

 

The withdrawal from NATO of one or more member states could have a significant impact. It creates a precedent, which would encourage more NATO member states, “to say goodbye.”

How to Reverse the Tide of War: “Say Goodbye to Nato”

 

A. Withdrawal (Art 13 of the North Atlantic Treaty)

1. A mass movement at the grassroots of society to withdraw from NATO (Art. 13 of the North Atlantic Treaty)

2. Actions within the legislature of the 32 member states. Motions “to cease to be a party” of NATO (Art 13) 

B. NATO Wants Money From Member States. It Also Wants Weapons

“During the 2014 summit, all NATO members agreed to spend at least 2% of their GDPs on defense by 2025″.

Pressure governments to freeze defense spending. Demand withdrawal of soldiers from the war theater.

C. The Restoration of Peace and Democracy

3. Persistent actions against corrupt heads of state who support NATO. 

4. Restoration of the democratic process, elect politicians firmly committed to “CEASING TO BE A PARTY” OF NATO (ART 13)

D. Democratization of the Media

5. Actions against media, which are supportive of terrorism and crimes against humanity committed by  NATO forces. 

E. Actions Within the United Nations System 

6. Meaningful actions within the United Nations System.

7. Actions against NGOs which support NATO.

F. Legal Actions

8. Legal actions against the military industrial complex and the financial establishment 

9. Actions against the billionaire philanthropists which endorse and finance US NATO Israel, acts of war

10  Actions against NATO member governments which commit war crimes, crimes against humanity, genocide


The Motto of NATO: Increase defense spending to prevent war. NATO must spend more.” 

“The Lie Becomes the Truth”

 

 

 


See The Washington Treaty  (Complete Text)

See the text of Article 13 of the North Atlantic Treaty below.

.

.

 

Text of Article 13

A  NATO Member State may take the decision to WITHDRAW from NATO.

The procedure is described in Article 13 of the Washington Treaty.

Article 13

After the Treaty has been in force for twenty years, any Party may cease to be a Party one year after its notice of denunciation has been given to the Government of the United States of America, which will inform the Governments of the other Parties of the deposit of each notice of denunciation.

A NATO Member State may cease to be “A Party of NATO ” one year after its notice of denunciation has been given the the Government of the U.S.A.

Global Research Introductory Note

This carefully researched and timely article by F. William Engdahl was first published on July 13, 2022.

In October 2023, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation initiated a billion euro polio project. Bill Gates expresses his commitment to eradicating polio Worldwide  

Protecting Hundreds of Millions of Children??? 

“Thanks to medical innovations, the world eradicated one human disease – smallpox. Today we’re on the verge of ending another – wild poliovirus. I am committed to ensuring that no child, anywhere in the world, faces this awful disease. I am also optimistic that we will eradicate polio once and for all and make health innovations more accessible for everyone, particularly those in the poorest countries,” said Bill Gates, co-chair of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. (emphasis added)

“The expected €1.1 billion financing package aims to provide new funding to eradicate a human disease for only the second time in history and help solve the health and development challenges faced by the world’s most vulnerable people, who otherwise do not get fair access to healthcare services and innovations.

Big Money to the Rescue of the World’s Children???

The President of the European Commission Ursula von der Leyen stated emphatically:

“We are about to wipe polio off the face of the Earth. The European Commission, the EIB and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation are partnering to get through the final stretch.

With 1 billion euros supported by our European investment strategy Global Gateway, we will invest in stronger health systems globally and local vaccine and medicines production, manufacturing and administration, where it is most needed.

Global cooperation has helped us put an end to the COVID-19 pandemic. Now it will help us get rid of polio once and for all.” (emphasis added)

 

***

 

Toxicology vs Virology:

The Rockefeller Institute and the Criminal Polio Fraud

By F. William Engdahl 

Introduction 

One of the outcomes of the alleged new SARS Covid virus that publicly emerged in 2019 is that the medical specialization of virology has been raised to a stature almost Godlike in the media.

Few understand the origins of virology and its elevation into a leading role in today’s medicine practice. For this we need to look at the origins and politics of America’s first medical research institute, the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, today Rockefeller University, and their work on what they claimed was a polio virus.

In 1907 an outbreak of a sickness in New York City gave the director of the Rockefeller Institute, Simon Flexner, MD, a golden opportunity to lay claim to discovery of an invisible “virus” caused by what was arbitrarily called poliomyelitis. The word poliomyelitis simply means inflammation of the spinal cord’s grey matter. There were some 2,500 New Yorkers, mostly children, designated with some form of poliomyelitis, including paralysis and even death, that year.

Flexner’s Fraud

The most striking aspect of the entire polio saga in the USA during the first half of the 20th Century was the fact that every key phase of the business was controlled by people tied to what became the Rockefeller medical cabal. This fraud started with claims by the Director of the Rockefeller Institute, Simon Flexner, that he and his colleague, Paul A. Lewis, had “isolated” a pathogen, invisible to the eye, smaller even than bacteria, which they claimed caused the paralyzing sickness in a series of outbreaks in the US. How did they come to this idea?

In a paper published in 1909 in the Journal of the American Medical Association, Flexner claimed he and Lewis had isolated the poliomyelitis virus responsible. He reported they had successfully “passaged” poliomyelitis through several monkeys, from monkey to monkey. They began by injecting diseased human spinal cord tissue of a young boy who had died, presumably from the virus, into the brains of monkeys. After a monkey fell ill, a suspension of its diseased spinal cord tissue was injected into the brains of other monkeys who also fell ill.

They proclaimed that the Rockefeller Institute doctors had thus proven poliomyelitis virus causality for the mysterious disease. They hadn’t done anything of the sort. Flexner and Lewis even admitted that:

“We failed utterly to discover bacteria, either in film preparations or in cultures, that could account for the disease; and, since among our long series of propagations of the virus in monkeys not one animal showed, in the lesions, the cocci described by some previous investigators, and we had failed to obtain any such bacteria from the human material studied by us, we felt that they could be excluded from consideration.”

What they then did was to make a bizarre supposition, a leap of faith, not a scientific claim. They took their hypothesis of viral exogenous agency and made it fact, with no proof whatever. They asserted: Therefore, …the infecting agent of epidemic poliomyelitis belongs to the class of the minute and filterable viruses that have not thus far been demonstrated with certainty under the microscope. Therefore?

Simon Flexner simply asserted it “must” be a polio virus killing the monkeys, because they could find no other explanation. In fact he did not look for another source of the illnesses. This was not scientific isolation. It was wild speculation: “…not thus far been demonstrated with certainty under the microscope.” They admitted this in a December 18, 1909 follow up in JAMA, titled, THE NATURE OF THE VIRUS OF EPIDEMIC POLIOMYELITIS.

The so-called “virus” they were injecting into monkeys was hardly pure. It also contained an undetermined amount of contaminants. It included “pureed spinal cord, brain, fecal matter, even flies were ground up and injected into monkeys to induce paralysis.” Until Jonas Salk won approval from the US Government in April 1955 for a polio vaccine, no scientific proof of existence of a virus causing poliomyelitis, or infantile paralysis as it was commonly known, had been proven. That is the case to this day. The medical world all took Flexner’s word that it “must” be a virus.

Rockefeller Institute, Flexner and the American Medical Association

The Rockefeller Institute was founded from the Standard Oil fortune of John D. Rockefeller in 1901, to be America’s first biomedical institute. It was modelled on France’s Pasteur Institute (1888) and Germany’s Robert Koch Institute (1891). Its first Director, Simon Flexner, played a pivotal and most criminal role in the evolution of what became approved American medical practice. The Rockefeller goal was to completely control American medical practice and transform it into an instrument, at least initially, for promotion of medical drugs approved by the Rockefeller interests. By then they were looking to monopolize medical drugs produced from their petroleum refining, as they had done with oil.

Image on the right: Simon Flexner (Licensed under the public domain)

Picture of Simon Flexner.jpg

As Rockefeller Institute head, Simon Flexner, was publishing his inconclusive but highly acclaimed studies on polio, he arranged for his brother, Abraham Flexner, a school teacher with no medical background, to head a joint study by the American Medical Association (AMA), the Rockefeller General Education Board, and the Carnegie Foundation founded by Rockefeller’s close friend Andrew Carnegie.

The 1910 study was titled, The Flexner Report, and its ostensible purpose was to investigate the quality of all US medical schools. The outcome of the report was, however, predetermined. Ties between the well-endowed Rockefeller Institute and the AMA went through the corrupt AMA head, George H. Simmons.

Simmons was also the editor of the influential Journal of the American Medical Association, a publication delivered to some 80,000 doctors across America. He reportedly wielded absolute power over the doctors’ association. He controlled the rising ad revenues for drug companies to promote their drugs to AMA doctors in his journal, a highly lucrative business. He was a key part of the Rockefeller medical coup that was to completely redefine acceptable medical practice away from remedial or preventive treatment to use of often deadly drugs and expensive surgeries. As head of the AMA Simmons realized that the competition from a proliferation of medical schools, including then-recognized chiropractic, osteopathy, homeopathy and natural medicine, was lessening income of his AMA doctors, as the number of medical schools had increased from around 90 in 1880 to over 150 in 1903.

Abraham Flexner, former headmaster of a private school, toured various US medical schools in 1909 and recommended that fully half of the 165 medical schools be closed, as what he defined as “sub-standard.” This reduced competition from other approaches to healing diseases. They ruthlessly targeted then-widespread naturopathic medical schools, chiropractic ones, osteopaths as well as independent allopathic schools unwilling to join the AMA regime.

Then Rockefeller money went to the select schools with a proviso that professors be vetted by the Rockefeller Institute and the curriculum focus on drugs and surgery as treatment, not prevention, nor nutrition, nor toxicology as possible causes and solutions. They had to accept Pasteur’s germ theory of disease, which claims one germ to one disease reductionism. Rockefeller-controlled media launched a coordinated witch-hunt against all forms of alternative medicine, herbal remedies, natural vitamins and chiropractic–anything not controlled by Rockefeller patented drugs.

By 1919 the Rockefeller General Education Board and the Rockefeller Foundation had paid out more than $5,000,000 to Johns Hopkins, Yale and Washington University in St. Louis medical schools. In 1919 John D. Rockefeller granted another $20,000,000 in securities, “for the advancement of medical education in the United States.” That would be comparable to about $340 million today, a huge sum. In short the Rockefeller money interests had hijacked American medical education and medical researchby the 1920’s.

Creating Virology

This medical takeover, backed by the most influential doctors’ organization, the AMA, and its corrupt head, Simmons, allowed Simon Flexner to literally create modern virology under Rockefeller rules. The highly controversial Thomas Milton Rivers, as director of The Rockefeller Institute’s virology laboratory, established virology as an independent field, separate from bacteriology, during the 1920s. They realized they could manipulate far easier when they could claim deadly pathogens that were invisible germs or “viruses.” Ironically virus comes from Latin for poison.

Virology, a reductionist medical fraud, was a creation of the Rockefeller medical cabal. That highly important fact is buried in the annals of medicine today. Diseases such as smallpox or measles or poliomyelitis were declared caused by invisible pathogens called specific viruses. If scientists could “isolate” the invisible virus, theoretically they could find vaccines to protect people from harm. So their theory went. It was a huge boon for the Rockefeller cartel of pharmaceutical companies, which at the time included American Home Products which falsely promoted drugs with no proof of effect, such as Preparation H for Hemorrhoids, or Advil for pain relief; Sterling Drug,which took over the US assets including Aspirin of German Bayer AG after World War I; Winthrop Chemical; American Cyanamid and its subsidiary Lederle Laboratories; Squibb and Monsanto.

Soon virus researchers at the Rockefeller Institute, in addition to claiming discovery of the poliomyelitis virus, claimed to discover the viruses that caused smallpox, mumps, measles and yellow fever. Then they announced “discovery” of preventive vaccines for pneumonia and yellow fever. All of these “discoveries” announced by the Institute proved false. With the control of the research in the new area of virology, the Rockefeller Institute, in collusion with Simmons at AMA and his equally corrupt successor, Morris Fishbein, could promote new patented vaccines or drug “remedies” in the influential AMA journal that went to every member doctor in America. Drug companies refusing to pay for ads in the AMA journal were blackballed by the AMA.

Controlling Polio Research

Image below: Rockefeller University Main gates on York Avenue (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

Simon Flexner and the highly-influential Rockefeller Institute succeeded in 1911 in having the symptoms that were being called poliomyelitis to be entered into the US Public Health Law as a “contagious, infectious disease caused by an air-borne virus.” Yet even they admitted they had not proven how the disease enters the body of humans. As one experienced doctor pointed out in a medical journal in 1911, “Our present knowledge of the possible methods of contagion is based almost entirely upon the work done in this city at the Rockefeller Institute.” In 1951 Dr. Ralph Scobey, a critic of the Rockefeller rush to judgment on polio contagion, noted, “This of course placed reliance on animal experiments rather than on clinical investigations…” Scobey also pointed to the lack of proof poliomyelitis was contagious: “…children afflicted with the disease were kept in general hospital wards and that not a single one of the other inmates of the wards of the hospital was affected with the disease.” The general attitude at that time was summed up in 1911: “It seems to us despite the lack of absolute proof, that the best interests of the community would be conserved by our regarding the disease from a contagious standpoint.(sic).

By having poliomyelitis symptoms classified as a highly contagious disease caused by an invisible, alleged exogenous or external virus, the Rockefeller Institute and the AMA were able to cut off any serious research for alternative explanations such as exposure to chemical pesticides or other toxins, to explain the seasonal outbreaks of illness and paralysis, even death, mostly in very young children. That was to have fatal consequences lasting to the present.

Enter DDT

In his 1952 statement to the US House of Representatives investigating the possible dangers of chemicals in food products, Ralph R. Scobey, M.D. noted,

“For almost half a century poliomyelitis investigations have been directed towards a supposed exogenous virus that enters the human body to cause the disease. The manner in which the Public Health Law is now stated, imposes only this type of investigation. No intensive studies have been made, on the other hand, to determine whether or not the so-called virus of poliomyelitis is an autochthonous chemical substance that does not enter the human body at all, but simply results from an exogenous factor or factors, for example, a food poison.”

Toxins as cause were not investigated, despite huge evidence.

During the 1930s with economic depression and then war, few new major outbreaks of poliomyelitis were noted. However, immediately after the end of World War II, notably, the polio drama exploded in dimension. Beginning 1945, every summer more and more children across America were diagnosed with poliomyelitis and hospitalized. Less than 1% of the cases were actually tested via blood or urine tests. Some 99% were diagnosed by merely the presence of symptoms such as acute pain in extremities, fever, upset stomach, diarrhea.

In 1938, with the support of presumed polio victim, Franklin D. Roosevelt, the National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis (March of Dimes) was founded to solicit tax-exempt donations to fund polio research. A German doctor and researcher, Dr Henry Kumm, came to the US and joined the Rockefeller Institute in 1928 where he stayed until joining the National Foundation in 1951 as Director of Polio Research. Kumm was joined at the National Foundation by another key Rockefeller Institute veteran, the so-called “father of virology,” Thomas M. Rivers, who chaired the foundation’s vaccine research advisory committee overseeing the research of Jonas Salk. These two Rockefeller Institute key figures thus controlled funds for polio research including developing a vaccine.

During the Second World War, while still at Rockefeller Institute, Henry Kumm was a consultant to the US Army where he oversaw field studies in Italy. There Kumm directed field studies for the use of DDT against typhus and malarial mosquitoes in the marshes near Rome and Naples. DDT had been patented as an insecticide by Swiss drug firm Geigy and their US branch in 1940, and first authorized for use on US Army soldiers in 1943 as a general disinfectant against head lice, mosquitoes and many other insects. Until war’s end almost all DDT production in the US went to the military. In 1945 the chemical companies looked eagerly for new markets. They found them.

Image on the right is from Beyond Pesticides

DDT Exposure During Early Life Associated with Increased Risk of Breast Cancer - Beyond Pesticides Daily News Blog

In early 1944, US newspapers triumphantly reported that typhus, “the dreaded plague that has followed in the wake of every great war in history,” was no longer a threat to American troops and their allies thanks to the army’s new “louse-killing” powder, DDT. In an experiment in Naples, American soldiers dusted more than a million Italians with DDT dissolved with kerosene (!), killing the body lice that spread typhus.

Rockefeller Institute’s Henry Kumm and the US Army knew that, as one researcher put it, “DDT was a poison, but it was safe enough for war. Any person harmed by DDT would be an accepted casualty of combat.” The US Government “restricted” a report on insecticides issued by the Office of Scientific Research and Development in 1944 that warned against the cumulative toxic effects of DDT in humans and animals. Dr Morris Biskind noted in a 1949 article, “As DDT is a cumulative poison, it is inevitable that large-scale intoxication of the American population would occur. In 1944, Smith and Stohlman of the National Institutes of Health, after an extensive study of the cumulative toxicity of DDT, pointed out, “The toxicity of DDT combined with its cumulative action and absorbability from the skin places a definite health hazard on its use.” Their warnings were ignored by higher officials.

Instead, after 1945, all across America DDT was promoted as the miracle new, “safe” pesticide, much like Monsanto’s Roundup with glyphosate three decades later. DDT was said to be harmless to humans. But no one in government was seriously scientifically testing that claim. One year later in 1945 as the war ended, US newspapers praised the new DDT as a “magic” substance, a “miracle.” Time called DDT “one of the great scientific discoveries of World War II.”

Despite isolated warnings of untested side effects, that it was a persistent, toxic chemical which easily accumulates in the food chain, the US Government approved DDT for general use in 1945. The Food and Drug Administration (FDA), controlled by the Rockefeller-AMA-drug interests, established as “safe” a DDT content of up to 7 parts per million in foods, though no one had proven such. The DDT chemical companies fed the press with photos and anecdotes. Newspapers enthusiastically reported how the new miracle chemical, DDT, was being tested in the US against mosquitoes in the South believed carrying malaria, as well as “preserving Arizona vineyards, West Virginia orchards, Oregon potato fields, Illinois cornfields, and Iowa dairies.” DDT was everywhere in the USA in the late 1940s.

The US Government claimed DDT, unlike arsenic and other insecticides used before the war, was harmless to humans, even infants, and could be used liberally. Beginning 1945 cities like Chicago sprayed public beaches, parks, swimming pools. Housewives bought home aerosol spray DDT dispensers to spray the kitchen and especially childrens’ rooms, even their matrasses. Farmers were told to spray their crops and their animals, especially dairy cows, with DDT. In postwar America DDT was being promoted, above all by Rockefeller drug companies like American Home Products with its Black Flag aerosol DDT spray, and Monsanto. From 1945 through 1952 the US production of DDT increased tenfold.

As presumed cases of polio literally exploded across the USA after 1945 the theory was advanced, with no proof, that the crippling polio disease was transmitted, not by toxic pesticide chemicals like DDT, but by mosquitoes or flies to humans, most especially young children or infants. The message was that DDT can safely protect your family from the crippling polio. Officially listed polio cases went from some 25,000 in 1943 before US civilian use of DDT, to over 280,000 cases in 1952 at the peak, more than a tenfold increase.

In October 1945 DDT, which had been used by the US Army under supervision of Rockefeller Institute’s Henry Kumm as noted, was authorized by the US Government for general use as an insecticide against mosquitoes and flies. Dissenting scientists warning of toxic effects of DDT in humans and animals were silenced. Families were told DDT could save their children from the dreaded polio by killing the feared insects.

The US Department of Agriculture advised farmers to wash their dairy cows with a solution of DDT to combat mosquitoes and flies. Cornfields were aerial sprayed with DDT as well as fruit orchards. However it was incredibly persistent and its toxic effect on plants and vegetables were such it could not be washed off. Year-by-year from 1945 through 1952 the amount of DDT sprayed across the US increased. Notably, so too did the number of human cases of poliomyelitis.

Worst Polio Epidemic

By the beginning of the 1950s increasing attention was given in the US Congress and among farmers as to the possible dangers of such heavy pesticide use—not only DDT, but also the even more toxic BHC (benzene hexachloride). In 1951 Morton Biskind, a physician who had successfully treated several hundred patients with DDT poisoning, testified to the US House of Representatives on the possible link of paralytic polio to toxins, specifically DDT and BHC. He noted,

The introduction for uncontrolled general use by the public of the insecticide “DDT” (chlorophenothane) and the series of even more deadly substances that followed, has no previous counterpart in history. Beyond question, no other substance known to man was ever before developed so rapidly and spread indiscriminately over so large a portion of the earth in so short a time. This is the more surprising as, at the time DDT was released for public use, a large amount of data was already available in the medical literature showing that this agent was extremely toxic for many different species of animals, that it was cumulatively stored in the body fat and that it appeared in the milk. At this time a few cases of DDT poisoning in human beings had also been reported. These observations were almost completely ignored or misinterpreted.”

Biskind further testified to Congress in late 1950,

“Early last year I published a series of observations on DDT poisoning in man. Since shortly after the last war a large number of cases had been observed by physicians all over the country in which a group of symptoms occurred, the most prominent feature of which was gastroenteritis, persistently recurrent nervous symptoms, and extreme muscular weakness…”

He described several case examples of patients whose severe symptoms including paralysis disappeared when exposure to DDT and related toxins was eliminated:

“My original experience on more than 200 cases which I reported early last year has since been considerably extended. My subsequent observations have not only confirmed the view that DDT is responsible for a great deal of otherwise inexplicable human disability…”

Also noted was the fact that polio cases were always most in summer months when DDT spraying against insects was maximum.

The Rockefeller Institute operatives and the AMA, via their agents in the US Government, created the 1946-1952 USA health emergency called polio. They did so by knowingly promoting the highly toxic DDT as a safe way to control the mythical insect spreaders of the feared disease. Their propaganda campaign convinced the American population that DDT was the key to stop spread of poliomyelitis.

Polio Suddenly Declines

Under leadership of the two Rockefeller Institute doctors, Henry Kumm and Thomas Rivers, the National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis (NFIP) rejected critics such as Biskind and Scobey. Natural remedial treatment, such as using intravenous Vitamin C for the infantile paralysis, were rejected out of hand as “quackery.” In April 1953, leading Rockefeller Institute DDT consultant, Dr Henry Kumm, became Director of Polio Research for NFIP. He funded the polio vaccine research of Jonas Salk.

One courageous doctor in North Carolina, Dr. Fred R. Klenner, who had also studied chemistry and physiology, had the idea to use large doses of intravenous ascorbic acid—Vitamin C—on the hypothesis that his patients were victims of toxin poisoning and that Vitamin C was a powerful detox. This was well before Dr Linus Pauling’s Nobel Prize research on Vitamin C. Klenner had remarkable success within days for more than 200 patients in the summer epidemics of 1949 to 1951. The Rockefeller Institute and the AMA had no interest in the remedial prospects. They and the Rockefeller-controlled National Foundation for Infantile Paralysis were only funding polio vaccine development, based on the unproven Flexner claim that polio was a contagious virus, not a result of environmental poison.

Then beginning sometime in 1951-1952, as polio cases were at an all-time high, something unexpected began to appear. The number of cases diagnosed as polio in the US began to decline. The decline in polio victims was dramatic, year by year until 1955, well before the National Foundation and Jonas Salk’s polio vaccine was approved for public use and was widespread.

About a year before the sudden decline in polio cases, farmers, whose dairy cows were suffering severe effects of the DDT, were advised by the US Department of Agriculture to reduce DDT use. Rising public concern about how safe DDT was for humans, including publicized US Senate hearings on DDT and Polio in 1951 also led to a significant decline in DDT exposure into 1955, even though DDT was not officially banned in the US until 1972.

So-called “polio” cases fell by some two-thirds in that 1952-1956 time, in a remarkable parallel to the decline in DDT use. It was well after that decline, in late 1955 and 1956, that the Rockefeller-developed Salk polio vaccine was first administered in large populations. Salk and the AMA gave all credit to the vaccine. Deaths and paralysis as a result of the Salk vaccine were papered over. The Government changed the definition of polio to further reduce official cases. Simultaneously, cases of similar polio-like spinal cord nerve diseases– acute flaccid paralysis, chronic fatigue syndrome, encephalitis, meningitis, Guillain-Barré syndrome, muscular sclerosis—rose notably.

Why it Matters

Over a century ago the world’s richest man, oil baron John D. Rockefeller, and his circle of advisors set about to completely reorganize how medicine was practiced in the USA and the rest of the world. The role of the Rockefeller Institute and figures like Simon Flexner literally oversaw the invention of a colossal medical fraud around claims that an invisible contagious extraneous germ, the polio virus, caused acute paralysis and even death in young people. They politically banned any efforts to link the disease to toxin poisoning, whether from DDT or arsenic pesticides or even contaminated vaccine poisoning. Their criminal project included intimate cooperation with the leadership of the AMA and control of the emerging drug industry, as well as of medical education. The same Rockefeller group financed Nazi eugenics at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institutes in Germany in the 1930s as well as the American Eugenics Society. In the 1970s they financed the creation of patented GMO seeds which were all developed by the group of Rockefeller chemical pesticide companies—Monsanto, DuPont, Dow.

Today this control of public health and the medical industrial complex is exercised by David Rockefeller’s protegé and eugenics advocate, Bill Gates, self-appointed czar over the WHO and world vaccines. Dr Tony Fauci, head of NIAID, dictates vaccine mandates without evidence. The fraud behind the polio virus scandal after World War II has been refined with use of computer models and other ruses today, to advance one alleged deadly virus after the other, from Covid19 to Monkeypox to HIV. As with polio, none of those has been scientifically isolated and proven to cause the diseases claimed. None.

The same tax-free Rockefeller Foundation today, posing as a philanthropic charity, is at the heart of the global medical tyranny behind covid19 and the eugenics agenda of the World Economic Forum Great Reset.

Their poliomyelitis virus model helped them create this dystopian medical tyranny. We are told, “trust the science.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is from NEO


Seeds of Destruction: Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation

Author Name: F. William Engdahl
ISBN Number: 978-0-9879389-2-3
Year: 2007
Product Type: PDF File

Price: $9.50

This skilfully researched book focuses on how a small socio-political American elite seeks to establish control over the very basis of human survival: the provision of our daily bread. “Control the food and you control the people.”

This is no ordinary book about the perils of GMO. Engdahl takes the reader inside the corridors of power, into the backrooms of the science labs, behind closed doors in the corporate boardrooms.

The author cogently reveals a diabolical world of profit-driven political intrigue, government corruption and coercion, where genetic manipulation and the patenting of life forms are used to gain worldwide control over food production. If the book often reads as a crime story, that should come as no surprise. For that is what it is.

First published on July 31, 2024

While the mainstream propaganda machine keeps publishing fantasies about 60% of Russian missiles allegedly “failing”, the Pentagon is giving starkly different assessments. Namely, the US military privately gives completely opposite numbers, stressing that the Russian military’s air defenses have a staggering 97% success rate.

Combined with Moscow’s unrivaled electronic warfare (EW) capabilities, its SAM (surface-to-air missile) systems provide unprecedented protection for the Russian military and civilian infrastructure, particularly when taking into account the massive scale of NATO-backed Neo-Nazi junta’s drone and missile attacks on Russian cities and regions.

These world-class air defenses give the Kremlin the capability to cover its troops, which then use advanced long-range strike systems to hunt for various NATO-sourced rocket and missile launch platforms. And unlike the Kiev regime, which regularly lies about its air defense “successes”, including against hypersonic weapons, the Russian military regularly publishes verifiable data (including video footage) of the interceptions of various types of hostile precision-guided munitions (PGMs). This is precisely why even some NATO countries refuse to let go of their Russian-made SAM systems, including both Greece and Turkey, with the latter even sacrificing the troubled F-35 acquisition to get them.

Countries around the world have come to an identical conclusion, including global powers such as India.

The Indian Air Force (IAF) proved this in a recent military exercise where it deployed its fighter jets as hostile attack aircraft that were “tracked and targeted” by the Russian-made S-400 SAM system. In what Indian sources described as a major success for the IAF, the Sudarshan S-400 air defense system “shot down” 80% of the “attacking” fighter aircraft while forcing the rest to retreat. High-ranking defense sources told India Today that the recent military exercise demonstrated significant air defense capabilities of the IAF, once again justifying the acquisition of SAM systems from Russia.

India currently operates three missile regiments of the S-400, while another two are to be delivered in the next few years. The Kremlin itself has committed to delivering the two remaining regiments by the third quarter of 2026. All five of the S-400 SAM system regiments were expected to be delivered by early 2024, but this was delayed due to the ongoing NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict. However, the IAF fully integrated the three regiments that have been delivered so far, with all the Russian-made air defense systems now achieving full operational capabilities. The regiments are effectively divided into two groups, stationed in northern areas, bordering China and Pakistan, respectively.

“Current deployments indicate that we have nearly 1.5 squadrons each stationed on the fronts with China and Pakistan,” sources revealed.

The success reported by the IAF is hardly surprising, as the Soviet Union/Russia placed a significant emphasis on air defenses as part of its military doctrine. Moscow’s top brass never counted on fighting a war with absolute air superiority, as is the case in the political West, particularly the United States. Thus, the USSR and later Russia designed and produced the best air defense systems in history. Thus, the Kremlin has the tools necessary to provide adequate protection for its civilian infrastructure, as well as the military, including ground units and stationary strategic assets. Given the very close, half-a-century-long defense cooperation between Russia and India, Delhi’s choice is hardly surprising.

The two (Eur)Asian giants are working closely on a plethora of strategically important military projects, with the Kremlin transferring numerous technologies that are critically important to India and its security. The IAF is a major user of Russian-made SAM systems and aircraft, including the Su-30MKI, a joint Sukhoi-HAL (Hindustan Aeronautics Limited) project that gave Delhi the backbone of its air power. The “Flanker-H” is the country’s most capable fighter jet and the IAF is now running an ambitious modernization program to make the Su-MKI relevant for decades to come. Russia and India are working closely to circumvent illegal Western sanctions in order to achieve this.

What’s more, despite all these hurdles, the cooperation is being actively expanded by both sides, with the IAF planning to give the “Flanker-H” more advanced capabilities usually seen on the next-generation aircraft such as the now legendary Su-57. Indian sources report that the program will cost $7.5 billion and that it will give the Su-30MKI all the capabilities of a fifth-generation aircraft, with the notable exception of stealth. The Kremlin’s participation in such a massive undertaking is virtually a given. It should also be noted that the two (Eur)Asian giants are working on other strategically important projects, including hypersonic weapons, an area in which Moscow excels in every category.

Namely, Russia is decades ahead of its competition and has not only been the first to induct hypersonic missiles back in the early 1980s, but has also managed to maintain this advantage even during the troubled 1990s. Its top rival, the United States, has been incapable of matching even much smaller countries such as North Korea and Iran, with many sources reporting that the Pentagon is focused on outdated technologies and is often refusing to disclose whether missile tests have been successful or not. Thanks to its close ties with the Kremlin, India is already in the highly exclusive “hypersonic club”. BrahMos Aerospace, an Indo-Russian defense joint venture, is particularly important in this regard.

The company is already conducting intensive testing of the highly anticipated BrahMos II hypersonic missile. At Mach 6, the missile is set to be at least twice as fast as the previous BrahMos supersonic cruise missile. Even though the weapon is officially projected to have a range of 600 km, experts suggest that the BrahMos II will reach Mach 8 and a range of 1000 km. Mostly based on Russia’s “Zircon” hypersonic missile, the world’s first successful scramjet-powered (supersonic combustion ramjet) missile, BrahMos II is expected to give India an unrivaled capability, not just in the Global South, but even in comparison to the political West, where even the US now admits Russia is far ahead in hypersonic technologies.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

“The PCR is a process. It does not tell you that you are sick.”  –Dr. Kary Mullis, (image right) Nobel Laureate and Inventor of the RT-PCR, passed away in August 2019.

“…All or a substantial part of these positives could be due to what’s called false positives tests.” –Dr. Michael Yeadon, distinguished scientist, former Vice President and Chief Science Officer of Pfizer

“This misuse of the RT-PCR technique is applied as a relentless and intentional strategy by some governments to justify excessive measures such as the violation of a large number of constitutional rights, … under the pretext of a pandemic based on a number of positive RT-PCR tests, and not on a real number of patients.” –Dr. Pascal Sacré, Belgian physician specialized in critical care and renowned public health analyst.

“I have seen massive efforts made to deliberately inflate Covid death numbers by relabelling cancer patients and stroke victims and all manner of normal regular deaths as Covid, in fact virtually anyone getting into an ambulance. The methods used to do so were totally flawed, PCR tests for example being run on 45 cycles we all know to be worthless, yet people are being euthanised on this basis and sometimes only on the basis of a chest x-ray alone.”John O’Looney, Funeral Director, Milton Keynes, U.K.

From the outset of this crisis in January 2020, all far-reaching policy decisions upheld and presented to the public as a “means to saving lives” were based on flawed and invalid RT-PCR positive cases.

These invalid COVID-19 “estimates” have been used to justify confinement, social distancing, wearing of the face mask, the prohibition of social gatherings, cultural and sports events, the closure of economic activity, as well as the enforcement of the mRNA “vaccine” launched in November 2020. There is no such thing as a “COVID-19 confirmed case”.– Michel Chossudovsky, Professor of Economics (emeritus), University of Ottawa.

***

 

The late Dr. Kary Mullis, the inventor of the PCR test, has been blowing the whistle on Fauci and big pharma for 30 years. 

Outstanding video production and analysis by Greg Reese

VIDEO. The Polymerase Chain Reaction Test

by Greg Reese 

May the Late Dr. Kary Mullis’ Legacy Live.

*

The slanted methodology applied under WHO guidance for detecting the alleged spread of the virus is the Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test, which has been routinely applied all over the world since February 2020. (This Text below is an excerpt from Michel Chossudovsky’s book,  August 2022)

 

The Reverse Transcription Polymerase

Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test

by Michel Chossudovsky

 

The RT-PCR test has been used worldwide to generate millions of erroneous “COVID-19 confirmed cases”, which are then used to sustain the illusion that the alleged pandemic is real.

This assessment based on erroneous numbers has been used in the course of three and and a half years to spearhead and sustain the fear campaign.

“Confirmed” is a misnomer. A “confirmed RT-PCR positive case” does not imply a “COVID-19 confirmed case”.

“Positive RT-PCR is not synonymous with the COVID-19 disease! PCR specialists make it clear that a test must always be compared with the clinical record of the patient being tested, with the patient’s state of health to confirm its value [reliability]. (Dr. Pascal Sacré)

The procedure used by the national health authorities is to categorize all RT-PCR positive cases as “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (with or without a medical diagnosis). Ironically, this routine process of identifying “confirmed cases” is in derogation of the CDC’s own guidelines:

“Detection of viral RNA may not indicate the presence of infectious virus or that 2019-nCoV is the causative agent for clinical symptoms. The performance of this test has not been established for monitoring treatment of 2019-nCoV infection. This test cannot rule out diseases caused by other bacterial or viral pathogens.” (emphasis added)

The methodology used to detect and estimate the spread of the virus is flawed and invalid.

False Positives

The earlier debate at the outset of the crisis focused on the issue of “false positives.”

Acknowledged by the WHO and the CDC, the RT-PCR test was known to produce a high percentage of false positives. According to Dr. Pascal Sacré:

Today, as authorities test more people, there are bound to be more positive RT-PCR tests. This does not mean that COVID-19 is coming back, or that the epidemic is moving in waves. There are more people being tested, that’s all.”

The debate on false positives (acknowledged by health authorities) points to so-called errors without necessarily questioning the overall validity of the RT-PCR test as a means to detecting the alleged spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus.

The PCR Test Does Not Detect the Identity of the Virus

The RT-PCR test does not identify/detect the virus. What the PCR test identifies are genetic fragments of numerous viruses (including influenza viruses types A and B and coronaviruses which trigger common colds).

The results of the RT-PCR test cannot “confirm” whether an individual who undertakes the test is infected with SARS-CoV-2.

Failures of the PCR Test, Ridiculously Low Numbers

Even if the 2019 nCoV had been detected and duly identified, the numbers of PCR-RT confirmed (cumulative) positive cases in the period leading up to to March 11, 2020 used as a justification to enforce the Lockdown of more than 190 countries were ridiculously low. The 80,981 cases for China also pertains to confirmed (cumulative) PCR positive cases. Note the new cases in China   (PCR positive) on March 12, 2020 are of the order of “321 new”

page30image710502480

Image: Total cumulative cases on March 12, 2020 (Source: WHO

For Further Details see:

The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed: Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless. The Lockdown Has No Scientific Basis

 

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 10, 2023

 

 There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic,  

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 03, 2024 

The WHO on January 13, 2021, acknowledged that the PCR test was invalid. The official text of the WHO entitled “Nucleic Acid Testing (NAT) Technologies that Use Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) for Detection of SARS-CoV-2″ is featured in the Annex below. 

The WHO’s Mea Culpa

by Michel Chossudovsky

 

WHO guidance Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2 states that careful interpretation of weak positive results is needed (1). The cycle threshold (Ct) needed to detect virus is inversely proportional to the patient’s viral load. Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested using the same or different NAT technology. (emphasis added)

WHO reminds IVD users that disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results; as disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases (2). This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.”

“Invalid Positives” is the Underlying Concept 

This is not an issue of  “Weak Positives” and “Risk of False Positive Increases”. What is at stake is a “Flawed Methodology” which leads to invalid estimates.

What this admission of the WHO confirms is that the estimate of covid positive from a PCR test (with an amplification threshold of 35 cycles or higher) is invalid. In which case, the WHO recommends retesting:  “a new specimen should be taken and retested…”.

The WHO calls for “Retesting”, which is tantamount to “We Screwed Up”.

That recommendation is pro-forma. It won’t happen. Millions of people Worldwide have already been tested, starting in early February 2020. Nonetheless, we must conclude that unless retested, those estimates (according to the WHO) are invalid. 

From the outset, the PCR test has routinely been applied at a Ct amplification threshold of 35 or higher, following the January 2020 recommendations of the WHO. What this means is that the PCR methodology as applied Worldwide has led to the compilation of faulty and misleading Covid statistics.

And these are the statistics which are used to measure the progression of the so-called “pandemic”. Above an amplification cycle of 35 or higher, the test will not detect fragments of the virus. Therefore,  the official “covid numbers” are meaningless.

It follows that there is no scientific basis for confirming the existence of a pandemic.

Which in turn means that the lockdown / economic measures which have resulted in social panic, mass poverty and unemployment (allegedly to curtail the spread of the virus) have no justification whatsoever.

According to scientific opinion:

“if someone is tested by PCR as positive when a threshold of 35 cycles or higher is used (as is the case in most laboratories in Europe & the US), the probability that said person is actually infected is less than 3%, the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%  (Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, Michael Yeadon, Clare Craig, Kevin McKernan, et al, Critique of Drosten Study)

As outlined above, “the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%”: It follows that using  the >35 cycles detection will indelibly  contribute to “hiking up” the number of “fake positives”.

At the time of writing (mid-March 2021), despite the WHO retraction, the PCR test is being used extensively to hike up the numbers with a view to sustaining the fear campaign, justifying the ongoing lockdown policies as well as the implementation of the Covid vaccine.

Ironically, the flawed numbers based on “invalid positives” are in turn being manipulated to ensure an upward trend in so-called “Confirmed Covid -19 Cases”.

Moreover, those PCR tests are not routinely accompanied by a medical diagnosis of the patients who are being tested.

And now, national health authorities have issued (fake) warnings of a “Third Wave” as part of their propaganda campaign in support of the Covid-19 Vaccine.

The WHO confirms that the Covid PCR test procedure as applied is invalid. There is absolutely no scientific basis for implementing the Covid Vaccine.

Both the WHO and the scientific assessment of Pieter Borger, et al (quoted above) confirm unequivocally that the tests adopted by governments to justify the lockdown and the destabilization of national economies are INVALID.

Invalid Data and the Numbers’ Game

It should be understood that these “invalid estimates” are the “numbers” quoted relentlessly 24/7 by the media which have been used to feed the fear campaign and “justify” ALL the policies put forth by the governments:

  • lockdown,
  • closure of economic activity,
  • poverty and mass unemployment,
  • bankruptcies
  • social distancing,
  • face mask,
  • curfew,
  • the vaccine.
  • the health passport

Invalid Data. Think Twice Before Getting Vaccinated

Michel Chossudovsky, November 9, 2024

 

For the complete text by the WHO dated, January 13, 2021 (Mea Culpa) see blow

Below is the WHO’s carefully formulated “Retraction”. (in Annex)


ANNEX

 

Nucleic Acid Testing (NAT) Technologies

that Use Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)

for Detection of SARS-CoV-2

Link to the original WHO Document

 

Product type: Nucleic acid testing (NAT) technologies that use polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for detection of SARS-CoV-2

Date: 13 January 2021                                                                      

WHO-identifier: 2020/5, version 2

Target audience: laboratory professionals and users of IVDs.

Purpose of this notice: clarify information previously provided by WHO. This notice supersedes WHO Information Notice for In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device (IVD) Users 2020/05 version 1, issued 14 December 2020.

Description of the problem: WHO requests users to follow the instructions for use (IFU) when interpreting results for specimens tested using PCR methodology.

Users of IVDs must read and follow the IFU carefully to determine if manual adjustment of the PCR positivity threshold is recommended by the manufacturer.

WHO guidance Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2 states that careful interpretation of weak positive results is needed (1). The cycle threshold (Ct) needed to detect virus is inversely proportional to the patient’s viral load. Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested using the same or different NAT technology.

WHO reminds IVD users that disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results; as disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases (2). This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.

Most PCR assays are indicated as an aid for diagnosis, therefore, health care providers must consider any result in combination with timing of sampling, specimen type, assay specifics, clinical observations, patient history, confirmed status of any contacts, and epidemiological information.

Actions to be taken by IVD users:

  1. Please read carefully the IFU in its entirety.
  2. Contact your local representative if there is any aspect of the IFU that is unclear to you.
  3. Check the IFU for each incoming consignment to detect any changes to the IFU.
  4. Provide the Ct value in the report to the requesting health care provider.

Notes

1. Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2020, WHO reference number WHO/2019-nCoV/laboratory/2020.6.

2. Altman DG, Bland JM. Diagnostic tests 2: Predictive values. BMJ. 1994 Jul 9;309(6947):102. doi: 10.1136/bmj.309.6947.102.

 


 

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Birds Not Bombs: Let’s Fight for a World of Peace, Not War 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Wants to Hear From You!

First published on October 5, 2024

***

“I do not know with what weapons World War III will be fought, but World War IV will be fought with sticks and stones.” Albert Einstein[1]

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

a
Major wars on the planet right now are the two and a half year Russia-Ukraine war, considered by many media sources as the “biggest war in Europe since World War II,” and the Israeli-Hamas war, which has annihilated more Palestinian lives than the combined death toll of conflicts since 2008.

In both these displays of militarism, we tend to focus more on the sad stories on the ground of the lives of citizens scrambling to survive horrific assaults. We imagine air assaults on buildings or tanks charging in obtrusively on foreign soil. But a lot has changed over the past 75-80 years.

There were no satellites during the 1940s. And before the world’s first atomic bomb was detonated, the nuclear threat was non-existent. Today, more than 2,000 satellites are in orbit, some of which help coordinate military activities on the planet. There are also sophisticated missile defense systems, space communications, command and control war fighting functions, and other technological novelties that aid in the cause of ensuring “victory at all costs!”[2]

But the ease of enabling war comes at a price. And the 30+ year collective known as Global Network Against Weapons and Nuclear Power in Space is trying to address these concerns and contest new technologies that pose a threat to space peace in the 21st Century.

More on the coming Keep Space for Peace week (October 5-12) can be found below and on the site space4peace.org

a

a

On a separate level, two major wars in recent years were launched on October 7. One was the War in Afghanistan (2001). The other was the Israeli-Hamas War (2023).

Another similarity of these two wars is the multiple indications that what really happened in both cases is far more complex, and for that matter far more devious, than the simple official narrative of preventing and punishing a crime against humanity. In a nutshell, both were instances of what is called a “False Flag” such as Pearl Harbor or the Gulf of Tonkin incident, endeavours designed to stir up emotions in support of war.

This episode of the Global Research News Hour is addressing the currents of war active in the 21st century with two guests. Our first guest is Bruce Gagnon, coordinator of the above-mentioned Global Network. He will bring us up to date on the various mechanisms militarizing space. And he will talk about Keep Space for Peace Week which resumes starting on Saturday October 5.

Our second guest is the frequent guest Richard Gage, AIA. He is a prominent 9/11 Truther. But this week, he engages us with his documented research into the idea that the attack by Hamas was very much like the attack that he has spent the last twenty years investigating. Like 9/11, the Israelis let last year’s October 7 attack happen on purpose.

Bruce Gagnon is a long time peace activist and coordinates the Global Network Against Weapons & Nuclear Power in Space.

Richard Gage, AIA is a San Francisco Bay area architect and a member of the American Institute of Architects and founder & former CEO of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. He now leads the charge for a new World Trade Center investigation along with his courageous wife Gail at RichardGage911.org.”

(Global Research News Hour Episode 433)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

Transcript of interview with Bruce Gagnon, October 2, 2024

Global Research: Why don’t you take us through a couple of examples of the critical role that space is having. First instance, the current conflict that’s been going on for over two and a half years between NATO and Russia in Ukraine.

Bruce Gagnon: I think one of the most important things is NATO expansion. You know, at the time of the collapse of the former Soviet Union, NATO, the United States approached then President Mikhail Gorbachev of the Soviet Union and said that they wanted to reunite East and West Germany and would, uh, now that the Soviet Union was dissolving, would Russia agree to that? And Gorbachev said we would agree to it on one simple condition, that NATO not expand one inch towards Russia, to the East, towards Russia. And, uh, U.S. Secretary of State James Baker at the time and other NATO officials agreed to that.

But then when Bill Clinton became president, he began what he called NATO enlargement and began moving NATO towards Russia. And today it has expanded dramatically right up to the Russian borders, Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Finland, Sweden, Norway’s in it, Romania, uh, you know, many other countries. And they want Ukraine to be a part of it.

They’d like to have Georgia as part of it, really an encirclement, if you will, of that part of the Russian, uh, European border, if you will. And so this is a grave danger. And in all of these places, the United States has begun installing a various space technology basis, uh, both what are called downlink facilities, radars that talk to satellites that help target a first strike attack on Russia that the U.S. Space Command has been war gaming annually for many years.

And in addition, in the case of Romania and, uh, Poland, the United States has built what they call Aegis Ashore launch bases where they can fire, uh, first strike attack, Tomahawk cruise missiles, nuclear capable, and also they can fire after the first strike hits Russia and Russia tries to do a retaliatory strike at the same bases in Romania and Poland, they have these, uh, SM-3 interceptor missiles. So after you fire the sword, the Tomahawk cruise missile, nuclear capable at Russia, and then Russia tries to respond, they then have the shield, these so-called missile defense systems that, uh, theoretically pick off Russian missiles, giving the U.S. a “successful first strike attack.” And so, uh, this is what’s happening throughout, uh, Eastern Europe now right up to the Russian border, and it’s all hooked up to space.

The Pentagon has long been saying that space technology directs every single thing the U.S. military does these days, no matter whether you’re a troop on the ground, in a tank, you’re on a boat in the, uh, in the Navy, in the ocean, or you’re flying an airplane, or you’re launching missiles. Everything the Pentagon does is coordinated and directed by space technology. And so the U.S. and NATO have supplied Ukraine today with lots of various technologies, drones, missiles, other such things, and U.S. AWACS planes and NATO AWACS planes are flying over the Black Sea, calling in the target coordinates inside of Russia and Crimea and other parts of Russia, as it, uh, as Ukraine then launches these missiles, uh, towards these targets inside of Russia.

Without the United States and NATO, uh, using their space technology capabilities, Ukraine would not have any ability to do that, to hit Russia whatsoever. And now they’re talking about long-range missiles that can go far deeper inside of Russia, uh, should, uh, NATO, U.S. and NATO give those to Ukraine. And again, they would only be workable because of U.S. space technology capabilities.

Similarly today in the Red Sea, the United States has deployed Navy Aegis destroyers made, uh, here in the mid-coast of Maine, where I live at Bath Iron Works, which is owned by General Dynamics. Onboard those ships, they have these same two technologies.

They have first strike attack nuclear capable Tomahawk cruise missiles, and they also have these SM-3 interceptors. So they’ve been operating, uh, since October in the Red Sea, trying to take out, uh, Houthi in Yemen, any strikes they launched toward Israel. And, uh, and they’ve also been firing their cruise missiles and trying to take out, uh, Yemenis, uh, military capabilities on the land.

So these technologies are very, very active in war fronts today. At the same time, the U.S. is now moving NATO into the Asia Pacific to try to encircle China. And they’re deploying these same capabilities there.

In fact, at Bath Iron Works right now, they’re working on seven new Aegis destroyers that will be sent to encircle both Russia and China. So it’s a really dangerous moment we’re in. And again, space technology is directing the entire U.S. offensive operation.

GR: Israel, I mean, beyond going into Lebanon, now they’re, they were faced with an unprecedented, uh, attack or retaliatory attack by Iran, about over a hundred missiles that were fired into their territory. Do you see this becoming an expanded war and what role will all of this technology have with the, in that new front?

BG: Well, actually my reading of yesterday was, uh, that, uh, Iran launched several hundred missiles and they primarily launched against two kinds of targets. One was Israeli air force bases where planes are sent to attack Lebanon, uh, throughout, uh, Gaza and Iran as well, uh, previously.

At the same time, they hit those and, uh, apparently quite a few landed, but the United States and NATO, Germany, France, UK, uh, Jordan were assisting the attempts of Israel to shoot these missiles out of the sky. But I’ve seen many videos now, and, uh, it’s pretty clear that, um, quite a huge number of them landed on targets at these, uh, Israeli military bases. At the same time, uh, Iran took out a couple oil platforms, these oil rig platforms, uh, owned by Israel, uh, providing them with oil or gas, I’m not sure which, but they took out a couple of those, which is going to further bleed the already, uh, very constrained and constricting, uh, Israeli economy.

So I think, uh, that Israel will be forced by its own public opinion to respond in some way, but Israel’s biggest goal right now is to drag the United States and NATO into a full blown war with Iran. But, uh, I think there’s some reluctance on the part of the US and NATO to do that, to go full bore, uh, for war with Iran, because not because they’re good guys, not because they, you know, care about peace, but because the United States has bases throughout the region. They have Iran virtually completely surrounded with US bases, which would be very clear targets it would be easier for Iran to hit those US bases around its borders than it is for them to hit Israel.

And they showed yesterday, uh, that they can hit Israel quite effectively. So I think this thing, uh, some people say we’re heading towards World War III. I think we’re already there.

The US and NATO are, uh, they’ve got three fronts going on right now. They’ve got the Middle East front, and they’ve got the front with Russia and Ukraine. And now they’re trying to open the front with China and Taiwan.

Uh, there’s no way that the United States and even NATO, because NATO was part of the war in Afghanistan, the US and NATO could not beat the Taliban in Afghanistan. How in God’s name do they think they can take on Russia, China and Iran all at the same time? It’s total lunacy, but I think it’s a sign of complete and utter desperation on the part of the colonial, uh, Western, uh, diminishing empire, 600 years of colonization of the global South by the US and Europe, uh, and, uh, stealing the resources from the global South. And now those days are over the global South through organizations like BRICS are rising.

And, uh, and with the support of China and Russia and Iran and other countries, uh, there’s, it’s a new world and the, uh, US and NATO, the Western elites, the Western colonists, the Western mobsters, I would call them, uh, are desperate. And they’re, so far showing that they’re going to try to fight their way out of this, at least destroy everything. If they can’t have it all, then they’re, they seem willing to destroy.

GR: As you point out in your, your writing and on your site, that the privatization of space is contributing to this, uh, your increased military, uh, uh, bent that they’re on. Could you explain a little bit about how that privatization is, is starting to enable more war.

BG: First thing that comes to mind is when Obama was president, he signed a new US law violating the outer space treaty of 1967 and the Moon Treaty, which were created at the United Nations. The US signed and assigned the outer space treaty.

The US never signed the Moon Treaty, but these treaties say that the, that space and the planetary bodies are the province of all humankind and that no country, no corporation, no individual can claim ownership of any of these planetary bodies. Well, Obama signed a law giving US corporations the right to go out and make land claims on various planetary bodies to begin the operation of mining the sky. And so for some time, all the way back in the 1980s, the United States government has been talking about building a military highway from the earth through space, connecting to the planetary bodies that they would control like the front gate of a military base.

You know, the US military controls the gate, decides who gets in and who gets out. And their plan today is to control the pathway on and off the planet earth into space so that these private entities in the United States and their allies, mostly in Europe, uh, can go out and mine the sky and grab the resources for, for benefit. In addition, uh, the, uh, orbits around lower earth orbit, if there are various orbits in space, but the one closest to the earth is called LEO, lower earth orbit.

And it’s becoming increasingly crowded because of the launch primarily by SpaceX, who’s already launched thousands of satellites into space and now has been given permission by the United States government to launch tens of thousands more. And the strategy today by the United States is to fill up lower earth orbit with as many satellites, they call them dual use, meaning, oh, they’re civilian, you know, but yeah, the military can use them too. But in fact, it’s all about military control of lower earth orbit, because whoever controls lower earth orbit has an advantage.

They can see the earth, they can see everything on the earth, and they can use these satellites again for targeting in wartime. Russia and China are very angry about this. And they say that we’re not going to allow you to fill up lower earth orbit because this would give you a military advantage.

And so China is now rushing to itself launch, uh, hundreds or even thousands of satellites in the space. A whole new area of military conflict is developing. And there’s two problems with this, crowding in lower earth orbit.

Number one is you start having war with each other. You start blowing up each other’s satellites or they, because they’re so crowded, accidents start to happen. It’s like a parking lot at a grocery store.

It becomes so crowded that soon cars are kind of bumping into each other. And this could very soon happen in lower earth orbit. And as a result of that, a NASA scientist has coined a phrase, the Kessler syndrome.

When things start crashing into each other, when satellites either get blown up in war, or just because of the crowded conditions, you start creating even more space debris, space junk, orbiting lower earth orbit at high speeds, and you have a cascading collision effect. And when that happens, guess what? Earth goes dark. Because most of what we do here on the earth, whether it’s internet banking, cell phones, air traffic control, cable TV, I mean, you name it, we rely on satellites to run our quote unquote modern life here on the planet.

In 1989, I organized a protest at the Kennedy Space Center in Florida, opposing the militarization of space. And we had an Apollo astronaut, early moonwalker, Edgar Mitchell, come and speak. And he says, if we have one war in space, it’ll be the one and the only, because we will create so much space debris that we will be entombed to the planet.

We won’t be able to get a rocket off the earth through this minefield in lower earth orbit. And so he warned against this madness that we are seeing continue today.

GR: We’ve only got about 30 seconds left, Bruce.

Could you maybe just keep space for Peace Week? I mean, what exactly is the theme of this year’s Keep Space for Peace Week? And, you know, we can maybe mention a few of the things that you’re doing.

BG: The theme this year is how space technology guides and supports the genocide of Palestine, and I would say now Lebanon as well. So that’s our theme.

And we’re going to have on our website and my blog, my blog is called Organizing Notes. The address of the blog is space, the number for peace, space4peace.blogspot, B-L-O-G-S-P-O-T dot com, space4peace.blogspot.com. You go on there today, you’ll see a list of the actions that we know of so far that are happening all over the world. In England, there’s quite a few because England is being brought into this program.

The United States is trying to get the allies into the space launch program to help fill up lower earth orbit to have more launch sites to attack Russia and China with missiles in the future. So at many bases in England, there’s events going to be happening in South Korea. The U.S. is dragging South Korea in for the same reasons to prepare for the attack on China.

Here in Maine, Bath Iron Works, where they build these Aegis destroyers that I earlier talked about, will be having protests there. They’ll be at the White House, they’ll be in London at the Ministry of Defense. There’s going to be a protest there.

We’re going to have a space issues webinar on October 13th with various speakers from the Global Network Board of Directors around the world. There’s going to be a drone protest for six days at Creech Air Force Base near Las Vegas. Drone warfare is totally reliant on space technology.

In South Korea, because it’s a growing hotbed for militarization of space, again, under the control of the U.S., there’s going to be a national organizing meeting held in South Korea just after Space Week in order to put together a national campaign against space technology. So things are really growing and we’re very proud of our members and our board members around the world that are organizing these events.


The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg.

The programme is also broadcast weekly (Monday, 1-2pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US.

The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Notes:

  1. Albert Einstein, in an interview with Alfred Werner, Liberal Judaism 16 (April-May 1949), Einstein Archive 30-1104, as sourced in The New Quotable Einstein by Alice Calaprice (2005), p. 173
  2. https://www.cndsalisbury.org.uk/uploads/data_assets/data/124/original_FINAL_-_E-MAIL_edition_OXFORD__CND_Newsletter_SEPT_OCT_2020.pdf?1598863368

L’Industria della Guerra Distrugge le Nostre Vite

December 21st, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

Mentre la crisi dell’auto, aggravata da ulteriori misure protezionistiche statunitensi, mette a rischio in Italia 40mila posti di lavoro, e il debito pubblico italiano sale al 139% del PIL e continua ad aumentare, continua a crescere la spesa militare italiana: essa ammonta nel 2024, secondo i dati ufficiali della NATO, a circa 32 miliardi di euro equivalenti a una media di circa 88 milioni di euro al giorno. L’obiettivo che i governi italiani si sono impegnati a raggiungere e superare entro breve tempo è di 100 milioni di euro al giorno. 

Il Segretario generale della NATO, Mark Rutte, chiama gli Alleati europei a “passare a una mentalità da tempo di guerra e a mettere il turbo alla produzione e alla spesa per la Difesa”. Si rivolge quindi direttamente ai cittadini europei con queste parole: “Dite alle vostre banche e ai vostri fondi pensione che è semplicemente inaccettabile che si rifiutino di investire nell’industria della Difesa. Investire nella Difesa è un investimento nella nostra sicurezza. È un obbligo! I Paesi europei spendono facilmente fino a un quarto del loro reddito nazionale per pensioni, sanità e sistemi di sicurezza sociale. Abbiamo bisogno di una piccola frazione di quel denaro per rendere le nostre Difese molto più forti e per preservare il nostro stile di vita.  Senza una Difesa forte non c’è sicurezza duratura. E senza sicurezza non c’è libertà per i nostri figli e nipoti. Per proteggere la nostra libertà, la nostra prosperità e il nostro stile di vita, i vostri politici devono ascoltare le vostre voci: dite loro che accettate di fare sacrifici oggi per poter stare al sicuro domani.”  

Per convincere i cittadini a fare sacrifici per accrescere la spesa militare, il mainstream politico-mediatico semina il terrore di un imminente attacco russo all’Europa. Emblematico il titolo de La Stampa: “La Svezia in allerta prepara 30mila tombe per i soldati in caso di guerra con la Russia”. 

In tale quadro l’Italia ha stipulato con Gran Bretagna e Giappone un accordo – denominato “Programma Aereo di Combattimento Globale” – per la produzione di un caccia di sesta generazione. Entro la metà del 2025 sarà costituita, per la realizzazione del programma, una joint venture tra la BAE Systems (Gran Bretagna), la Leonardo (Italia) e la JAIEC (Giappone), il cui primo CEO sarà un dirigente della Leonardo. 

La Leonardo (già Finmeccanica) non è solo una azienda italiana: è un gruppo industriale internazionale, il cui azionariato è composto per il 38% dal Ministero dell’Economia e delle Finanze e per il 57% da investitori istituzionali statunitensi.  Realizza ricavi consolidati di oltre 15 miliardi di euro annui. Il Gruppo opera in 150 Paesi – soprattutto Italia, Stati Uniti, Gran Bretagna e Polonia – in ambito Aerospazio e Difesa: produce cacciabombardieri a duplice capacità convenzionale e nucleare, droni, elicotteri, sistemi elettronici e spaziali. La Leonardo, che ha acquisito la società israeliana RADA Electronic Industries, è integrata anche nel sistema militare-industriale di Israele, contribuendo a rendere più letali le armi usate nel genocidio dei Palestinesi. 

Ancora non si sa quanto costerà all’Italia il Programma Aereo di Combattimento Globale per la produzione del caccia di sesta generazione.  Si stima che, solo per lo sviluppo del caccia, la spesa sarà di circa 30 miliardi di euro per ciascuno dei tre partner. Si sa comunque quanto è venuto a costare finora agli Stati Uniti il caccia F-35 di quinta generazione: oltre 400 miliardi di dollari in continuo aumento per l’incessante ammodernamento di questo sistema d’arma a duplice capacità convenzionale e nucleare.

Manlio Dinucci 

VIDEO :

Polônia incapaz de continuar a ajudar a Ucrânia.

December 21st, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Até os aliados mais próximos de Kiev parecem estar cansados ​​da guerra. Numa declaração recente, o vice-ministro da Defesa polaco, Pawel Zalewski, afirmou que o seu país atingiu o limite da sua assistência à Ucrânia e já não é capaz de enviar qualquer ajuda em grande escala. Isto mostra como os países da OTAN estão fartos das consequências da guerra, perdendo grandes quantidades de recursos e sofrendo perdas substanciais.

Numa entrevista à Rádio Zet, o vice-ministro polaco expressou a sua preocupação com o apoio massivo de Varsóvia a Kiev. Ele teme que o país comece a perder a sua própria capacidade militar devido à entrega sistemática de armas ao regime ucraniano. Além disso, Zelewski sublinhou que a Polônia não enviará os seus jatos MiG-29 para Kiev, alegando que tal movimento nas atuais circunstâncias deixaria o país vulnerável e ameaçaria a segurança nacional polaca.

O vice-ministro afirmou que a única forma de possibilitar o envio destes caças para a Ucrânia é substituindo a frota polaca. Por isso, pediu aos EUA que enviassem jatos F-35 para a Polônia, o que permitiria substituir a frota atual por equipamentos mais modernos, criando as condições necessárias para finalmente enviar os MiG-29 para a Ucrânia. Anteriormente, Varsóvia já tinha enviado vários combatentes da era soviética para a Ucrânia, mas Zelewski deixou claro que a continuação desta política de transferências irrestritas de armas prejudicaria Varsóvia, razão pela qual está a ser estabelecida uma nova política militar na Polônia, dando prioridade à segurança nacional em detrimento do apoio a Kiev.

Falando de forma muito clara e objetiva, descartou por enquanto a implementação de novos pacotes de ajuda à Ucrânia. Zelewski disse que a ajuda polaca “atingiu o muro” e não poderia ser expandida sem causar danos ao país. Neste sentido, embora a Polônia continue a apoiar a Ucrânia e faça o seu melhor para satisfazer as exigências do seu parceiro vizinho, não é viável continuar a expandir os pacotes militares.

“Hoje, o nosso objetivo mais importante é melhorar as capacidades de defesa do exército polaco, porque acreditamos que demos o que podíamos e muito mais (…) Mas não podemos dar mais (…) Estamos chegando ao fim. Entendo que batemos no muro”, disse ele.

Anteriormente, Zelewski e o seu chefe, o Ministro da Defesa Wladyslaw Kosiniak-Kamysz, reiteraram que a Polônia já forneceu à Ucrânia todas as armas que poderiam ser enviadas sem causar danos às próprias capacidades militares polacas. Pelo menos até 2026, quando Varsóvia espera receber jatos F-35 americanos, a ajuda polaca provavelmente será reduzida ou permanecerá “congelada”.

É de sublinhar que, desde 2022, a Polônia já enviou mais de 4,5 mil milhões de euros em assistência militar à Ucrânia. De acordo com dados publicados pelo Instituto Kiel da Alemanha, mais de 70% deste dinheiro foi gasto no fornecimento direto de armas. A Polônia é sem dúvida um dos países mais envolvidos no conflito, com uma participação quase direta na guerra, pois, além de enviar ajuda ao regime, mantém as suas fronteiras abertas para o trânsito de equipamento estrangeiro para a Ucrânia.

A participação das tropas polacas também é algo digno de nota. A Polônia é um dos países que mais envia mercenários para a Ucrânia. As tropas russas eliminam frequentemente os soldados polacos no campo de batalha. Embora sejam simplesmente chamados de “mercenários”, estes soldados são enviados para a Ucrânia com o total apoio do Estado polaco, que os encoraja a lutar contra Moscou. Assim, é possível dizer que Varsóvia já participa ativamente da guerra, e o apelido de “mercenários” para seus soldados é apenas uma tática para contornar o direito internacional e manter o território polonês livre de ataques russos.

Recentemente, alguns especialistas começaram a mencionar a possibilidade de a Polónia estar a ser preparada pela OTAN para uma futura guerra com a Rússia. A ajuda americana à Polônia tem aumentado recentemente, indicando que existe uma posição especial para o país nos planos de guerra da OTAN. De fato, considerando o elevado nível de envolvimento da Polônia no conflito atual, é possível que esteja a ser preparada pela OTAN para substituir a Ucrânia na guerra por procuração anti-Rússia, quando o exército ucraniano entrar em colapso.

Neste sentido, é possível que a preocupação polaca em preservar os seus arsenais militares esteja relacionada com uma diretiva da OTAN para que Varsóvia se prepare para a guerra. Além disso, é necessário sublinhar que a Polônia é afetada pelo mesmo tipo de ideologia ultranacionalista e russofóbica que a Ucrânia, com elevados níveis de paranóia entre os líderes locais. Portanto, existindo ou não uma orientação da OTAN, os políticos polacos certamente temem a chamada “ameaça russa”, razão pela qual querem ter armas suficientes para se defenderem.

Na verdade, independentemente das razões da decisão polaca, esta é apenas mais uma prova de que os países da OTAN são incapazes de continuar a ajudar a Ucrânia, não tendo condições materiais para continuar com assistência em grande escala.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Poland unable to keep helping Ukraine,InfoBrics, 20 de Dezembro de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published by Global Research on May 6, 2023

***

Top World Economic Forum (WEF) adviser Yuval Noah Harari recently declared that the world does not “need the vast majority” of the current World population due to technological advances.

Harari made the bold declaration in an interview with Chris Anderson, head of the popular TED media group, echoing past predictions of a “useless class” of “unemployable” humans.

Harai suggested that, in a departure from the 20th century, when the “big heroes” of political systems’ prevailing narratives were always “the common people,” now in the 21st century, people “are no longer part of the story of the future.” Instead, according to Harari, they have been replaced by artificial intelligence (AI) and displaced by a high-tech economy.

Video

 

The author and lecturer presented to Anderson the “hypothesis” that anxiety about being displaced in the future economy by AI and a highly educated “tech” class is partly at the root of the world’s “disillusionment and backlash against the liberal order.”

“Part of what might be going [on] is people realize — and they’re correct in thinking that, ‘The future doesn’t need me. … Maybe if they are nice, they will throw some crumbs my way, like universal basic income.’ But it’s much worse psychologically to feel that you are useless than to feel that you are exploited,” Harari said.

“Now, fast forward to the early 21st century when we just don’t need the vast majority of the population,” Harari continued, “because the future is about developing more and more sophisticated technology, like artificial intelligence [and] bioengineering.”

Harari added that “these technologies increasingly will make redundant” “whatever people are still doing which is useful,” and will thus “make it possible to replace the people.”

While he conceded to Anderson that technologies such as AI will open up new and “more interesting jobs,” Harari argued that

“it’s not clear that many humans will be able to do them, because they will require high skills and a lot of education.”

Anderson doggedly proposed ways in which human beings could — and he suggested, should — continue to play a valuable part in the world economy, or at least society.

“So again, trying to desperately apply some sort of more hopeful spin on this … a lot of the jobs that are being displaced are actually kind of boring jobs that don’t really tap into the core of what the human is,” Anderson said.

“People are really good at making lonely people not feel lonely, and pretty much anyone can do that,”  Anderson noted. “You know, communities are a mess. Pretty much anyone who lives somewhere could do, in principle, something to make a community better. They could paint a fence, or do some voluntary service, or whatever.”

Harari in turn argued that in order to “recogniz[e] activities like community building and raising families as jobs,” “we need a new economic and social model.”

When Anderson asked Harari whether he sees “any solution to that problem other than” more tax redistribution by the government, Harari replied, “That’s the traditional role of government. When the market isn’t efficient enough in redistributing the wealth, then this is the job of the government.”

Harari went so far as to suggest that wealth would need to be redistributed globally, so that the profits of tech companies in the U.S. and China could benefit people in countries less advanced in the tech domain.

“I would say that the biggest problem by far is not on the national level. It’s on the global level,” said Harari, who added that while he can envision redistribution of wealth from “tech giants in California” to “mothers in Pennsylvania,” he does not see that wealth being redistributed to “Honduras or Mexico or Brazil.”

Eventually, Anderson pointed to the irreplaceable role of human beings, asking Harari:

“Is there any scenario where we could write ourselves back into this story in quite an important way as being the only things in the universe that we know of that are actually capable of the things that matter most in the universe — i.e., love, joy, creativity, the sort of that feeling of peace you talked about.

Technology can’t advise us on what are the things deepest in our hearts. We should not let it, we should retain control, in fact make our technology in service to those things. And in a sense, the relationship between technology and us — [technology] should regard sentient things as gods, that have superpowers it knows nothing of. No? Is that ridiculous?

Harari did not directly address Anderson’s point, but honed in on “the question of sentience and consciousness” as “the most important question in this regard,” and “the greatest riddle of science.”

Harari’s evasion of the question may stem from his less transcendent view of human beings, as reflected in his claim that “Homo sapiens rule the world because it is the only animal that can believe in things that exist purely in its own imagination, such as gods, states, money, and human rights,” a backbone idea of his book “Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind.”

This idea is echoed in his famous assertion that we “should get used to the idea that we are no longer mysterious souls,” but are “now hackable animals.”

As a top adviser to the WEF’s head and founder Klaus Schwab, Harari’s view that the world now holds an abundance of “useless” people, together with his open degradation of human beings as equivalent to animals, raises the question of whether the WEF’s aims are shaped by such a view, and if so, to what extent.

Indeed, the WEF arguably places the environment, and not human beings per se, at the center of its priorities. It has partnered with the heavily pro-abortion and pro-contraception United Nations (U.N.), and the WEF’s Great Reset agenda has raised concerns of collateral damage to the livelihoods and well-being of people around the world.

For instance, some argue that the WEF seeks the premature relinquishing of fossil fuel sources in favor of “green” but expensive and unreliable energy sources in such a manner as to curb overall energy usage and hurt entire economies via a ripple effect.

More evidence of such a worldview is the WEF’s endorsement of COVID lockdowns, which resulted in waves of lost jobs, massive spikes in depression, upticks in domestic abuse, and other harmful effects. In fact, the WEF called for “more stringent” lockdowns, despite such worldwide misery, and praised the lockdowns for their effect of reduction in greenhouse gas emissions and pollution.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Yuval Harari in a June 17, 2022 TED talk on Climate Change (Screenshot from the TED Talk video via LifeSiteNews)

This article was originally published on August 9, 2011 (five months after the onslaught of the US-NATO led jihadist insurgency in Daraa, Southern Syria.

Published under the title A “Humanitarian War” on Syria? Military Escalation. Towards a Broader Middle East-Central Asian War? the article raised the role of the terrorist insurgency directed against Syria in relation to the broader issue of an extended Middle East War. “The Road to Tehran Goes Through Damascus”?

War preparations to attack both Syria and Iran were in “an advanced state of readiness” several years prior to the onset of the war on Syria in mid-March 2011.

“The Syria Accountability and Lebanese Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2003  categorizes Syria as a “rogue state”, as a country which supports terrorism. … A US-NATO sponsored war on Iran would involve, as a first step, a destabilization campaign (“regime change”) including covert intelligence operations in support of rebel forces directed against the Syrian government.” ( Michel Chossudovsky, August 2011)  

Part II of this article was published under the title The Pentagon’s “Salvador Option”: The Deployment of Death Squads in Iraq and Syria (August 16, 2011). The latter was published as a chapter in The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity, Global Research, Montreal 2015. 

Michel Chossudovsky, July 8, 2017

*       *       *

An extended Middle East Central Asian war has been on the Pentagon’s drawing board since the mid-1990s.

As part of this extended war scenario, the US-NATO alliance plans to wage a military campaign against Syria under a UN sponsored “humanitarian mandate”.

Click book cover to order directly from Global Research

Escalation is an integral part of the military agenda. Destabilization of sovereign states through “regime change” is closely coordinated with military planning.

There is a military roadmap characterised by a sequence of US-NATO war theaters.

War preparations to attack Syria and Iran have been in “an advanced state of readiness” for several years. The Syria Accountability and Lebanese Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2003  categorizes Syria as a “rogue state”, as a country which supports terrorism. 

A war on Syria is viewed by the Pentagon as part of the broader war directed against Iran. President George W. Bush confirmed in his Memoirs that he had “ordered the Pentagon to plan an attack on Iran’s nuclear facilities and [had] considered a covert attack on Syria” (George Bush’s memoirs reveal how he considered attacks on Iran and Syria, The Guardian, November 8, 2010)

This broader military agenda is intimately related to strategic oil reserves and pipeline routes. It is supported by the Anglo-American oil giants. 

The July 2006 bombing of Lebanon was part of a carefully planned “military road map”. The extension of “The July War” on Lebanon into Syria had been contemplated by US and Israeli military planners. It was abandoned upon the defeat of Israeli ground forces by Hizbollah. 

Israel’s July 2006 war on Lebanon also sought to establish Israeli control over the North Eastern Mediterranean coastline including offshore oil and gas reserves in Lebanese and Palestinian territorial waters.

The plans to invade both Lebanon and Syria have remained on the Pentagon’s  drawing board despite Israel’s setback in the 2006 July War:

“In November 2008, barely a month before Tel Aviv started its massacre in the Gaza Strip[ December 2008], the Israeli military held drills for a two-front war against Lebanon and Syria called Shiluv Zro’ot III (Crossing Arms III).  The military exercise included a massive simulated invasion of both Syria and Lebanon” (See Mahdi Darius Nazemoraya, Israel’s Next War: Today the Gaza Strip, Tomorrow Lebanon?, Global Research, January 17, 2009)

The road to Tehran goes through Damascus. A US-NATO sponsored war on Iran would involve, as a first step, a destabilization campaign (“regime change”) including covert intelligence operations in support of rebel forces directed against the Syrian government.  

A “humanitarian war” under the logo of “Responsibility to Protect” (R2P) directed against Syria would also contribute to the ongoing destabilization of Lebanon. 

Were a military campaign to be waged against Syria, Israel would be directly or indirectly involved in military and intelligence operations.

A war on Syria would lead to military escalation.

There are at present four distinct war theaters: Afghanistan-Pakistan, Iraq, Palestine and Libya.

An attack on Syria would lead to the integration of these separate war theaters, eventually leading towards a broader Middle East-Central Asian war, engulfing an entire region from North Africa and the Mediterranean to Afghanistan and Pakistan.

The ongoing protest movement is intended to serve as a pretext and a justification to intervene militarily against Syria. The existence of an armed insurrection is denied. The Western media in chorus have described recent events in Syria as a “peaceful protest movement” directed against the government of Bashar Al Assad, when the evidence confirms the existence of an armed insurgency integrated by Islamic paramilitary groups.

From the outset of the protest movement in Daraa in mid-March, there has been an exchange of fire between the police and armed forces on the one hand and armed gunmen on the other. Acts of arson directed against government buildings have also been committed. In late July in Hama, public buildings including the Court House and the Agricultural Bank were set on fire. Israeli news sources, while dismissing the existence of an armed conflict, nonetheless, acknowledge that “protesters [were] armed with heavy machine guns.” (DEBKAfile August 1, 2011. Report on Hama, emphasis added)

“All Options on the Table”

In June, US Senator Lindsey Graham (who serves on the Senate Armed Services Committee) hinted to the possibility of a “humanitarian” military intervention directed against Syria with a view to “saving the lives of civilians”. Graham suggested that the “option” applied to Libya under UN Secuirty Council resolution 1973 should be envisaged in the case of Syria:

“If it made sense to protect the Libyan people against Gadhafi, and it did because they were going to get slaughtered if we hadn’t sent NATO in when he was on the outskirts of Benghazi, the question for the world [is], have we gotten to that point in Syria, …

We may not be there yet, but we are getting very close, so if you really care about protecting the Syrian people from slaughter, now is the time to let Assad know that all options are on the table,” (CBS “Face The Nation”, June 12, 2011)

Following the adoption of the UN Security Council Statement pertaining to Syria (August 3, 2011), the White House called, in no uncertain terms, for “regime change” in Syria and the ouster of President Bashar Al Assad:

“We do not want to see him remain in Syria for stability’s sake, and rather, we view him as the cause of instability in Syria,” White House spokesman Jay Carney told reporters Wednesday.

“And we think, frankly, that it’s safe to say that Syria would be a better place without President Assad,” (quoted in Syria: US Call Closer to Calling for Regime Change, IPS, August 4, 2011)

Extended economic sanctions often constitute a leadup towards outright military intervention.

A bill sponsored by Senator Lieberman was introduced in the US Senate with a view to authorizing sweeping economic sanctions against Syria. Moreover, in a letter to President Obama in early August, a group of more than sixty U.S. senators called for “implementing additional sanctions… while also making it clear to the Syrian regime that it will pay an increasing cost for its outrageous repression.”

These sanctions would require blocking bank and financial transactions as well as “ending purchases of Syrian oil, and cutting off investments in Syria’s oil and gas sectors.” (See  Pressure on Obama to get tougher on Syria coming from all sides – Foreign Policy,  August 3, 2011).

Meanwhile, the US State Department has also met with members of the Syrian opposition in exile. Covert support has also been channelled to the armed rebel groups.

Dangerous Crossroads: War on Syria. Beachhead for an Attack on Iran

Following the August 3 Statement by the Chairman of the UN Security Council directed against Syria, Moscow’s envoy to NATO Dmitry Rogozin warned of the dangers of military escalation:

“NATO is planning a military campaign against Syria to help overthrow the regime of President Bashar al-Assad with a long-reaching goal of preparing a beachhead for an attack on Iran,…

“[This statement] means that the planning [of the military campaign] is well underway. It could be a logical conclusion of those military and propaganda operations, which have been carried out by certain Western countries against North Africa,” Rogozin said in an interview with the Izvestia newspaper… The Russian diplomat pointed out at the fact that the alliance is aiming to interfere only with the regimes “whose views do not coincide with those of the West.”

Rogozin agreed with the opinion expressed by some experts that Syria and later Yemen could be NATO’s last steps on the way to launch an attack on Iran.

“The noose around Iran is tightening. Military planning against Iran is underway. And we are certainly concerned about an escalation of a large-scale war in this huge region,” Rogozin said.

Having learned the Libyan lesson, Russia “will continue to oppose a forcible resolution of the situation in Syria,” he said, adding that the consequences of a large-scale conflict in North Africa would be devastating for the whole world. “Beachhead for an Attack on Iran”: NATO is planning a Military Campaign against Syria, Novosti, August 5, 2011)

 

Military Blueprint for an Attack on Syria 

Dimitry Rogozin’s warning was based on concrete information known and documented in military circles, that NATO is currently planning a military campaign against Syria. In this regard, a scenario of an attack on Syria is currently on the drawing board, involving French, British and Israeli military experts. According to former Commander of the French Air Force (chef d’Etat-Major de l’Armée de l’air) General Jean Rannou, “a  NATO strike to disable the Syrian army is technically feasible”:

“Nato member countries would begin by using satellite technology to spot Syrian air defences. A few days later, warplanes, in larger numbers than Libya, would take off from the UK base in Cyprus and spend some 48 hours destroying Syrian surface-to-air missiles (SAMs) and jets. Alliance aircraft would then start an open-ended bombardment of Syrian tanks and ground troops.

The scenario is based on analysts in the French military, from the specialist British publication Jane’s Defence Weekly and from Israel’s Channel 10 TV station.

The Syrian air force is said to pose little threat. It has around 60 Russian-made MiG-29s. But the rest – some 160 MiG-21s, 80 MiG-23s, 60 MiG-23BNs, 50 Su-22s and 20 Su-24MKs – is out of date.

….”I don’t see any purely military problems. Syria has no defence against Western systems … [But] it would be more risky than Libya. It would be a heavy military operation,” Jean Rannou, the former chief of the French air force, told EUobserver. He added that action is highly unlikely because Russia would veto a UN mandate, Nato assets are stretched in Afghanistan and Libya and Nato countries are in financial crisis. (Andrew Rettman, Blueprint For NATO Attack On Syria Revealed, Global Research, August 11, 2011)

The Broader Military Roadmap  

While Libya, Syria and Iran are part of the military roadmap, this strategic deployment if it were to be carried out would also threaten  China and Russia. Both countries have investment, trade as well as military cooperation agreements with Syria and Iran. Iran has observer status in the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO).

Escalation is part of the military agenda. Since 2005, the US and its allies, including America’s NATO partners and Israel, have been involved in the extensive deployment and stockpiling of advanced weapons systems. The air defense systems of the US, NATO member countries and Israel are fully integrated.

The Role of Israel and Turkey

Both Ankara and Tel Aviv are involved in supporting an armed insurgency. These endeavors are coordinated between the two governments and their intelligence agencies.

Israel’s Mossad, according to reports, has provided covert support to radical Salafi terrorist groups, which became active in Southern Syria at the outset of the protest movement in Daraa in mid-March [2011]. Reports suggest that financing for the Salafi insurgency is coming from Saudi Arabia. (See Syrian army closes in on Damascus suburbs, The Irish Times, May 10, 2011).

The Turkish government of Prime Minister [now President] Recep Tayyib Erdogan is supporting Syrian opposition groups in exile while also backing the armed rebels of the Muslim Brotherhood in Northern Syria.

Both the Syrian Muslim Brotherhood (MB) (whose leadership is in exile in the UK) and the banned Hizb ut-Tahrir (the Party of Liberation) are behind the insurrection. Both organizations are supported by Britain’s MI6. The avowed objective of both MB and Hizb-ut Tahir is ultimately to destabilize Syria’s secular State. (See Michel Chossudovsky, SYRIA: Who is Behind The Protest Movement? Fabricating a Pretext for a US-NATO “Humanitarian Intervention”, Global Research, May 3, 2011).

In June, Turkish troops crossed the border into northern Syria, officially to come to the rescue of Syrian refugees. The government of Bashar Al Assad accused Turkey of directly supporting the incursion of rebel forces into northern Syria:

“A rebel force of up to 500 fighters attacked a Syrian Army position on June 4 in northern Syria. They said the target, a garrison of Military Intelligence, was captured in a 36-hour assault in which 72 soldiers were killed in Jisr Al Shoughour, near the border with Turkey.

“We found that the criminals [rebel fighters] were using weapons from Turkey, and this is very worrisome,” an official said.

This marked the first time that the Assad regime has accused Turkey of helping the revolt. … Officials said the rebels drove the Syrian Army from Jisr Al Shoughour and then took over the town. They said government buildings were looted and torched before another Assad force arrived. …

A Syrian officer who conducted the tour said the rebels in Jisr Al Shoughour consisted of Al Qaida-aligned fighters. He said the rebels employed a range of Turkish weapons and ammunition but did not accuse the Ankara government of supplying the equipment.” (Syria’s Assad accuses Turkey of arming rebels, TR Defence, Jun 25 2011)

Denied by the Western media, foreign support to Islamist insurgents, which have “infiltrated the protest movement”, is, nonetheless, confirmed by Western intelligence sources.

According to former MI6 officer Alistair Crooke (and high level EU adviser):

“two important forces behind events [in Syria] are Sunni radicals and Syrian exile groups in France and the US. He said the radicals follow the teaching of Abu Musab Zarqawi, a late Jordanian Islamist, who aimed to create a Sunni emirate in Jordan, Lebanon, Palestine and Syria called Bilad a-Sham. They are experienced urban guerillas who fought in Iraq and have outside finance. They infilitrate protests to attack Assad forces, as in Jisr al-Shagour in June, where they inflicted heavy casualties.” (Andrew Rettman, Blueprint For NATO Attack On Syria Revealed, Global Research, August 11, 2011, emphasis added).

The former MI6 official also confirms that Israel and the US are supporting and financing the terrorists: “Crooke said the exile groups aim to topple the anti-Israeli [Syrian] regime. They are funded and trained by the US and have links to Israel. They pay Sunni tribal chiefs to put people on the streets, work with NGOs to feed uncorroborated stories of atrocities to Western media and co-operate with radicals in the hope that escalating violence will justify Nato intervention.” (Ibid, emphasis added).

Political factions within Lebanon are also involved. Lebanese intelligence has confirmed the covert shipment of assault rifles and automatic weapons to Salafi fighters. The shipment was carried out by Saudi-backed Lebanese politicians.

The Israel-Turkey Military Cooperation Agreement

Israel and Turkey have a military cooperation agreement which pertains in a very direct way to Syria as well to the strategic Lebanese-Syrian Eastern Mediterranean coastline (including the gas reserves off the coast of Lebanon and pipeline routes).

Already during the Clinton Administration, a triangular military alliance between the US, Israel and Turkey had unfolded. This “triple alliance”, which is dominated by the US Joint Chiefs of Staff, integrates and coordinates military command decisions between the three countries pertaining to the broader Middle East. It is based on the close military ties respectively of Israel and Turkey with the US, coupled with a strong bilateral military relationship between Tel Aviv and Ankara. ….

The triple alliance is also coupled with a 2005 NATO-Israeli military cooperation agreement which includes “many areas of common interest, such as the fight against terrorism and joint military exercises. These military cooperation ties with NATO are viewed by the Israeli military as a means to “enhance Israel’s deterrence capability regarding potential enemies threatening it, mainly Iran and Syria.” (See Michel Chossudovsky,”Triple Alliance”: The US, Turkey, Israel and the War on Lebanon, August 6, 2006)

Meanwhile, the recent reshuffle within Turkey’s top brass has reinforced the pro-Islamist faction within the armed forces. In late July, The Commander in Chief of the Army and head of Turkey’s Joint Chiefs of Staff, General Isik Kosaner, resigned together with the commanders of the Navy and Air Force.

General Kosaner represented a broadly secular stance within the Armed Forces. General Necdet Ozel has been appointed as his replacement as commander of the Army the new army chief.

These developments are of crucial importance. They tend to support US interests. They also point to a potential shift within the military in favor of the Muslim Brotherhood including the armed insurrection in Northern Syria.

“New appointments have strengthened Erdogan and the ruling party in Turkey… [T]he military power is able to carry out more ambitious projects in the region. It is predicted that in case of using the Libyan scenario in Syria it is possible that Turkey will apply for military intervention.” ( New appointments have strengthened Erdogan and the ruling party in Turkey : Public Radio of Armenia, August 06, 2011, emphasis added)

MB Rebels at Jisr al Choughour

Muslim Brotherhood Rebels at Jisr al Shughour Photos AFP June 16, 2011

[Note: this photo is in many regards misleading. Most of the rebel gunmen are highly trained with modern weapons.]

The Extended NATO Military Alliance

Egypt, the Gulf states and Saudi Arabia (within the extended military alliance) are partners of NATO, whose forces could be deployed in a campaign directed against Syria.

Israel is a de facto member of NATO following an agreement signed in 2005.

The process of military planning within NATO’s extended alliance involves coordination between the Pentagon, NATO, Israel’s Defense Force (IDF), as well as the active military involvement of the frontline Arab states, including Saudi Arabia, the Gulf States, Egypt: all in all ten Arab countries plus Israel are members of The Mediterranean Dialogue and the Istanbul Cooperation Initiative.

We are at a dangerous crossroads. The geopolitical implications are far-reaching.

Syria has borders with Jordan, Israel, Lebanon, Turkey and Iraq. It spreads across the valley of the Euphrates, it is at the crossroads of major waterways and pipeline routes.

Syria is an ally of Iran. Russia has a naval base in North Western Syria (see map).

Establishment of a base in Tartus and rapid advancement of military technology cooperation with Damascus makes Syria Russia’s instrumental bridgehead and bulwark in the Middle East.

Damascus is an important ally of Iran and irreconcilable enemy of Israel. It goes without saying that appearance of the Russian military base in the region will certainly introduce corrections into the existing correlation of forces.

Russia is taking the Syrian regime under its protection. It will almost certainly sour Moscow’s relations with Israel. It may even encourage the Iranian regime nearby and make it even less tractable in the nuclear program talks.( Ivan Safronov, Russia to defend its principal Middle East ally: Moscow takes Syria under its protection, Global Research July 28, 2006)

World War III Scenario

For the last five years, the Middle East-Central Asian region has been on an active war footing.

Syria has significant air defense capabilities as well as ground forces.

Syria has been building up its air defense system with the delivery of Russian Pantsir S1 air-defense missiles. In 2010, Russia delivered a Yakhont missile system to Syria. The Yakhont operating out of Russia’s Tartus naval base “are designed for engagement of enemy’s ships at the range of up to 300 km”. (Bastion missile systems to protect Russian naval base in Syria, Ria Novosti,  September 21, 2010).

The structure of military alliances respectively on the US-NATO and Syria-Iran-SCO sides, not to mention the military involvement of Israel, the complex relationship between Syria and Lebanon, the pressures exerted by Turkey on Syria’s northern border, point indelibly to a dangerous process of escalation.

Any form of US-NATO sponsored military intervention directed against Syria would destabilize the entire region, potentially leading to escalation over a vast geographical area, extending from the Eastern Mediterranean to the Afghanistan-Pakistan border with Tajikistan and China.

In the short run, with the war in Libya, the US-NATO military alliance is overextended in terms of its capabilities. While we do not forsee the implementation of a US-NATO military operation in the short-term, the process of political destabilization through the covert support of a rebel insurgency will in all likelihood continue.

This article was updated on August 11, 2011.

Many of the issues raised in the above article are analyzed in detail in Michel Chossudovsky’s 2011 book:

Towards a World War Three Scenario, The Dangers of Nuclear War
Michel Chossudovsky 

For further details click here

Order your copy of this important new book from Global Research here

 

Kiev Regime Kills Russian General Who Exposed Western Big Pharma’s Crimes in Ukraine

By Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, December 20, 2024

The choice of Igor Kirillov as a target is easy to understand. He was responsible for investigating Ukrainian and Western crimes involving biological and chemical weapons. Since 2022, the Russian Federation has been releasing several reports showing illegal Western bio-military activities in Ukraine, with Kirillov leading this investigative effort.

Britain: How to Destroy an Economy in Six Months. Rodney Atkinson

By Rodney Atkinson, December 20, 2024

Britain’s new Labour Government has managed in six short months to reduce an economy growing at the fastest rate in the G7 group of leading economies to falls of -0.1% in both September and October with no growth in the large services sector as fearful consumers reduced spending and business paused investment.

Will Japan Join the “The Five Eyes Spy Network”, Japan “Spy Eye” in Relation to China, North Korea, Russia and Southeast Asia?

By Ahmed Adel, December 20, 2024

The Five Eyes spy network, an intelligence cooperation between the United States, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, was established in 1956 at the height of the Cold War. Although Five Eyes is evidently an alliance of Anglo countries, Japan is not deterred from wanting to become a member and serve as an “eye” on Asia, or more specifically, on Russia’s East.

A Teenager’s Lawsuit: Taking on the Global Food Giants. Colin Todhunter

By Colin Todhunter, December 20, 2024

In a bold move, 18-year-old Bryce Martinez from Pennsylvania has taken a stand against some of the world’s largest food corporations. Martinez has filed a groundbreaking lawsuit against 11 major food companies, including household names like Coca-Cola, Nestlé and Kraft Heinz, alleging that their ultra-processed foods (UPFs) led to his development of Type 2 diabetes and fatty liver disease at the age of 16.

Middle East – Towards Endless Chaos?

By Peter Koenig, December 20, 2024

With the Ashkenazi-Zionist-Israel rapid expansion towards a Greater Israel, the sudden fall of Syria, the silence of Iraq, Iran scared to intervene, when Russia is folding up its tents in Syria and is getting the hell out of there — what else, but chaos?

A Painterly Dialogue: Jean-Michel Basquiat and Ouattara Watts at the Currier Museum

By Prof. Sam Ben-Meir, December 20, 2024

Basquiat and Watts have very different styles, although they both may be seen as neo-expressionists, not afraid of combining figuration and abstraction, employing words, phrases, numbers and other symbols with which to explore certain themes that occupied both painters.

It’s a “Killer” Vaccine Worldwide: Japanese Researchers Say Side Effects of COVID Vaccines Linked to 201 Types of Diseases

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Lee Harding, December 20, 2024

The impact on mortality and morbidity of the Pfizer-BioNtech vaccine has been confirmed by a Pfizer Confidential Report — released and made public under Freedom of Information in October 2021. The Confidential Pfizer Report –barely acknowledged by the media– was known to national governments and health authorities Worldwide. It confirms that the so-called Covid Vaccine is a killer.

On December 18, the Kiev regime’s forces fired nearly a hundred missiles and drones at the Rostov oblast (region) in southwestern Russia.

The attack also included six US-made ATACMS TBMs (tactical ballistic missiles) and four “Storm Shadow”/SCALP-EG ALCMs (air-launched cruise missiles). Russian SAM (surface-to-air missile) and ABM (anti-ballistic missile) systems, namely the S-400, “Buk-M3” and “Pantsir-S1”, managed to shoot down all of these with the exception of one “Storm Shadow”/SCALP-EG.

The missile hit an oil refinery, while the fragments of those that were shot down fell on civilian areas.

The Kiev regime is particularly focused on oil depots in hopes of slowing down Moscow’s steady advances in virtually all directions. Russia already indicated that a response was coming, suggesting a swift retaliation. On December 19, President Vladimir Putin held his traditional Q&A conference, during which he warned that the deadly “Oreshnik” hypersonic missiles (image right) could be used in response and even suggested that NATO sends its best SAM/ABM systems to any location of their choosing in Kiev and prepare to intercept the incoming Russian hypersonic weapon.

“There is no chance of shooting down these ‘Oreshnik’ missiles. Well, if those Western experts you mentioned think they can be shot down, we propose they – and those in the West and the United States who pay them for their analysis – conduct some kind of technological experiment, a high-tech duel of the 21st century,”

Putin proposed, adding:

“Let them name some object, let’s say, in Kiev, concentrate all their air defense and missile defense forces there, and we will hit it with ‘Oreshnik’ and see what happens. We are ready for such an experiment. Is the other side ready?”

Click to view Putin’s Speech 

 

We didn’t have to wait long to see how “successful” these extremely overhyped NATO-sourced weapons would perform. Today, on December 20, the Kremlin used its unrivaled arsenal of hypersonic weapons to demonstrate what President Putin was talking about.

However, there was a slight difference, as not a single “Oreshnik” was used, with military sources identifying three missile types – the 9M723 of the “Iskander-M” and the 9-S-7760 of the “Kinzhal” missile systems, as well as the North Korean KN-23, popularly known as the “Kimskander” (since it’s based on the Russian “Iskander-M”).

It should be noted that, while deadly and with no analogues in the political West, none of these weapons come anywhere near the power of the “Oreshnik”. In addition, this suggests that the hypothesis of many military analysts (myself included) that the “Oreshnik” is much faster than the reported Mach 10 stands. Namely, the three aforementioned missiles are all either close to that speed or can go even faster (namely the “Kinzhal”). The Russian MoD (Ministry of Defense) reported that the targets were a command post of the infamous SBU, the “Luch” Design Bureau, as well as the positions of “Patriot” SAM systems.

The SBU (at this point effectively a terrorist organization) was most likely hit in retaliation for the December 17 terrorist attack that killed Lieutenant General Igor Kirillov, Head of the Nuclear, Biological and Chemical (NBC) Protection Troops of the Russian Armed Forces. It should be noted that Lieutenant General Kirillov wasn’t directly involved in battlefield operations in Ukraine, but focused on investigating numerous extremely dangerous Pentagon-run biological warfare programs. The involvement of NATO (Nazi American Terrorist Organization) in his assassination is virtually guaranteed.

The “Luch” Design Bureau was targeted to disrupt the production and further improvements to the R-360 “Neptune” (based on the Soviet/Russian Kh-35 anti-ship missile) and the “Vilkha/Olkha” MLRS (multiple launch rocket system). The latter is a variant of the Soviet/Russian 300 mm BM-30 “Smerch” MLRS that uses the R624 rockets (based on the Soviet/Russian 9M55). The updated “Vilkha/Olkha-M” uses the improved R624M rockets, making it a much deadlier system than the extremely overhyped US-made HIMARS or M270/MARS MLRS whose rockets have shorter range and smaller warheads.

This also goes to show that even older (but heavily upgraded) Soviet/Russian weapons are a far greater threat to the Russian military than most NATO-sourced systems, which is why Moscow regularly targets and disrupts their production in Ukraine. It’s very likely that the strikes by these weapons are regularly attributed to Western-made systems, as such narratives are very useful for the NATO (particularly American) Military Industrial Complex (MIC). However, the Russian military would surely know the real culprits for such attacks, which would explain why it chose to target the Soviet-based systems.

Virtually the same can be said about various S-300 SAM systems in the Neo-Nazi junta’s service, as these have proven to be far deadlier to the Russian Aerospace Forces (VKS) than any US/NATO-made counterpart. Namely, the Russian military regularly obliterates systems like the MIM-104 “Patriot”, with the MoD confirming on December 15 that its AN/MPQ-65 radar and four launchers were destroyed in a recent strike. Thus, it can be argued that President Putin didn’t only taunt the political West, but also sent a very clear message – the best NATO SAM/ABM systems are no match for Russian hypersonic weapons that are much less capable than the “Oreshnik”.

This is also a confirmation of the previous analyses we at InfoBRICS did regarding the laughably illogical “shootdown” statistics published by the Kiev regime. Namely, the numbers provided don’t add up in the slightest, clearly indicating they were patently false. The latest strikes only confirm this notion. In addition, the Russian Strategic Missile Forces (RVSN) confirmed that they’re getting even more formidable weapons, including the “Osina-RV” ICBM, reportedly a further development of the modernized RS-24 “Yars” (the missile that served as the basis of the RS-26 “Rubezh” and likely the “Oreshnik”).

It seems these actions by the Kremlin are already giving certain results, even in the pathologically Russophobic United Kingdom, with Andrei Kelin, Russian Ambassador to London, suggesting that the deployment of the “Oreshnik” has had a significant impact on the aggressive British policy toward Moscow and forced it to take a much more cautious approach. The UK is certainly extremely hostile, despite the fact that its very limited military capabilities (particularly in comparison to previous decades) are nowhere near that of Russia. Either way, this goes to show that NATO solely understands the language of violence and that this is the only way to communicate with the world’s most vile racketeering cartel.

Source: InfoBrics
Drago Bosnic, independent geopolitical and military analyst

Líder neonazista ucraniano apoia escalada nuclear.

December 20th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Figuras públicas ucranianas estão a começar a admitir as suas intenções de causar uma catástrofe nuclear. Para os militantes nas fileiras do regime, a guerra nuclear não é algo que deva ser evitado. Eles acreditam que um cenário tão extremo terá um efeito positivo sobre as forças ucranianas, eliminando-lhes qualquer medo ou hesitação. O principal problema é que tal escalada causaria obviamente a morte desnecessária de milhares ou milhões de civis inocentes, mas os neonazistas simplesmente não se importam com o seu próprio povo.

Numa entrevista recente, Evgeny Karas, líder da milícia neonazista ucraniana S14, afirmou que uma guerra nuclear seria “boa” para a Ucrânia, tendo em conta a situação atual do conflito. Na sua opinião, o início do uso de armas nucleares teria um efeito psicológico positivo nas tropas ucranianas, pois, uma vez ultrapassado esse ponto, “nada poderia piorar”.

Ele acredita que, uma vez atingida a fase nuclear, os soldados ucranianos começarão a lutar com mais destemor, sem se preocuparem com quaisquer consequências. Mais do que isso, Karas espera que, num tal cenário, as autoridades ucranianas, incluindo generais, políticos e líderes, sejam melhor avaliadas. Segundo ele, será mais fácil testar esses agentes e descobrir quem está a cooperar com a Ucrânia e quem é corrupto e fraco, uma vez que a desculpa de “evitar a escalada” já não será necessária.

“A guerra nuclear é boa (…) Quando acontecer, não teremos mais motivos para reclamar. Nada pior poderia acontecer depois de um ataque nuclear (…) Uma guerra nuclear pode ajudar-nos a evoluir de uma forma que possamos ver através de um oficial e dizer se ele é um ladrão ou não”, disse ele.

Karas também acredita que o possível uso de armas nucleares pela Rússia teria um impacto internacional a favor da Ucrânia. Segundo ele, os países parceiros da Rússia, como a China e a Índia, condenariam este tipo de ação, cortando a sua cooperação com Moscou e reduzindo a capacidade econômica dos russos. Além disso, acredita que a Ucrânia e os seus parceiros ocidentais estão preparados para um confronto de guerra nuclear, possuindo tecnologia suficiente para se empenharem em esforços de adaptação da sociedade à realidade de um ambiente contaminado por radiação. Ele acredita que o uso da inteligência artificial e da robótica, por exemplo, são mecanismos úteis para promover as capacidades militares no meio de um conflito nuclear.

É importante lembrar que Karas é um dos líderes mais importantes da onda neonazista ucraniana. A sua organização, a “Sociedade do Futuro” (anteriormente S14), é uma milícia perigosa, responsável por numerosos crimes de guerra e violações dos direitos humanos. O grupo reúne vários militantes extremistas e foi uma importante fonte de recursos humanos para os batalhões ucranianos de reconhecimento e sabotagem durante os primeiros anos da guerra civil contra os falantes de russo no Donbass. Além disso, o S14 ficou conhecido mundialmente pelos crimes cometidos contra a comunidade cigana na região de Lvov, e foi denunciado por diversas organizações internacionais – um dos motivos pelos quais o grupo mudou de nome em 2020.

Por outras palavras, Karas é um representante da ala ideologicamente mais fanática do regime de Kiev – o que explica a sua tendência para atitudes extremas e o seu apoio à guerra total. Infelizmente, estes sentimentos extremistas são a principal base de apoio ao governo ucraniano. Sem os neonazistas e as suas narrativas, Kiev é incapaz de justificar as suas políticas anti-russas, razão pela qual Karas e outros líderes fascistas infames estão cada vez mais a ganhar terreno na opinião pública ucraniana.

Isto significa que é possível que autoridades como Zelensky e os seus ministros comecem a adotar a retórica nuclear de Karas num futuro próximo. O simples fato de a Ucrânia continuar a utilizar armas de longo alcance contra o território profundo da Rússia, apesar de Moscou ter deixado claro que pode responder a tal provocação com um ataque nuclear, já é prova de que o regime de Kiev não se preocupa com a escalada nuclear e ameaça deliberadamente a vida dos seus próprios cidadãos.

Isto mostra claramente que é Moscou, e não Kiev, quem mais se preocupa com o povo ucraniano. Moscou tem sido paciente até agora, evitando tomar medidas extremas, embora tenha o direito e as condições necessárias para o fazer. No entanto, se discursos como o de Karas começarem a orientar a tomada de decisões militares ucranianas, será quase impossível evitar uma escalada de violência.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Ukrainian neo-Nazi leader supports nuclear escalation, InfoBrics, 19 de dezembro de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

A crise política na Alemanha está a aprofundar-se. O Chanceler Olaf Scholz a confiança do parlamento em 16 de Dezembro, desmantelando o seu governo. Com o colapso da coligação e a necessidade de eleições antecipadas, parece claro que as políticas irresponsáveis ​​de apoio à Ucrânia têm sido uma “sentença de morte” para o governo Scholz.

Scholz perdeu com um total de 394 votos contra ele, enquanto apenas 207 parlamentares votaram a seu favor. Com isso, eleições antecipadas terão de ser convocadas, prevendo-se que sejam marcadas para 23 de fevereiro. Por enquanto, Scholz permanece no cargo, mas terá de lidar com a situação de um governo minoritário. Isto significa que o primeiro-ministro não tem a maioria necessária de apoiantes para aprovar leis do seu interesse no parlamento, sendo na verdade uma espécie de “governo simbólico”.

Esta situação era esperada, tendo em conta que a sua aliança política já tinha entrado em colapso recentemente. A coligação pró-governo foi desmantelada depois de a chanceler ter demitido o então ministro das Finanças, Christian Lindner, devido a divergências sobre questões como o orçamento militar e o apoio a Kiev. Junto com Lindner, outros ministros e funcionários que discordavam de Scholz também foram demitidos ou renunciaram, o que foi visto pela coalizão como uma tentativa de “expurgo” para eliminar parceiros que discordavam dos projetos do chanceler.

É importante lembrar que Scholz reconheceu publicamente a questão ucraniana como responsável pela crise na coligação. A Alemanha atravessa um momento de grandes dificuldades econômicas e orçamentais. A crise econômica e energética e os grandes gastos públicos para reverter os “efeitos colaterais” das sanções anti-russas prejudicaram vários setores da sociedade alemã. Paralelamente a tudo isto, a ala pró-Scholz mantém uma política de apoio à Ucrânia que amplia ainda mais as despesas, criando um preocupante desequilíbrio orçamental.

Tendo visto os efeitos devastadores do apoio à Ucrânia na política interna alemã, Scholz tentou desesperadamente reverter esta situação “suavizando” a sua política ucraniana. Recusou-se a enviar armas de longo alcance ao regime de Kiev, apesar da pressão internacional para o fazer e da recente onda de “ataques profundos” com participação direta da OTAN. Além disso, teve uma conversa direta com o presidente russo, Vladimir Putin, num telefonema, o que causou indignação entre os seus parceiros ocidentais e ucranianos. Mais do que isso, Scholz prometeu telefonar mais vezes a Putin, argumentando que é vital que os políticos europeus participem mais activamente no processo diplomático.

Nem mesmo esta “mudança” de postura foi suficiente para melhorar a imagem pública do primeiro-ministro alemão, que continuou a enfrentar forte oposição no parlamento, além de uma crescente impopularidade. O crescimento da direita política alemã, tanto com os nacionalistas conservadores da AfD como com os “moderados” democratas-cristãos da CDU, mostra que a imagem política de Scholz já está esgotada, com o povo e o parlamento a exigir mudanças que ele se revelou incapaz de alcançar. .

O problema é que Scholz permanecerá no cargo até as próximas eleições, o que levanta preocupações para todos os lados da política alemã. Espera-se que Scholz concorra novamente, representando o Social Democratic Party of Germany (SPD). O seu principal rival será o democrata-cristão Friedrich Merz, cuja popularidade parece crescer paralelamente ao declínio de Scholz.

Existem duas possibilidades: ou Scholz adoptará uma posição ainda mais moderada em relação à Ucrânia até às eleições, numa tentativa de obter o apoio da ala que quer reduzir os gastos de guerra alemães; ou adotará uma espécie de “postura suicida” e envolver-se-á numa onda de escalada total, semelhante ao que Biden está a fazer nos seus últimos dias na Casa Branca, uma vez que as suas hipóteses de reeleição são escassas.

O caso de Scholz é apenas mais um na grande crise política no Ocidente desde 2022. A operação militar especial teve um efeito profundo no Ocidente, provocando indiretamente a queda de vários líderes políticos que se revelaram incapazes de lidar com a realidade do conflito. Quanto mais belicistas e ativos na guerra a favor da Ucrânia, mais impopulares se tornam os líderes ocidentais e perdem a confiança dos seus próprios eleitores e apoiadores, tornando-se políticos fracos e vulneráveis.

Na verdade, é atualmente impossível para um líder ocidental prosseguir uma política de apoio total à Ucrânia. O fato de, ao contrário dos países pró-guerra, estados como a Hungria e a Eslováquia permanecerem fortes e estáveis, com os seus líderes a gozarem de amplo apoio popular, é a prova de que Kiev é um fator desestabilizador para o Ocidente. Scholz percebeu isso tarde demais e não conseguiu evitar seu próprio colapso.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Scholz loses confidence vote in German parliament, worsening Berlin’s political crisis, InfoBrics, 17 de Dezembro de 2024

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Britain’s new Labour Government has managed in six short months to reduce an economy growing at the fastest rate in the G7 group of leading economies to falls of -0.1% in both September and October with no growth in the large services sector as fearful consumers reduced spending and business paused investment. With manufacturing and construction declining at a pace of 0.6% and 0.4% respectively in October, annual inflation has risen to 2.6% and the 10 year government bond interest rate has risen from 3.8% to 4.6% – a massive vote of no confidence in Government debt management.

.

.

The largesse distributed by Prime Minister Starmer and Chancellor Rachel Reeves to doctors, train drivers and the nationalised sickness service (NHS – £25 billion extra) led to a budget in which the State raised taxes by a staggering £40 billion, increased the minimum wage, increased already crippling business rates and increased employers’ national insurance payments for each worker.

All this was apparently (no joke!) in order to “go for economic growth” but even the Office for Budget Responsibility understandably predicted the budget would make business investment weaker and the Bank of England has reduced its growth forecast – to NIL in the fourth quarter of 2024.

The State-dominated British economy impoverishes everyone. An analysis by the Tax Payers Alliance showed that the average household will pay over £1.2 million in tax in their lifetime, meaning they would have to work for 19.5 years just to pay off the taxman. Even the bottom 20 per cent of households, or families with a household gross income of £19,599, will work for almost 23.4 years to pay off their lifetime tax bill, the longest of any group since taxes long ago stopped taxing income and instead taxed existence, property and jobs.

 

State Incompetence and Productivity

Since 2020 the State sector has taken on an extra 250,000 employees to add to its appalling low productivity record. Rachel Reeves’ solution is to reduce by a mere 10,000 and ask Departments for 5% savings on their budgets. The international competitiveness of the UK is quite horrific:

.

.

Destroying Capital and Investment

The three critical elements in economic growth are CAPITAL, INCOME RETURNS and INVESTMENT OPTIMISM. The budget seemed designed to destroy all three.

For decades, as the insatiable appetite of the State grows to meet the ambitions and electoral promises of politicians, taxes have come increasingly from indirect and “upfront’ taxes unrelated to actual earnings or profits and therefore unresponsive to slower or negative economic growth. The State demands its right to spend, unconstrained by the ability of the economy to finance their spending.

Just how unconstrained the parasite State has become was revealed in the purchase by a Government Department of two leather bound files for £1,200! A small example of a major failure. See this.

The degree to which this disastrous government fails to understand the very concept of capital was revealed in their application of Inheritance Tax to family businesses and farms where they actually believe that such businesses can lose 20% of their capital and still function. To tax those families who sell out their capital for a one-off gain, or those who do not farm but buy land as a tax avoidance scheme has a logic but to cripple ongoing businesses as one generation dies is madness.

Just how mad we can see by the fact that the Government will NOT apply inheritance tax every 30 years to the biggest and richest corporations in the country – who are then at liberty to buy up the family firms and farm land which inheritance tax has made unviable. No wonder Bill Gates and British banks are buying up farmland!

The Taxpayers Alliance found that, as the UK is sending farmers abroad over £516m in foreign aid, the inheritance tax changes announced at the Budget will raise £520m for the Treasury.

Just as the previous government sacrificed democratic capitalism for State Corporatism so this Labour government is a State corporatist government – socialism, big State, big corporations and supranational power. 

Labour Even Attacks Health and Hospices

In an arbitrary exclusion of the NHS from the rise in National Insurance contributions (typical of the selective targeting of people and institutions in fascist societies) the Labour government forgot that doctors in general practice were technically not in the NHS and would therefore have to pay the rise, hitting doctors’ surgeries hard. Equally hit are the many social and private provisiders of health support like social care and the hospice movement.

The Chancellor of the Exchequer Rachel Reeves’s budget will cost children’s hospices an additional £5million a year from the NI rise alone (never mind the rise in the minimum wage). That translates into nearly £140,000 extra per hospice.

Devastating Effect on Businesses

January 2025 will see a devastating series of announcement of business closures and redundancies as businesses of all sizes react to the enormous extra costs piled on them by the economically illiterate spendthrift Rachel Reeves.

The Bank of England’s long-running Decision Maker Panel released its latest business responses to the budget. 2,255 Chief Financial Officers from small, medium and large UK businesses reported:

  • 59% of firms expect to lower profit margins.
  • 54% expect to raise prices.
  • 54% expect lower employment.
  • 38% expect to pay lower wages than they otherwise would have done.

The large Recruitment agency, Reed, said vacancies advertised on their website had fallen 13% between October and November, and the vacancy figure was now 26% lower than a year ago, suggesting, on past experience a coming recession. See this.

The UK has the highest government debt (97% of GDP) since the 1960s. In October 2024 Debt Interest alone was £9.1bn with annual debt interest (expected before the catastrophic budget to be £89 billion) now expected to be £120 billion (more than twice the Defence budget as the British government pursues war with the largest country in the world with the biggest nuclear arsenal). The increase in debt interest  is more than the budget tax rise from employers’ National Insurance payments.

One would think it could get no worse – but the Government seems determined to wipe out major industries like oil and gas, cars, petrochemicals, steel and plastics on the altar of “net zero”. The implications for unemployment, the resulting welfare needs and the fall in taxes are dire.

No wonder company start ups are the lowest for 13 years and the London Stock Market is losing company quotations to Wall Street.

After 27 years of State corporatist and socialist policies under Labour and Conservative governments, what was needed was a radical, democratic capitalist, free trading, entrepreneurial, socially emancipatory (as opposed to State controlling) Government. Instead since 4th July we have the same social decadence, political authoritarianism, financial bankruptcy and business ignorance as before – but in spades! 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser    

Featured image is from iStock.com/sefa ozel

The Five Eyes spy network, an intelligence cooperation between the United States, Great Britain, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, was established in 1956 at the height of the Cold War. Although Five Eyes is evidently an alliance of Anglo countries, Japan is not deterred from wanting to become a member and serve as an “eye” on Asia, or more specifically, on Russia’s East.

Initially, Five Eyes cooperation covered the field of electronic intelligence. Each alliance member was responsible for collecting and analyzing intelligence in certain areas of the world. Great Britain monitored Europe, the western part of the Soviet Union and the Middle East. The United States also kept an eye on the Middle East, China, the Soviet Union, Africa and the Caribbean. Australia was responsible for South and Southeast Asia, and New Zealand was responsible for the South Pacific. Canada spied on certain areas of the Soviet Union, China and some areas of Latin America.

The parties exchanged the data received, so in effect they worked together. Over time, cooperation between the intelligence agencies of the five countries has expanded to the fields of intellectual-technological intelligence and counterintelligence. Today, no country in the world can be sure that it is not under the surveillance of the Five Eyes.

Recently, Japan has shown special interest in the Five Eyes alliance. Last year, a Japanese delegation attended a meeting of the intelligence agencies of five countries in Canada, and recently, a meeting of senior military officials of the Five Eyes alliance took place in Japan. Thus, in an unofficial way, Tokyo is starting to cooperate with this alliance, and it cannot be ruled out that Japan will become the “sixth eye” of the spy organization.

The Five Eyes members highly appreciate Japan’s achievements in intelligence activities related to China, North Korea, the eastern regions of Russia and Southeast Asian countries. No less important is that Japan today owns seven advanced reconnaissance satellites for information gathering, such as the ability to identify human heads from space.

However, some issues could prevent Japan from joining the Five Eyes alliance. These include shortcomings in Japan’s legal basis and security system in classifying intelligence information and approving access to that information. Members of the Five Eyes fear the possibility of classified information leaking from the walls of Japanese intelligence agencies. Tokyo needs to upgrade its national security system to meet the standards of the Five Eyes. Former prime minister Shinzo Abe and successive heads of government have tried to do this but have seen no results.

Furthermore, there is another point that sober-minded Japanese politicians cannot ignore: how becoming a member of a spy organization would affect Tokyo’s relations with the countries that these “eyes” are watching.

One of the Japanese experts, Edo Naito, also questioned in the Japan Times “whether Japan’s inclusion in a hypothetical Six Eyes alliance could harm its close relationships with some Indo-Pacific partners who have previously viewed themselves as targets of Five Eyes scrutiny.”

The Japanese authorities seem not to worry about the reaction in Asian countries. For them, entering into any form of military cooperation with the United States and its allies is more important. Right now, Japan and the United States are jointly developing hypersonic missile interceptors and the next-generation Patriot anti-missile system. Japan is also cooperating with the United Kingdom and Italy to develop a sixth-generation fighter.

Cooperation in intelligence would strengthen Tokyo’s ties with its allies but also promote a revival of militaristic sentiment in Japanese society. This is especially alarming for Japan’s neighbouring countries, particularly Russia since Tokyo maintains territorial claims on the Eurasian Giant.

In an attempt to try and alleviate Moscow’s worries about Japan’s hoped integration into Five Eyes, Japanese prime minister Shigeru Ishiba said earlier this month that despite difficult relations with Russia, his country is still committed to “resolving the territorial issue” and signing a peace treaty. However, Moscow has repeatedly pointed out that there can be no comprehensive dialogue until Japan abandons its hostile policies “aimed at causing damage to the Russian Federation and its people.”

Japan claims sovereignty of four islands from Moscow, which the Soviet Union took following the Asian country’s surrender in World War II on August 15, 1945. The dispute over the Iturup, Kunashir, and Shikotan islands, as well as the Habomai islet group, known in Japan as the Northern Territories and in Russia as the Southern Kurils, has prevented the two countries from signing a postwar peace treaty.

Given that Moscow has no logical reason to hand over its sovereign territory to Japan, Tokyo’s decision-makers are becoming increasingly frustrated. For this reason, they are hoping to bring the Anglo Alliance to their cause. Although Five Eyes will certainly be interested in cooperating with Japan against Russia, it is unlikely that this will translate into a new member of the spy organization, given it is an Anglo exclusive alliance.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Global Times

In a bold move, 18-year-old Bryce Martinez from Pennsylvania has taken a stand against some of the world’s largest food corporations. Martinez has filed a groundbreaking lawsuit against 11 major food companies, including household names like Coca-Cola, Nestlé and Kraft Heinz, alleging that their ultra-processed foods (UPFs) led to his development of Type 2 diabetes and fatty liver disease at the age of 16.  

This legal action brings to light the growing concern over UPFs, which are foods that have undergone multiple processing steps and often contain additives, preservatives, and artificial ingredients. These products, ranging from sugary cereals to packaged snacks and soft drinks, have become staples in many households, particularly appealing to children and teenagers.  

Martinez’s lawsuit argues that these companies have engaged in practices reminiscent of the tobacco industry, prioritising profits over the health of young consumers. His legal team contends that the food giants have exploited children’s vulnerability to marketing and their natural preference for sweet and salty flavours. It argues that these companies have deliberately engineered their products to trigger addictive responses, making it difficult for young consumers to resist or moderate their intake.  

The case details Martinez’s personal story, describing how he regularly consumed popular UPFs throughout his childhood, unaware of the potential long-term health consequences. His diagnosis with Type 2 diabetes and fatty liver disease at 16 came as a shock, prompting him to investigate the root causes of his health issues.  

This lawsuit raises important questions about the food system in the face of rising childhood obesity and diabetes rates. It challenges the food industry’s long-standing defence that consumers have free choice in their dietary decisions. Martinez’s lawyers argue that when it comes to children, this notion of free choice is compromised by aggressive marketing tactics and the addictive nature of these products.  

The case also highlights the growing awareness of the link between diet and long-term health outcomes. Public health advocates have long warned about the potential dangers of a diet high in UPFs, but this lawsuit brings these concerns into the legal arena in an unprecedented way.  

The case draws parallels to the landmark tobacco lawsuits of the past, which resulted in significant changes to how cigarettes were marketed and sold. If successful, Martinez’s lawsuit could have similar far-reaching implications for the food industry, potentially leading to stricter regulations on food marketing, more transparent labelling practices and a shift in public perception of UPFs.  

Moreover, this case may inspire other individuals or groups to take similar legal action, potentially opening the floodgates for a wave of lawsuits against food companies. This could force coopted governments and the industry to reckon with their role in the global obesity epidemic and other diet-related health issues.  

While Martinez’s lawsuit focuses on the direct health impacts of UPFs on individuals, it’s crucial to understand this case within the broader context of the global food system. This is something I have been drawing attention to for many years, offering a critical lens through which to examine how the industrial food system, driven by profit motives, perpetuates health crises, environmental degradation and socio-economic harm.  

The rise of UPFs is emblematic of a food system shaped by capitalist imperatives. These foods, often laced with harmful chemicals and produced using toxic agrochemicals, are not only detrimental to health but also highly profitable for corporations. The same companies that dominate the UPF market are deeply intertwined with investment firms like BlackRock and Vanguard, which also hold stakes in the pharmaceutical industry. This dual investment creates a cycle where corporations profit from both the sale of harmful foods and the treatment of diseases caused by these products—a ‘win-win’ scenario for them but a devastating one for public health.  

A complex web of influence shapes global food policies and scientific research. Any talk about corporate influence and lobbying must include the role of the International Life Sciences Institute (ILSI). Despite claiming to be an independent scientific organisation, the ILSI functions as a powerful lobby group for the food industry.  

The ILSI plays a crucial role in promoting narratives that benefit its corporate funders, often at the expense of public health. We have a food system where corporate lobbying exerts significant influence over policies and ensures harmful practices remain largely unchecked.  

The proliferation of UPFs has been linked to rising rates of non-communicable diseases such as obesity, diabetes and heart disease. In high-income countries like the United States and the United Kingdom, UPFs account for more than half of total calorific intake, exacerbating these health issues. Yet corporate-backed narratives often downplay these risks or frame them as issues of personal responsibility rather than systemic problems.  

High-level ‘experts’ and scientists with ties to major food corporations have argued against demonising UPFs, despite overwhelming evidence linking them to poor health outcomes.  

Addressing the harms caused by UPFs requires more than individual lawsuits — it demands a rethinking of how food is produced, marketed and regulated.  

Bryce Martinez’s lawsuit against food corporations represents a critical challenge to a system that thrives on ‘sickening profits’. This case is part of a larger struggle against a global food system that prioritises corporate wealth and power over health and food sovereignty. Whether through legal action or the work of grassroots movements, dismantling and rejecting this harmful system is essential for creating a healthier and more equitable future. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Renowned author Colin Todhunter specialises in development, food and agriculture. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Colin Todhunter’s book Sickening Profits: The Global Food System’s Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth provides further insight into the issues addressed above. It can be read here

Featured image is licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0

In certain respects, the Currier Museum’s Jean Michel Basquiat and Ouattara Watts: A Distant Conversation may be regarded as a modest exhibition, as it features only six works by Basquiat and seven large paintings by Watts. But the power and significance of an exhibition is not simply a function of its size and scope. Even an exhibition consisting of a single painting – such as Caravaggio’s Ecce Homo currently on view at Madrid’s Prado – can be an extraordinary event. The joint exhibition of Basquiat and Watts is likewise such an event, allowing viewers to appreciate their dialogues with the tradition of Western and African art, and with each other.

Their deepening friendship was unfortunately cut short in 1988 by Basquiat’s untimely death, a mere seven months after the two artists initially met at Basquiat’s solo exhibition at Yvon Lambert Gallery in Paris that same year. Basquiat had travelled to Africa in 1986, and by a strange coincidence had even visited the village of Korhogo in Côte d’Ivoire where Watts was from. Their camaraderie took root and blossomed from the day they met, with Basquiat insisting upon leaving his own exhibition to visit Watts’ Paris studio. Basquiat was immediately captivated by Watts’ paintings and helped to promote his artistic career. Following their excursions together in Paris and later in New Orleans, Basquiat was planning with Watts to return to Africa when his fatal overdose occurred.

Basquiat and Watts have very different styles, although they both may be seen as neo-expressionists, not afraid of combining figuration and abstraction, employing words, phrases, numbers and other symbols with which to explore certain themes that occupied both painters. A Distant Conversation highlights a common interest in death, truth, and what one might call a certain heroism or courage in the face of our mortality. Consider Watts’ Intercessor #0 (1989), painted only a year after Basquiat’s death. The image is divided vertically: on the right side a white eye or leaf-like shape predominates, sharply defined against a thickly textured, dark brown background; on the left, a silhouette of Ma’at, the ancient Egyptian goddess of truth and justice, identifiable not only by the ankh she holds before her, and inside of which the artist has vertically inscribed his name in yellow – but particularly by the ostrich Feather of Truth atop her head. At the Judgment of the Dead, the heart of the deceased would be placed on a scale and weighed against Ma’at’s feather: this is the moment that decided one’s fate in the afterlife, whether one would continue one’s journey or be devoured by the beast Ammit and thus die a second death.

.

Jean-Michel Basquiat and Ouattara Watts, 1988, c-print, photographer unknown, from Ouattara Watts’ personal archive (Source: currier.org)

.

The painting deals with themes that recur throughout the exhibition. The ‘intercessor,’ referred to in the title, pleading one’s case to God, is not so much the goddess as art itself: for Watts, and arguably for Basquiat as well, painting is an act of intercession, of justifying one’s being – which is also to say, that painting is a kind of magic, it weaves a spell which like all good spells is meant to brace us and fortify us, to aid us in bearing the burden of existence.

Basquiat’s Procession (1986) is about death and intercession as well. Painted on wood, a surface that had long appealed to the artist, the procession consists of four black silhouettes following a larger figure who alone is rendered in color and holds aloft in his right hand a skull that appears to be beckoning, luring or guiding the others onward. There is a certain macabre festiveness to the work, which one might associate with El Dia de los Muertos, for example. The larger figure could also be seen as a kind of intercessor on behalf of the dead – at any rate, he holds not merely a skull but a certain power. He lifts the skull as if it were a kind of beacon or lantern. We are once again confronting the theme of death, but also that of the artist as almost a shaman: Basquiat is not so much depicting a ritual as enacting one. Both Watts and Basquiat are keenly aware of the artist’s role in the traditional African community, in which the artist functions as an integral and organic part of his social milieu. The choice of wood, rather than the more Western and conventional use of canvas, reinforces Basquiat’s interest in distancing himself from what he referred to as the ‘academic’ feel of canvas.

.

.

Watts’ Beyond Life (1990) continues with these same themes that bring together and unite the paintings in this exhibition. Again, we find a large, silhouetted figure, flanked in this case by a gravestone. On the right-hand side, Watts has depicted a chapel-like structure – or it may be a larger gravestone – topped by a Coptic cross. As the curators note, we appear to be witnessing a ceremony of some kind, ‘perhaps a rite of passage to the afterlife.’ This interpretation is strengthened by the inclusion of a boat rendered on a small wooden panel attached to the canvas on the left-hand side – invoking, among other things, the ferry that bears the dead to the next world. It is a haunting work, dark in its earthy, indeed soil-like tones that Watts produced from a mixture of dry pigment and sand, creating a thick impasto the gives the work a three-dimensional texture. It is a remarkable example of Watts’ abiding interest in texture and materiality.

Basquiat’s multimedia work, Embittered (1986), consists of two parts, but how they relate to each other and the overall meaning of the work is enigmatic. On the left, we find the word ‘EROICA’ (heroic) repeated numerous times, invoking Beethoven’s mighty 3rd symphony – but in conjunction with plentiful references to boxing: such as ‘GLASS JAW,’ ‘RING,’ ‘EVERLAST,’ ‘RABBIT PUNCH,’ ‘FIXED FIGHT,’ ‘SOFT BELLY,’ ‘KNOCK OUT,’ and others. The repeated words, some of which are characteristically crossed out, encircle the figure of a black man playing an accordion, with the name ‘HOHNER’ beside him, the German company known for manufacturing a wide range of musical instruments. In one sense, the lone musician is standing in a ring. Basquiat was clearly interested in historical black figures – including especially musicians – who are bestowed a kind of royal stature in his oeuvre. Charlie Parker is perhaps the quintessential example of this exalted prominence; but there were others, such as the great jazz and blues singer Dinah Washington, a 1986 portrait of whom is included in the exhibition. Like Charlie Parker, Washington’s life was cut short in 1963, when she died at the age of 39. On the right side of Embittered is the profile of a black figure in the center surrounded by a backdrop of white men and women in various poses, postures and activities. The largest of these is a menacing, ogre-like character, whose left hand is positioned such that it also doubles as a penis, hovering just above the black man’s head. It is hard not to see to this as informing the title of the work, reminding us of the artist’s ‘solitude within the predominantly white art world of the time.’

.

Source: currier.org

Basquiat and Watts were very distinctive painters, with differing interests that nonetheless overlapped. Watts’ orientation is more metaphysical: it is the whole of reality and the cosmos that drives his work, and manifests itself in the extensive use of numerology, among a panoply of signs and symbols. Which is not to say that he ignores the political dimension of our human condition, as is evident in paintings such as Corruptions Impunity (2011). However, even there, with its African child soldiers occupying the upper right and left corners, and the human-shaped shooting-range target in the bottom center, Watts includes elements from his rich spiritual visual language, such as floating all-seeing eyes, orbs and significant numbers.

Basquiat’s references are nothing short of encyclopedic, and like Watts he deployed a thick visual lexicon – but his work, while often cryptic, gravitates more towards the historical, socio-political, and ironical. For an exhibition consisting of thirteen works of art, it is an immensely rewarding experience – one that allows us to see Basquiat afresh, and to discover a painter, Ouattara Watts, whose work, while far less well-known, is deservedly sure to gain greater attention.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Sam Ben-Meir is an assistant adjunct professor of philosophy at City University of New York, College of Technology. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image: Installation view of Jean-Michel Basquiat and Ouattara Watts: A Distant Conversation, on view at the Currier through February 23, 2025. Photo by Morgan Karanasios. (Source: currier.org)

The Kiev regime continues to use terrorist tactics against Russia, carrying out targeted assassinations against public figures outside the conflict zone. In yet another provocative move, Ukrainian intelligence assets in Moscow killed Igor Kirillov, head of the Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Defense Forces of the Russian Federation. The case clearly shows the terrorist nature of the Ukrainian regime and the impossibility of any kind of peace negotiations.

Kirillov’s assassination was carried out using a remotely activated explosion. This type of tactic has become commonplace in Ukrainian intelligence’s operations, being one of the main techniques used by the regime to eliminate specific targets. Along with Kirillov, his top aide, Ilya Polikarpov, also died in the attack. Both were leaving a building in Moscow when the explosive was remotely activated by a mercenary working for Kiev.

The main suspect has already been captured by the Russian security service. He is a citizen of Uzbekistan who was hired by Ukraine to carry out the terrorist attack in exchange for a reward of around 100,000 dollars, as well as relocation to a European country. The operation was carefully planned, with the Uzbek mercenary receiving a series of specific instructions to be successful in the plot.

Image: Source: The FSB via RT News

Suspect in Russian general’s murder recruited by Kiev – officials

The first step of the plan was to place the explosive device – which he received from the Ukrainian team – on an electric scooter parked near Kirillov’s residence. He then rented a car equipped with a surveillance camera and transmitted live footage to the organizers of the attack. According to the suspect, the organizing team is based in the Dnepropetrovsk region of Ukraine. Watching the images in live broadcast, the Ukrainians chose the most appropriate moment to detonate the explosive, giving the order to the Uzbek terrorist to carry out the attack.

The case has a number of similarities with other recent terrorist attacks carried out by Kiev. The Ukrainian regime often uses explosives to kill its opponents, in addition to hiring mercenaries from Central Asia to carry out operations on Russian territory. It is worth remembering cases such as that of Daria Dugina and Maxim Fomin, both journalists who were murdered with explosives, as well as the Crocus City Hall massacre, when Tajik terrorists were hired by Ukrainian intelligence to murder civilians in Moscow.

.

Dashcam footage showing Kirillov’s death (Source: Creative Commons)

.

The choice of Igor Kirillov as a target is easy to understand. He was responsible for investigating Ukrainian and Western crimes involving biological and chemical weapons. Since 2022, the Russian Federation has been releasing several reports showing illegal Western bio-military activities in Ukraine, with Kirillov leading this investigative effort. He has published data proving the involvement of several Western public figures and companies in the production of biological weapons on Ukrainian soil. Those responsible for financing the biolabs included Big Pharma corporations and the Soros Foundation, as well as individuals such as Hunter Biden, the son of the US president.

In fact, the impact of Kirillov’s revelations was so deep that it caused a crisis in the Western pharmaceutical lobby. Since 2022, the crimes committed by American and European Big Pharma companies have been more easily exposed. Even the Covid-19 vaccine lobby has lost strength, with mandatory vaccinations being banned in many countries. These companies started to be the target of lawsuits and their shares have lost market value, which has obviously made Kirillov a target for several Western oligarchs.

In the same vein, Kirillov was the main investigator of chemical weapons provocations by Ukraine. The use of chemical weapons by Kiev troops has become commonplace in the conflict, with several cases of Russian military personnel and civilians being poisoned by toxic substances deliberately released by Ukrainians.

In 2023, I was invited by the Russian Mission in Geneva to present a report at the UN Human Rights Council on this topic, where I recalled several cases of Ukrainian use of chemical weapons. It must be mentioned that the US, which is the biggest supporter of the Kiev regime, is the only country in the world that still publicly maintains stockpiles of chemical weapons, and is therefore a possible supplier of these toxic materials to Ukraine. Without the work of the investigative committee led by Kirillov, this type of violation of international law would never have been revealed, which is why his efforts were so important.

It is still too early to determine the level of Western involvement in the assassination of the Russian general, but it is safe to say that the Kiev regime never acts “on its own.” Ukraine always receives authorization to carry out each attack, since it is a mere proxy agent without any sovereignty.

In addition, Kirillov has caused a great damage to the Western pharmaceutical lobby, becoming a public enemy of many oligarchs. In the end, this is just further proof that any negotiation in the conflict is unfeasible. Both the West and Ukraine are betting on terrorism and all-out war against Moscow, leaving no alternative but a military solution.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Lucas Leiroz is a member of the BRICS Journalists Association, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, geopolitical consultant. You can follow Lucas on X (formerly Twitter) and Telegram.

Featured image is licensed under CC BY 4.0

Mike Robinson and Vanessa Beeley discuss the events of the past week in Syria, including Vanessa’s escape from the terrorists who moved into Damascus and surrounding areas on Sunday morning.

“This terrorist faction [HTS] has just been converted into rebels again by the BBC, CNN and Sky News.

They’re not elected, they’ve just taken power.

What we’re seeing now, which is not really being reported at all in mainstream media, is the beginning again of mass executions, in the center of Damascus, they’re putting up gallows in Homs.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Our thanks to Julian Rose for bringing this to our attention.

Featured image source

[Incisive analysis, first published by Global Research on November 10, 2023]

***

In the year 1962 the American scientist Allan H. Frey carried out experiments with pulsed microwaves, which produced clicking, buzz, hissing or knocking sounds in the heads of people at a distance of up to several thousands yards. In his report, he also wrote that with the change of parameters he can produce pins and needles sensation or perception of severe buffeting in the head and claimed that this energy “could possibly be used as a tool to explore nervous system coding… and for stimulating the nervous system without the damage caused by electrodes“ (see this).

In other words, Allan Frey was on the path to finding the way how to manipulate the human nervous system at distance. This was quickly understood by the U.S. Government. For the next two decades Frey, funded by the Office of Naval Research and the U.S. Army, was the most active researcher on the bioeffects of microwave radiation in the country. Frey caused rats to become docile by exposing them to radiation at an average power level of only 50 microwatts per square centimeter. He altered specific behaviors of rats at 8 microwatts per square centimeter. He altered the heart rate of live frogs at 3 microwatts per square centimeter. At only 0.6 microwatts per square centimeter, he caused isolated frogs’ hearts to stop beating by timing the microwave pulses at a precise point during the heart’s rhythm (see this and this).

In 1975, Allan Frey published  his research on blood-brain barrier in the Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, where blood-brain barrier (protecting brain from poison entering it together with blood) of rats, illuminated by pulsed radiofrequency, allowed dye to penetrate into their brains. His findings were confirmed by 13 different laboratories in 6 countries and with the use of different animals.

In 2012, Allan H. Frey wrote an article  where he described how the American Brooks Air Force falsified his experiment by selecting a contractor, who injected the dye into the intestines instead of into the blood, and in this way made sure that the dye will not appear in the brain. This was supposed to help the U.S. Air Force to obtain the aproval of people to build radars in their vicinity. According to Frey, the same Brooks Air Force Base later tried to “discredit unclassified research in the microwave area” in order to cover “a classified microwave-bio weapons program.”

Allan Frey concluded: “funding for open microwave-bio research in the United States was essentially shut down.” For that matter the general public (in the whole world) does not know anything about the possibility to control their brain activity at distance by the effects of pulsed microwaves on their nervous system until now.

In March 2021, the American scientist James C. Lin wrote an article on Havana syndrome, where he wrote that this trouble caused to American diplomats and government agents in Cuba and elsewhere, was most probably produced by pulsed microwaves (see this).

On December 5 2020 the U.S. Academy of sciences published a study on Havana syndrome, where it stated:

“Overall, directed pulsed RF (radio frequency) energy, especially in those with the distinct early manifestations, appears to be the most plausible mechanism in explaining these cases among those that the committee considered.”

But on March 2, 2023 the American television CNN published an article on the report of the 7 U.S. intelligence agencies. It said that “there is no credible evidence that a foreign adversary has a weapon or collection device that is capable of causing the mysterious incidents“ (Havana syndrome). In this way the U.S. intelligence agencies tried deny the validity of the scientific report by U.S. Academy of Science and to hide from the world general public the fact that pulsed microwaves can be used to attack their minds.

There is a large body of scientific experiments proving that extra low frequencies of electromagnetic radiation can produce effects in the human nervous system. What is common to microwaves and extra long electromagnetic waves is that both of them carry electric and magnetic fields. The neurons are full of ions and this electrolyte can easily function as an antenna, in which electromagnetic waves will produce electrical currents, which are essetial parts of nervous impulses in the brain.

At the International Conference on Nonlinear Electrodynamics in Biological Systems in 1983, sposored among others by the U.S. Air Force Office of Scientific Research and the Office of Naval Research, Friedeman Kaiser from the Institute of Theoretical Physics at the University of Stuttgart lectured on effects of extra low frequencies of electromagnetic waves on the human nervous system or “extreme high sensitivity of certain biological systems to very weak electromagnetic signals.” He stated:

“In the brain wave model… The external stimulus may only serve as a trigger to start an internal response signal… The system obeys the external drive, it oscillates with the external frequency…the slow external drive leads to an increasing modulation of the amplitude with the external frequency.”

He called this phenomenon “entrainment“ and suggested that “excitations of the proposed types could possibly lead to changes in the behavior and function of biosystems” (pg. 394). There is no better explanation for the Friedman Kaiser’s lecture than that the ELF electromagnetic frequencies produce electrical currents in the electrolyte inside of the nervous tissue. In the closing speech at that conference Samuel Koslov, a leading personality of the mind control project Pandora of the American Navy declared:

”If much of what we have heard is indeed correct, it may be not less significant to the nation than the prospects that faced the physics community in 1939 when the long-time predicted fissionability of the nucleus was actually demonstrated. You may recall the famous letter of Albert Einstein to President Roosvelt. When we’re in a position to do so in terms of our proofs, I would propose that an analogous letter is required” (pg. 596). 

Already in 1980 John B. Alexander, former director of the U.S. Los Alamos National Laboratory in his article in the Military Review on remote control of human brain’s activity, wrote:

”whoever makes the first major breakthrough in this field will have a quantum lead over his opponent, an advantage similar to sole possession of nuclear weapons.”

In 2014, Chinese scientists published the results of an experiment in which they searched for microwave conductivity of electrolyte solutions. In the introduction they stressed that their experiment “plays an important role in investigating the interaction between electromagnetic waves and biological tissues that have high water content and a significant concentration of ions.” For their experiment they used a solution of salt. The chemical formula of salt is NaCl. It means it contains atoms of sodium and chloride. Ions of both of those atoms play an important role in the firing of nerve cells. The experiment proved that this electrolyte is conductive for microwaves up to  20 GHz frequency (see this). It is highly reasonable to expect that if those microwaves are pulsed in the frequencies of the frequencies of activity of neurons in the brain they will be “entrained“ to oscillate with those frequencies.

The MCS America organization, which fights against pollution, confirms this conclusion in its study on Electromagnetic Fields Sensitivity. The study states:

“The body can collect the signal and turn it into electric currents just like the antenna of a radio set or a cell phone. These currents are carried by ions… flowing through the living tissues and in the blood vessels (a system of tubes full of an electrically-conducting salty fluid that connect almost every part of the body) when these currents impinge on cell membranes, which are normally electrically charged, they try to vibrate in time with the current” (let us note that a neuron is a cell as well).

The veracity of those “speculations“ or “conspiracy theories“ is confirmed by the experiment, where 20 volunteers were exposed to the pulses of 217 Hz used in cell phone telephony and at the recordings of their electroencephalograms evoked potentials (or simply told electrical currents in the frequency) of 217 Hz were found (see this) or another one, where cell phone microwaves pulsed in 11 to 15 Hz produced changes in EEG during the sleep in 30 volunteers (see this). As well Australian scientists found out that:

“Not only could the cell phone signals alter a person’s behavior during the call, the effects of the disrupted brain-wave patterns continued long after the phone was switched off (see this).”

To complete this information it is necessary to say that the nervous system functions digitally and nervous actions differ by frequency and number of nervous impulses in which great number of neurons synchronize their action. In this way the activity of the human brain can be completely controlled including the thoughts. Robert Becker, who has been twice nominated for the Nobel prize for his research on electric potentials in organisms published in 1985 a book “Body Electric“, where he quoted the experiment, which was released voluntarily on basis of Freedom of Information Act. The author of the experiment J. F. Schapitz stated:

“In this investigation it will be shown that the spoken word of hypnotist may also be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain — i. e. without employing any technical devices for receiving or transcoding the messages and without the person exposed to such influence having a chance to control the information input consciously.”

In one of the four experiments subjects should have been given a test of hundred questions, ranging from easy to technical ones. Later, not knowing they were being irradiated they would be subjected to information beams suggesting the answers to the questions they had left blank, amnesia for some of their correct answers and memory falsification of their correct answers. After 2 weeks they had to pass the test again. The results of those experiments were never published. But evidently already at this time the secret services were working on technologies how to impose thoughts to human beings with the use of pulsed microwaves to transmit into human brains human speech in ultrasound frequencies, which the brain perceives, but the human being does not realize this since it is not hearing the speech.

For governments it is not difficult to pulse the cell phone signals in the brain frequencies and in this way manipulate the thoughts of their own or foreign citizens. The difference between pulsed microwaves and extra long electromagnetic waves is that pulsed microwaves can be targeted on one person (or the whole nation if cell phone signals are pulsed in brain frequencies) while extra long electromagnetic waves, transmitted in brain frequencies, with their length up to 300 hundred thousands kilometers will reach brains in large areas. For sure so far the legislations around the world (except the Chile and Brazil) do not prohibit such actions to the governments or anybody else on human brains (for example Elon Musk is building system of 20.000 satellites around the planet and working on neuralink research at the same time).

Neurotechnologists around the world, who do not dare to disclose the national security information they had to sign, before starting research in the area, are calling for creation of legislations protecting people against such manipulations of their minds (see this).

The proposal of such legislation presented to the European Union, signed by 11 world organizations, you can find at the address (see this).

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

 

Mojmir Babacek was born in 1947 in Prague, Czech Republic. Graduated in 1972 at Charles University in Prague in philosophy and political economy. In 1978 signed the document defending human rights in  communist Czechoslovakia „Charter 77“. Since 1981 until 1988 lived in emigration in the USA. Since 1996 he has published articles on different subjects mostly in the Czech and international alternative media.

In 2010, he published a book on the 9/11 attacks in the Czech language. Since the 1990s he has been striving to help to achieve the international ban of remote control of the activity of the human nervous system and human minds with the use of neurotechnology.

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense

[First published on January 17, 2023, this outstanding text by F. William Engdahl provides an understanding of weather modification techniques.]

***

In recent months [2023] the world is hearing unusual terms to describe extreme weather events. Now terms like Bomb Cyclone or Atmospheric Rivers are used in the daily TV weather reports to describe dumping of record volumes of rain or snow in regions of the world in an extremely destructive way. The Green Mafia claims, without a shred of factual proof, that it is all because of man’s too-large “carbon footprint.” They use it as an excuse to double down on phasing out oil, gas, coal as well as nuclear energy in favor of unworkable, taxpayer-subsidized “green energy”– unreliable wind or solar. Could it be that these freak weather calamities are indeed “manmade,” but not from CO2 emissions? 

Since late December, especially the United States has undergone severe weather events from the Bomb Cyclone storm that buried much of the East Coast in record snow from Buffalo down as far as Florida. At the same time the US West Coast from Washington State down the coast of California has undergone extreme flooding from wave after wave of so-called Oceanic Rivers carrying huge volumes of water from the Pacific causing severe flooding. Without presenting any scientific proof, green ideologues have claimed it is all due to manmade global warming– now called “climate change” to confuse the original issue– and argue for accelerated transition to a dystopian carbon free world.

A serious case can be made that it could well be manmade. But not because of too much CO2 or other manmade greenhouse gas emissions. It could be due to deliberate and malicious manipulation of our major weather patterns.

Geoengineering?

Weather manipulation technology is one of the areas that is highly secret and has been kept from open debate since the end of World War II. It is often called geoengineering or more recently the less ominous-sounding “climate intervention.” Whatever name, it involves man messing with the complexities of Earth weather, with potentially catastrophic results. What do we know about the possibilities?

Following the 2015 Paris Climate Conference and subsequent Paris Agreement, Peter Wadhams, professor of ocean physics at the University of Cambridge, along with other leading global warming scientists, began an open call for geoengineering to “solve” the alleged climate crisis and prevent global warming above 1.5 ‘ C above pre-industrial levels, an utterly arbitrary target. What the post-Paris scientists claim is that, “Our backs are against the wall and we must now start the process of preparing for geo-engineering. We must do this in the knowledge that its chances of success are small and the risks of implementation are great.“ [1] What they do not say is that geo-engineering weather manipulation has been developed in secrecy by the military and intelligence agencies of the USA for decades.

‘Owning the Weather in 2025’

In June 1996 the US Air Force published a report with the provocative title, “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025.” The report outlined the possibilities of manmade geoengineering to, among other things, enhance precipitation or storms, deny precipitation (induce droughts), eliminate cloud cover of an enemy, and other events. It was produced, “to examine the concepts, capabilities, and technologies the United States will require to remain the dominant air and space force in the future.”  The report noted at the onset, “weather-modification can be divided into two major categories: suppression and intensification of weather patterns. In extreme cases, it might involve the creation of completely new weather patterns, attenuation or control of severe storms, or even alteration of global climate on a far-reaching and/or long-lasting scale.” (emphasis added).[2]

 The Air Force document  also states,

“…the tremendous military capabilities that could result from this field are ignored at our own peril… appropriate application of weather-modification can provide battlespace dominance to a degree never before imagined… The technology is there, waiting for us to pull it all together.” By 2025 it claimed, “we can Own the Weather.” The report notes that way back in the Eisenhower era, “In 1957, the President’s Advisory Committee on Weather Control explicitly recognized the military potential of weather modification, warning in their report that it could become a more important weapon than the atom bomb.” [3] That was almost seven decades ago.


Consult the original document. US Air Force document entitled “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025

Screen Shot from the Report submitted to Air Force 2025, click to access full report


Image is a screenshot from a Ripley’s Believe It or Not video

Operation Popeye: America's Secret Weather Warfare Project - YouTube

Going back to the Vietnam War in the late 1960s, Secretary of State Henry Kissinger and the CIA authorized a top secret geoengineering, code-named Operation PopEye, from Thailand over Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam. Using military WC-130 planes and RF-4 jets, the US forces sprayed silver iodide and lead iodide into seasonal monsoon storm clouds to turn the North Vietnamese supply roads into impassable mud sinks. The mission was to create enough year-round rain to keep the Ho Chi Minh trails blocked. [4] The secret geoengineering operation was made public by award-winning journalist Seymour Hersh in 1972, resulting in Congressional hearings, but little more. A few years later in 1976 a toothless law was passed “requiring” any actors to report annually to the government NOAA any weather modification undertaken. Tell that to the CIA or Pentagon. [5]

Ionospheric Heaters and atmospheric resonance technology

Since the 1970s the work on manmade geoengineering has gotten more sophisticated and also much more secret.  The traditional method of “rainmaking”, cloud seeding by planes dispersing, typically, particles of silver iodide onto clouds containing water droplets to induce rainfall has been used since the 1940s. However, since the 1990s, around the time the US Air Force published Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025, significant new methods were developed with far greater reach and effect, and well before 2025.

Notably, that US Air Force 1996 report stated, “…modification of the ionosphere is an area rich with potential applications and there are also likely spin-off applications that have yet to be envisioned.” [6]

Much international attention and concern has been given to a US Air Force and Office of Naval Research ionospheric research project, HAARP– High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program– in Gakona, Alaska. In January 1999, the European Union called the project a “global concern” and passed a resolution calling for more information on its health and environmental risks. Washington ignored the call. Most of HAARP research data has been classified for reasons of “national security,” leading to wide speculation of sinister activity.

In 1985 while working for ARCO Oil Company on a grant from the Pentagon’s DARPA, a brilliant physicist, Dr. Bernard J. Eastlund, filed a patent  (US #4,686,605), for a “Method and Apparatus for Altering A Region In the Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere, And Or Magnetosphere.” The patent description claimed that a specific beaming of powerful radio waves into the ionosphere could cause heating and “elevate” the Earth’s ionosphere. It  could be used to control weather, altering jet streams, changing tornadoes or creating or denying rainfall. ARCO was approached by the US military and sold them the patent rights from their then-employee Eastlund.

The US military then reportedly turned the patent rights over to top military contractor, Raytheon. Raytheon is reportedly also involved in construction of every major ionosphere heating radar arrays globally. [7]  Coincidence? A HAARP spokesman  denied it used the patent of Eastlund in HAARP. They did not mention any of the other sites, however.  [8]

HAARP antenna array (Licensed under the Public Domain)

HAARP is a highly powerful phased array of radar antennas aimed at the ionosphere. It is sometimes referred to as an ionic heater. The ionosphere is a high-altitude layer of the atmosphere with particles which are highly charged with energy. If radiation is projected into the ionosphere, huge amounts of energy can be generated and used to annihilate a given region. Initially its own website, now deleted, stated HAARP was “a scientific endeavor aimed at studying the properties and behavior of the ionosphere… for both civilian and defense purposes.” [9]

HAARP at Gakona was officially shuttered by the US military in 2013. In 2015 officially they transferred operation of HAARP to their civilian partner, The University of Alaska at Fairbanks. The closure provided the excuse to stop the live broadcasting of HAARP’s signals on a public website, which had given strong evidence of links between HAARP activities and major weather catastrophes such as Hurricane Katrina or the 2008 China Chengdu earthquake. Operation of the facility was transferred to the University of Alaska in 2015.

Some researchers have speculated that the Gakona HAARP is a sly diversion, an innocent site open to academic scrutiny, while serious military ionospheric manipulation takes place at other top secret sites. [10]

By 2015  the US military and government agencies such as NOAA had moved well beyond the capacities of HAARP. They oversaw construction of far more powerful phased array ionospheric radar heat arrays around the world. This included a more powerful HIPAS – a 70 megawatt facility east of Fairbanks. It also included Arecibo Observatory, formerly known as the Arecibo Ionosphere Observatory – 2 megawatt facility in Puerto Rico;  Mu Radar – 1 megawatt facility in Japan. And the mother of all atmospheric heating radar arrays, EISCAT – a 1 gigawatt facility in Tromsø, Northern Norway. HAARP is only a mere 3.6 megawatt facility. Many other phased array ionospheric heater sites are either classified secret  or give little information. It is believed one such is at Vandenberg Air Force base in Southern California. Another in Millstone Hill, Massachusetts, another in Taiwan and in the Marshall  Islands. Because the Pentagon and other relevant US Government agencies choose to say little or nothing about their inter-connectedness and use in climate alteration, we are left to speculate. [11]

The military contractor Raytheon, who got the Eastlund patents from ARCO, reportedly is involved in many such sites globally.

China As Well?

Because the US Government work on geoengineering has been classified and kept from an open public discussion, it is not possible to prove in a court of law that events like the East Coast Bomb Tornadoes or the September 2022 Florida Hurricane Ian, one of the most powerful storms ever to hit the US, or the January 2023 record floods from repeated waves of Atmospheric River storms lashing California after extraordinary drought, are simply natural freaks. There is no scientific evidence it is due to a surplus of CO2 in the atmosphere.  But as the above suggests, there is a huge body of evidence pointing to malicious actors with powers of the state, using geoengineering not to benefit, even if manmade geoengineering could benefit.

In 2018 Chinese media reported that the state’s Shanghai Academy of Spaceflight Technology was launching a vast geoengineering project, Tianhe which translates as “Sky River.” The project, which reportedly will be based on the high Tibetan Plateau, source of some of the world’s largest rivers, is intended to shift huge volumes of water from the rain-abundant South into the arid north. It was to have begun operation in 2020 but no details have since been published. [12]

Recent discussion of Bill Gates’ project with Harvard physicist David Keith to release calcium carbonate particles high above the earth to mimic the effects of volcanic ash blocking out the sun, or the recent experiments of Make Sunsets to launch weather balloons from Baja Mexico of Sulphur dioxide to block the sun, are clearly meant as diversions to hide how advanced real geoengineering of our weather is.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

F. William Engdahl is strategic risk consultant and lecturer, he holds a degree in politics from Princeton University and is a best-selling author on oil and geopolitics. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Notes

[1] Derrick Broze, Leading Climate Scientists, Say Paris Conference Failed  Call for Geoengineering, January 15, 2016, https://www.activistpost.com/2016/01/leading-climate-scientists-say-paris-conference-failed-call-for-geoengineering.html.

[2] Col Tamzy J. House, et al,  Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025,

https://web.archive.org/web/20170909014905/http://csat.au.af.mil/2025/volume3/vol3ch15.pdf

[3] Ibid.

[4] Seymour Hersh, “Rainmaking Is Used As Weapon by U.S.” The New York Times, July 3, 1972,

https://www.nytimes.com/1972/07/03/archives/rainmaking-is-used-as-weapon-by-us-cloudseeding-in-indochina-is.html

[5] US Congress, Senate, Committee on Foreign Relations, Report: Prohibiting Environmental Modification as a Weapon of War, Report no. 93-270. Washington, DC: OS Govt. Printing Office, 27 June 1973.

[6] Col Tamzy, Op Cit.

[7] Gary Vey (Dan Eden),  The Never Ending, 2010, http://www.viewzone.com/never/TNE0440.pdf

[8] Mark Farmer, Mystery in Alaska,  Popular Science, September 1995, https://books.google.de/books?id=nSeBEQ2wGlUC&pg=PA79&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q&f=false

[9] HAARP website, Program Purpose, http://www.haarp.alaska.edu/haarp/gen.html

[10] Gary Vey, Op cit.

[11] Jim Lee, HAARP and Ionospheric Heaters Worldwide, http://climateviewer.org/pollution-and-privacy/atmospheric-sensors-and-emf-sites/maps/haarp-ionospheric-heaters-worldwide/

[12] China’s Tianhe Project satellite to debut at Airshow China 2018, People’s Daily, November 06, 2018,

http://en.people.cn/n3/2018/1106/c90000-9515300.html

Featured image is licensed under the Public Domain


Seeds of Destruction: Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation

Author Name: F. William Engdahl
ISBN Number: 978-0-9879389-2-3
Year: 2007
Product Type: PDF File

Price: $9.50

This skilfully researched book focuses on how a small socio-political American elite seeks to establish control over the very basis of human survival: the provision of our daily bread. “Control the food and you control the people.”

This is no ordinary book about the perils of GMO. Engdahl takes the reader inside the corridors of power, into the backrooms of the science labs, behind closed doors in the corporate boardrooms.

The author cogently reveals a diabolical world of profit-driven political intrigue, government corruption and coercion, where genetic manipulation and the patenting of life forms are used to gain worldwide control over food production. If the book often reads as a crime story, that should come as no surprise. For that is what it is.

Click here to purchase.

[This text was published on June 5, 2024]

“Covid Jabs May be to Blame for Increase in Excess Deaths”

If this report by The Telegraph had been published in early 2021, several million lives would have been saved.

But in 2021, censorship was imposed. Honest journalism was silenced. The media was supportive of the fear campaign.

The Telegraph report by Science Editor Sara Knapton, 5 June 2024 pertains to:

Researchers from The Netherlands analysed data from 47 Western countries and discovered there had been more than three million excess deaths since 2020, with the trend continuing despite the rollout of vaccines and containment measures.

.

Image

.

They said the “unprecedented” figures “raised serious concerns” and called on governments to fully investigate the underlying causes, including possible vaccine harms.

Writing in the BMJ Public Health, the authors from Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, said: “Although Covid-19 vaccines were provided to guard civilians from suffering morbidity and mortality by the Covid-19 virus, suspected adverse events have been documented as well.

“Both medical professionals and citizens have reported serious injuries and deaths following vaccination to various official databases in the Western World.”

Click here to read the full article on The Telegraph.

 

This Is the Unspoken Truth

From early 2021, coinciding with the rollout of the Covid vaccine, an upward trend in Covid vaccine related deaths has unfolded.

There is an increase in Excess Mortality attributable to the Covid Vaccine. 

Ironically, Three years later the mainstream media is now reporting (See Telegraph above) on Covid related vaccine excess mortality. 

Excess Mortality Triggered by the Covid 19 “Vaccine” (2020-2022)

Below is a graph pertaining to Excess Mortality in Germany (all Causes), which points to the Deviation of Observed Mortality from Expected Mortality (by age group) in 2020, 2021, and 2022.

Notice the upward shift in excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 following the rollout of the Covid Vaccine in December 2020.

This Tendency described for Germany is Worldwide.

.

Germany: Excess Mortality by Age Group (%)

.

Mainstream Media Disinformation

Back in 2021 the mainstream media played a key role in sustaining disinformation regarding the Covid vaccine. It was part of the propaganda apparatus. It was instrumental in sustaining the fear campaign. 

The mainstream media also provided legitimacy to a regime of censorship, threats, penalties, dismissals of  scientists and scholars at major universities, the firing of doctors and nurses at  hospitals “for telling the truth”, not to mention the insidious role of “Big Money” foundations in the bribing and cooptation of politicians in more than 190 countries, And much more.

People Worldwide have lived through this crisis. Many lives have been destroyed.

Without media censorship and the suppression of the truth, this crisis would not have occurred. 

It is worth noting that the media is generously funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation

Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation 

 

Does the publication of The Telegraph on Covid vaccine related Excess Mortality point to a fundamental change in regards to the mainstream media, namely a tendency towards the lifting of censorship? 

We have worked relentlessly on behalf and in solidarity with our respective communities, nationally and internationally.

This crisis affects humanity in its entirety, namely the planet’s 8 billion people who are the victims of fake science, fraud and corruption. 

Profits in the billions of dollars are the driving-force behind this diabolical agenda.

“Killing is Good for Business”. What we are witnessing is a crime against humanity on an unprecedented scale, affecting the lives of the entire population of our  planet.

The WHO as well as some 190 national governments are complicit in the Covid vaccine roll-out. They had the responsibility of canceling the vaccine.

Concurrently,  the media in the course of the last three years, has been spinning the lies on behalf of both the governments and Big Pharma. 

The official data pertaining to vaccine related deaths and adverse events is not mentioned. 

Pfizer Has a Criminal Record

Of significance, never mentioned by the media or acknowledged by our governments, Pfizer is the only Pharmaceutical Company which has a criminal record with the US Department of Justice.

To consult the Department of Justice’ historic decision click screenshot below

.

.

How on earth can we trust a Big Pharma vaccine conglomerate which pleaded guilty to criminal charges by the US Department of Justice including “fraudulent marketing” and “felony violation of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act”?  

Bear in mind: the fraud committed by Pfizer in 2009 was trivial (Celebrex, Lipitor, Lyrica, etc ) in comparison to the Worldwide distribution of the mRNA  killer “vaccine”. 

Flashback to November 2020. Fraudulent BBC Report

This is the unspoken lie.

A couple of weeks prior to the official launch of the mRNA vaccine in early November 2020, the BBC featured a timely Covid media report entitled:

“Covid: Why is the Virus such a Threat”?

According to the BBC, quoting and misquoting “scientific opinion” the virus had developed 

.

“A hit and run killer evolutionary tactic”, 

with a view to spreading the Covid-19 infection far and wide.

The unspoken objective of this report by BBC Science Correspondent James Gallagher was to “scare the British public”, sustain the fear campaign while also promoting acceptance of the Covid mRNA vaccine.

The article was based on the “authoritative voice” of Prof Lehner of Cambridge University, an Infectious Diseases Physician at Addenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge:

“A simple virus has brought life as we know it to a screeching halt. 

We have faced viral threats before, including pandemics, yet the world does not shut down for every new infection or flu season.

So what is it about this coronavirus? What are the quirks of its biology that pose a unique threat to our bodies and our lives?

According to Lehner: In the early stages of an infection

the virus is able to deceive the body. … It [the virus] behaves like a ‘hit and run’ killer 

The amount of virus in our body begins to peak the day before we begin to get sick. …

But it takes at least a week before Covid progresses to the point where people need hospital treatment.

This is a really brilliant evolutionary tactic – you don’t go to bed, you go out and have a good time,” says Prof Lehner of Cambridge University.

So the virus is like a dangerous driver fleeing the scenethe virus has moved on to the next victim long before we either recover or die. 

.

.

screenshot of BBC article

In stark terms, “the virus doesn’t care” if you die, says [Cambridge] Prof Lehner, “this is a hit and run virus”.  ….

It does peculiar and unexpected things to the body (BBC, James Gallagher, October 22, 2020, emphasis added)

 

What Rubbish! 

“Covid: Why is coronavirus such a threat? BBC.

Answer: media disinformation and the fear campaign.

According to the BBC: A microscopic virus with an outright terrorist agenda?

This frivolous BBC report personifies the so-called “virus that does not care”, with a view to creating panic, quoting the incautious statements of a Cambridge scientist, who’s on the payroll of Big Pharma’s Wellcome Trust.

In turn the “Hit and Run Virus” (rather than corrupt governments) is blamed for having “ordered the lockdown” (March 11, 2020), imposed on 190 countries, which has created economic and social havoc Worldwide.

What is at stake is the criminalization of the mainstream media for having misled millions of people in the course of the last 3 years, thereby sustaining the lies of Big Pharma  and  the corrupt directives of  politicians, not to mention the fraudulent statements of the Director General of the WHO, Dr. Tedros.

What’s now happening is that the BBC acknowledges that people are dying but “experts are not sure why”,

Guess who is funding the BBC’s  Fraudulent Scientific Analysis. The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation

“They do not know what the cause and reason is”

.

.

The BBC “Conspiracy Theories”

The BBC accuses alleged conspiracy theorists, of stating that the Covid vaccine is ‘not safe”.

“In recent years there has been a growth in online conspiracy theories, which suggest vaccines like the Covid jab are dangerous or ineffective.

Mr Ward said he’s “worried that people may believe the conspiracy theories”.

But he insists “they are just that, they’re just conspiracy theories. What I’m going on is the facts”.

He said: “All of the international evidence is that the vaccines we give out in the UK are safe, they are highly effective and they’ll protect you from some really horrible diseases.”

At the same time, the BBC  describes the SARS-CoV-2 virus being involved in a “conspiratorial”  “hit and run killer evolutionary tactic” [SIC] (See BBC, James Gallagher, October 22, 2020)

Criminality at the Level of the Entire Planet

Some 14 billion doses of Covid vaccine have been administered Worldwide, 1.75 doses per person for a World population of 8 billion. 

In early December 2023, the number of vaccine doses Worldwide recorded by the WHO was of the order of 14 billion: an average of 1.75 vaccine doses per person for a World population of 8 billion people. (13,595,583,1250 recorded by the WHO on November 23, 2023)

.

.
 

Had the media truthfully reported on the nature of the Covid vaccine and its devastating impacts, millions of lives would have been saved. 

At this juncture, with the exception of Africa, 75% of the World population has already been vaccinated. There is no moving backwards.

The governments and national health authorities in cahoots with Big Pharma were fully aware from the very outset that the Covid-19 “vaccine” was conducive to an upward trend in mortality and morbidity.

Doctors For Covid Ethics (D4CE)

Doctors for Covid Ethics issued a broad statement in July 2021 based on the data of EudraVigilance, (EU, EEA, Switzerland), MHRA (UK) and VAERS (USA):

“more deaths and injuries from the COVID-!9 “vaccine” roll-out than from all previous vaccines combined since records began.”

.

.

The signal of harm is now indisputably overwhelming, and, in line with universally accepted ethical standards for clinical trials, Doctors for Covid Ethics demands that the COVID-19 “vaccination” programme be halted immediately worldwide.

Continuation of the programme, in the full knowledge of ongoing serious harm and death to both adults and children, constitutes Crimes Against Humanity/Genocide, for which those found to be responsible or complicit will ultimately be held personally liable.

The Secret “Classified” Pfizer Report

Another important document which was available to national health authorities in the US, was the “confidential” report by Pfizer. This report which was made public under freedom of information (FOI) in October 2021 is a bombshell.

The vaccine was launched in mid-December 2020. By the end of February 2021, “Pfizer had already received more than 1,200 reports of deaths allegedly caused by the vaccine and tens of thousands of reported adverse events, including 23 cases of spontaneous abortions out of 270 pregnancies and more than 2,000 reports of cardiac disorders.”

The data collected from mid-December 2020 to the end of February 2021 unequivocally confirms “Manslaughter”.

Based on the evidence, Pfizer had the responsibility to immediately cancel and withdraw the “vaccine”. Murder as opposed to Manslaughter implies “Criminal Intent”. From a legal standpoint it is an “Act of Murder” applied Worldwide to a target population of 8 billion people. 

Click here to read the complete Pfizer report.  

.

.

In truth and solidarity,

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, June 5, 2024

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Birds Not Bombs: Let’s Fight for a World of Peace, Not War 

Featured image source


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

これは世界中で「キラー」ワクチンです:日本の研究者は、COVIDワクチンの副作用が201種類の病気に関連していると言います

あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する人の何百万人もの人を殺している」

Scroll down for Japanese Version of this article

この記事の日本語版は下にスクロールしてください

***

“You Were Right, Vaccines Are Killing Millions of Our Loved Ones”,  Kazuhiro Haraguchi, Former Minister of Internal Affairs (emphasis added)

You will find diseases of the heart, kidney, thyroid, diabetes, liver, skin, eyes, blood, nerves, systemic diseases, brain, lungs”.  Professor Masayasu Inoue, Osaka City University School of Medicine, emphasis added)

“The mRNA vaccine disperses throughout the body and is not contained in the shoulder like most vaccines.

“It doesn’t know where to go. If it goes into the bloodstream, it goes to the brain, liver and kidneys,” Professor Masanori Fukushima, Kyoto University (emphasis added)

 

Introduction 

Global Research has recently published several articles on the Covid vaccine in Japan, confirming its lethality. This report by the Western Standard below pertains to the Press Conference of Medical doctors and scientists held in January 2024.

The evidence is overwhelming. It potentially affects 96 million vaccinated people in Japan. I should mention that the vaccines distributed in Japan are identical to those marketed Worldwide, namely Pfizer/BioNTech, Moderna Spikevax Bivalent, AstraZeneca, etc. 

The question yet to be confirmed is whether there are differences in the composition of the vaccine distributed in different countries and regions of the World. 

There are numerous studies published in the course of the last three years which confirm the nature of the Vaccine. The results of the Japanese studies confirm unequivocally that the Covid “Vaccine” is a dangerous substance which should immediately be withdrawn Worldwide. 

The Confidential Pfizer Report

The impact on mortality and morbidity of the Pfizer-BioNtech vaccine has been confirmed by a Pfizer Confidential Report — released and made public under Freedom of Information in October 2021. The Confidential Pfizer Report –barely acknowledged by the media– was known to national governments and health authorities Worldwide. It confirms that the so-called Covid Vaccine is a killer.

The negotiation between Pfizer and the President of the EC Mrs. Ursula von Der Leyen was initiated in October 2022, for 4.5 billion doses of Pfizer BioNtech, (namely 10 doses per person). A contract for one billion doses was subsequently reached for a population of 450 million people who in large part had already been vaccinated. 

What was carefully overlooked was the Pfizer report which confirms the impacts (mortality and morbidity) of the Pfizer-BioNtech vaccine to be distributed to the EU’s 450 million people.

“The Confidential report is a bombshell. The vaccine was launched in mid-December 2020. By the end of February 2021, Pfizer had already received more than 1,200 reports of deaths allegedly caused by the vaccine and tens of thousands of reported adverse events”

COVID “Vaccine” Triggers Excess Mortality Worldwide

(See diagrams below)

Below is a summary of several studies on excess mortality pertaining to the vaccine including Japan. 

England and Wales

“The table below pertains to excess deaths related to malignant neoplasm (cancerous tumor) in England and Wales, recorded in three consecutive years: 2020, 2021, and 2022 vs. a 10 year trend (2010-2019).

The data for excess mortality in 2020 (the year prior to the vaccine) are negative with the exception of “malignant neoplasm without specification of site”.

The COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020  and extending into March-April 2021.

The upward movement in excess mortality (%) commences in 2021. The increase in excess mortality related to malignant neoplasm is tabulated for the two first years of the vaccine. 

Germany

Below is a similar table pertaining to Excess Mortality in Germany, which points to the Deviation of Observed Mortality from Expected Mortality (by age group) in 2020, 2021, and 2022.

Notice the upward shift in excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 following the rollout of the Covid Vaccine in December 2020

Germany: Excess Mortality by Age Group (%)

Japan

Excess Mortality in Red by age group, Total Excess Mortality in Gray 

Japan. Excess Mortality (2020-2022): Jump in Excess mortality in 2021 and 2022 (January-October 2022)

 United States

The graph below: “All Deaths reported to Vaers by Year” starting in 1990. (U.S.)

What can be observed is that the number of deaths has increased dramatically in the course of 2021 corresponding to first year of the Covid vaccine which was launched in the U.S. in mid December 2020.

 
 

For more details see:

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 31, 2024
 

***

Today our thoughts are with people of Japan,  with the children of Japan.

In the words of the Former Minister of Internal Affairs Kazuhiro Haraguchi’s courageous statement:

“‘You Were Right, Vaccines Are Killing Millions of Our Loved Ones”

「あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する人の何百万人もの人を殺している」

“They are trying to block our freedom, our resistance, our power. But we will never lose.” 

Of significance, the fraudulent narrative concerning the Covid “Vaccine” is collapsing in different parts of the World, with Japan in the lead. 

We call for the immediate cancellation and Worldwide withdrawal of the Covid “Vaccine”

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, August 31, 2024.


Japanese Researchers Say Side Effects of COVID Vaccines

Linked to 201 Types of Diseases

Lee Harding

15 January 2024

 

Professor Yasufumi Murakami from Tokyo University of Science at a press conference January 11, 2024Japanese researchers say their “shocking” systematic review of research papers on COVID-19 vaccines has discovered thousands of side effects “affecting every possible aspect of human pathology.”

The findings were laid out in a 93-minute press conference (see video below with English subtitles) in Japan held January 11 by the Vaccine Issues Study Group, a panel of esteemed medical experts. The findings followed six months of investigations into the side effects of COVID-19 vaccines.

Professor Emeritus Masanori Fukushima of Kyoto University, long a fierce critic of the vaccines, said the breadth of the harms is “unprecedented” for medical treatments.

“A systematic review of the literature has unveiled some shocking information. Thousands of papers have reported side effects after vaccination, affecting every possible aspect of human pathology, from ophthalmology to psychiatry,” he said.

“For example, the age-adjusted mortality rate for leukemia has increased. And there are significant findings for breast cancer, ovarian cancer and so on.”

VIDEO OF PRESS CONFERENCE TAKEN DOWN 

Fukushima said there were so many brain-related adverse events, its researchers probably hadn’t found all of them yet. “Mental disorders, psychiatric symptoms, depression, mania, anxiety, came up in abundance, but it’s endless,” he said.

Fukushima, who has 208 scholarly papers to his name on ResearchGate, said doctors who want to sound the alarm find their message is suppressed. Last February, he launched a lawsuit against the government for allegedly hiding vaccine harms.

“Japanese doctors are trying hard, but they face various obstructions,” Fukushima said.

Professor Yasufumi Murakami from Tokyo University of Science said the responsible course of action would be to halt the administration of such vaccines.

“It’s very clear what happens when you administer a toxic gene to a human. There are cases that occur within one or two weeks after injection, but there are also many cases that appear after one or two years,” he said before laying out long-term risks.

“Vaccines that have failed are still being administered and the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare recognizes these failed vaccines. So I would like them to stop immediately. And even though I speak out in various places, they don’t stop at all. So we will clearly present evidence and publish it as articles, one by one.”

Murakami warned that “with the current messenger-type vaccines, a significant amount of IgG4 is being induced.”

He said this was in excess of a normal vaccine response and could interfere with immune functions.

The researchers found 201 types of diseases had been found among 3,071 papers on side effects. Professor Masayasu Inoue, Emeritus Professor at Osaka City University School of Medicine, said some harms are hitting entire families and are well-documented.

“It is unprecedented in human history for a single vaccine to have this much literature out on it,” said Masayasu.

“You will find diseases of the heart, kidney, thyroid, diabetes, liver, skin, eyes, blood, nerves, systemic diseases, brain, lungs.”

Fukushima said the mRNA vaccine disperses throughout the body and is not contained in the shoulder like most vaccines.

“It doesn’t know where to go. If it goes into the bloodstream, it goes to the brain, liver and kidneys,” he explained.

Fukushima said authorities preaching the safe and effective message ignored a wide body of evidence and should go back to school.

“With fragments of such knowledge, they exaggerate things and think they can go with this,” Fukushima said.

“So, honestly, they need to go back and redo from middle school biology to high school and university entrance exams. As I mentioned earlier, medicine is still immature.”


あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する人の何百万人もの人を殺している」

「おっしゃる通り、ワクチンは何百万人もの私たちの大切な人を殺しています」、 原口一博元総務大臣(強調追加)

心臓、腎臓、甲状腺、糖尿病、肝臓、皮膚、目、血液、神経、全身疾患、脳、肺の 病気が見つかります 」。大阪市立大学医学部教授 井上正康、強調追加

「mRNAワクチンは体全体に拡散し、ほとんどのワクチンのように肩に留まりません。

「どこに行くか分からない。血流に入ると、脳、肝臓、腎臓に行く」京都大学教授、福島正則氏(強調追加)

 

導入 

グローバル・リサーチは最近、日本でのコロナワクチンに関するいくつかの記事を発表し、その致死性を確認した。以下のウエスタン・スタンダードによるレポートは、2024年1月に開催された医師と科学者の記者会見に関するものである。
証拠は圧倒的です。日本でワクチン接種を受けた 9,600 万人が影響を受ける可能性があります。日本で配布されるワクチンは、世界中で販売されているファイザー/ビオンテック、モデルナ スパイクバックス バイバレント、アストラゼネカなどのワクチンと同一であることを述べておきます。
まだ確認されていない疑問は、世界のさまざまな国や地域で配布されるワクチンの成分に違いがあるかどうかです。
 。
過去3年間に、ワクチンの性質を確認する多数の研究が発表されています。日本の研究結果は、Covid「ワクチン」が危険な 物質であり、世界中で直ちに撤回されるべきであることを明白に裏付けています。

ファイザーの機密レポート

 。
ファイザー-ビオンテックワクチンの死亡率と罹患率への影響は、 2021年10月に情報公開法に基づいて公開されたファイザーの機密報告書によって確認されました 。メディアではほとんど認知されていないファイザーの機密報告書は、世界中の政府や保健当局に知られていました。この報告書は、いわゆるCovidワクチンが殺人者であることを裏付けています。
ファイザー社と欧州委員会のウルズラ・フォン・デア・ライエン委員長との間で 、ファイザー・ビオンテックのワクチン45億回分(1人当たり10回分)の購入交渉が2022年10月に開始された。 その後、すでに大部分がワクチン接種を受けている4億5000万人を対象に、 10億回分 の契約が締結された。
 
注意深く無視されたのは、EUの4億5000万人に配布されるファイザー・ビオンテックのワクチンの影響(死亡率と罹患率)を確認するファイザーの報告書だった。
 。
「機密報告書は衝撃的だ。ワクチンは2020年12月中旬に発売された。2021年2月末までに、ファイザー社はすでにワクチンが原因とされる死亡報告1,200件以上と、数万件の有害事象報告を受けていた」

コロナ「ワクチン」が世界中で過剰死亡を引き起こす

(下の図を参照)

以下は日本を含むワクチンに関する 過剰死亡率に関するいくつかの研究の概要です。

イングランドとウェールズ

「以下の表は、イングランドとウェールズにおける悪性新生物(癌性腫瘍)に関連する 過剰死亡に関するもので、2020年、2021年、2022年の3年連続で記録され、10年間の傾向(2010~2019年)と比較したものです。」

2020年(ワクチン接種前の年)の超過死亡のデータは、「部位を特定しない悪性新生物」を除いてマイナスです。

COVID-19ワクチンは、2020年12月8日から2021年3月から4月にかけて 、イングランドとウェールズで段階的に導入されました。

過剰死亡率(%)の上昇は 2021 年に始まります。悪性腫瘍に関連する過剰死亡率の増加は、ワクチン接種の最初の 2 年間について集計されています。 

ドイツ

以下は、ドイツの超過死亡率に関する同様の表であり、 2020年、2021年、2022年の観測死亡率予想死亡率(年齢グループ別)の偏差を示しています。

2020年12月の新型コロナワクチンの導入後、2021年と2022年に死亡率が上昇していることに注目してください。

ドイツ: 年齢層別超過死亡率 (%)

日本

年齢層別の過剰死亡率は赤、総過剰死亡率は灰色 

日本。超過死亡率(2020年~2022年):2021年と2022年の超過死亡率の急増(2022年1月~10月)

 アメリカ合衆国
 。
 
注目すべきは、2020年12月中旬に米国で発売された新型コロナワクチンの初年度に相当する2021年を通じて死亡者数が劇的に増加したことだ。
 
 

詳細については以下を参照してください。

 

「新型コロナウィルス」は存在しなかった、パンデミックも存在しなかった

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー教授、2024年8月31日
 

***

今日、私たちの思いは日本の人々、日本の子供たちとともにあります。

元総務大臣の 原口一博氏の勇気ある発言を引用します。

「『あなたは正しかった。ワクチンは何百万人もの私たちの愛する人を殺している』」

「あなたは正しかった、ワクチンは私たちの愛する何百万人もの人を殺している」

「彼らは私たちの自由、抵抗、力を阻止しようとしている。しかし、私たちは決して負けない。」 

重要なのは、新型コロナウイルス「ワクチン」に関する虚偽の物語が世界各地で崩壊しつつあり、日本が その先頭に立っていることだ。 

私たちは、新型コロナ「ワクチン」の即時中止と世界的な撤回を求めます。

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー、グローバル・リサーチ、2024年8月31日

日本の研究者はCOVIDワクチンの副作用について語る

201種類の病気と関連

リー・ハーディング

2024年1月15日

 

2024年1月11日、東京理科大学の村上康文教授が記者会見に臨む日本の研究者らは、COVID-19ワクチンに関する研究論文の「衝撃的な」体系的レビューにより、「人間の病理のあらゆる側面に影響を及ぼす」数千の副作用が発見されたと述べている。

この研究結果は、著名な医療専門家のパネルであるワクチン問題研究会が1月11日に日本で開催した93分間の記者会見 (下記の英語字幕付きビデオを参照)で発表された。この研究結果は、 COVID-19ワクチンの副作用に関する6か月間の調査の結果である。

ワクチンを長年厳しく批判してきた京都大学の福島正則名誉教授は、医療におけるその害の広範さは「前例のない」ものだと述べた。

「文献の体系的なレビューにより、衝撃的な情報が明らかになった。数千の論文でワクチン接種後の副作用が報告されており、眼科から精神医学まで、人間の病理のあらゆる側面に影響を及ぼしている」と彼は語った。

「例えば、白血病の年齢調整死亡率は上昇しています。また、乳がん、卵巣がんなどについても重要な発見があります。」

フクシマ氏は、脳に関連する有害事象は非常に多く、研究者らはまだそのすべてを見つけていないだろうと述べた。「精神障害、精神症状、うつ病、躁病、不安症などが数多く挙げられましたが、それは終わりがありません」と同氏は語った。

リサーチゲートに208本の学術論文を投稿しているフクシマ氏は、警鐘を鳴らしたい医師たちのメッセージは抑圧されていると語る。フクシマ氏は昨年2月、ワクチンの害を隠蔽したとして政府を相手取って訴訟を起こした

「日本の医師たちは懸命に努力しているが、さまざまな障害に直面している」と福島氏は語った。

東京理科大学の村上康文教授は、責任ある行動はそのようなワクチンの投与を中止することだと述べた。

「毒性遺伝子を人間に投与すると何が起こるかは非常に明白です。注射後1~2週間以内に発症するケースもありますが、1~2年後に発症するケースも数多くあります」と、彼は長期的なリスクについて説明する前に述べた。

「効果がないワクチンが今も接種されていて、厚労省もそれを認定している。だからすぐにやめてほしい。そして私がいろいろなところで声を上げているのに、全然やめない。だから一つずつ証拠をしっかり示して記事にして発表していきたい」

村上氏は「現在のメッセンジャー型ワクチンではIgG4が相当量誘導されている」と警告した。

これは通常のワクチン反応を超えており、免疫機能に影響を及ぼす可能性があると彼は述べた。

研究者らは、副作用に関する論文3,071件の中から201種類の病気が見つかったことを明らかにした。大阪市立大学医学部名誉教授の井上正康氏は、一部の害は家族全体に影響を及ぼしており、十分に文書化されていると述べた。

「一つのワクチンについてこれほど多くの文献が発表されているのは人類史上前例がない」と正安氏は語った。

「心臓、腎臓、甲状腺、糖尿病、肝臓、皮膚、目、血液、神経、全身疾患、脳、肺の病気が見つかります。」

福島氏は、mRNAワクチンは体全体に拡散し、ほとんどのワクチンのように肩に留まらないと述べた。

「どこに行くか分からないのです。血流に入ると、脳、肝臓、腎臓に行きます」と彼は説明した。

福島氏は、安全で効果的だというメッセージを説く当局は広範な証拠を無視しており、学校に戻るべきだと述べた。

「断片的な知識で物事を誇張し、これでいけると考えているのです」と福島氏は語った。

「だから正直に言って、中学校の生物学から高校、大学の入試までやり直す必要がある。先ほども言ったように、医学はまだ未熟だ」

 

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

first published in Japanese in April 2022.

In English it is available in E-book form. (See below).

I remain indebted to the Japanese publisher who brought out and promoted my book despite political pressures  and an atmosphere of censorship.

My thanks to both the Publisher and the Translator.

Book in English released in August 2022

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’État Against Humanity

Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression

By Michel Chossudovsky

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0, Year: 2022, Product Type: PDF File, Pages: 164 (15 Chapters)

Translations in several languages are envisaged. The book is available in print form in Japanese. 仕組まれたコロナ危機:「世界の初期化」を目論む者たち

As a means to reaching out to millions of people worldwide whose lives have been affected by the corona crisis, we have decided in the course of the next few weeks to distribute the eBook for FREE.

***

Price: $11.50. FREE COPY Click here to download.

 

The US has no intention of going after the terrorists in Syria. The Al Qaeda-affiliated terrorists continue to be supported by Washington. 

This article recounts the 2017 Raqqa Exodus first published in November 2017.

***

Defense Secretary James “Mad Dog” Mattis confirmed in May 2017 Washington’s resolve to annihilate the ISIS-Daesh terrorists:

“Our intention is that the foreign fighters do not survive the fight to return home to north Africa, to Europe, to America, to Asia, to Africa. We are not going to allow them to do so… (emphasis added, quoted in the BBC report entitled Raqqa’s Dirty Secret)

That was the “political narrative” of the Pentagon. The unspoken truth is that Uncle Sam had come to the rescue of the Islamic State. That decision was in all likelihood taken and carried on the orders of the Pentagon rather than the US State Department.

.

.

Confirmed by a BBC report entitled “Raqqa’s Dirty Secret, the US-led coalition facilitated the exodus of ISIS terrorists and their family members  out of their stronghold in Raqqa, Northern Syria.

.

Screenshot of BBC Report

.

While the BBC report focussed on the details of the smuggling operation, it nonetheless acknowledges the existence of a “Secret Deal” involving the US and its indefectible British ally to let the terrorists escape from Raqqa.

.

Screenshot BBC Report

.

The deal to let IS fighters escape from Raqqa – de facto capital of their self-declared caliphate – had been arranged by local officials. It came after four months of fighting that left the city obliterated and almost devoid of people. It would spare lives and bring fighting to an end. The lives of the Arab, Kurdish and other fighters opposing IS would be spared.

But it also enabled many hundreds of IS fighters to escape from the city. At the time, neither the US and British-led coalition, nor the SDF, which it backs, wanted to admit their part.

Has the pact, which stood as Raqqa’s dirty secret, unleashed a threat to the outside world – one that has enabled militants to spread far and wide across Syria and beyond?

Great pains were taken to hide it from the world. But the BBC has spoken to dozens of people who were either on the convoy, or observed it, and to the men who negotiated the deal. …

This wasn’t so much an evacuation – it was the exodus of [the] so-called Islamic State.

(Quentin Sommerville and Riam Dalati, Raqqa’s Dirty Secret, BBC, November 2017, emphasis added)

US-led coalition warplanes had been monitoring the evacuation of the ISIS terrorists, but visibly the convoys of buses and trucks were not the object of coalition bombings.

“The coalition now confirms that while it did not have its personnel on the ground, it monitored the convoy from the air. [but no actual aerial bombardment of the convoys took place] …

In light of the BBC investigation, the coalition now admits the part it played in the deal….” (Ibid)

If they had wanted to undermine the ISIS convoy of buses and trucks, this would have been a simple operation for the US Air Force. On the other hand, they could have chosen to block rather than destroy the convoys of trucks and buses (to minimize the loss of life) and detain and incarcerate the foreign fighters.

US officials casually claimed they did not take part in the negotiations and were therefore unable to prevent the exodus of the terrorists:

“We didn’t want anyone to leave,” says Col Ryan Dillon, spokesman for Operation Inherent Resolve, the Western coalition against IS.

“It comes down to Syrians – they are the ones fighting and dying, they get to make the decisions regarding operations,” he says.

While a Western officer was present for the negotiations, they didn’t take an “active part” in the discussions. Col Dillon maintains, … (Ibid)

What is revealing is that most of the ISIS fighters were foreign from a large number of countries pointing to a carefully organized recruitment and training program:

“… There was a huge number of foreigners. France, Turkey, Azerbaijan, Pakistan, Yemen, Saudi, China, Tunisia, Egypt…”

“Most were foreign but there were Syrians as well.” …

He now charges $600 (£460) per person and a minimum of $1,500 for a family.

In this business, clients don’t take kindly to inquiries. But Imad says he’s had “French, Europeans, Chechens, Uzbek”.

“Some were talking in French, others in English, others in some foreign language,” he says. (Ibid)

.

Screenshot of BBC article

.

The BBC report suggests a carefully formulated plan to ensure the safe evacuation of the terrorists. The official explanation was that the deal has been brokered by the US supported Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF). The US-led coalition “let it happen”, they did not intervene militarily to prevent the exodus and smuggling of the foreign fighters out of Raqqa.

This should come as no surprise. From the very outset in 2014, ISIS-Daesh was supported by the US-led coalition, with the active support of Saudi Arabia. The US and its allies are the State sponsors of the Islamic State (ISIS-Daesh).

Weapons, training, logistics: the ISIS is a US intelligence construct. The ISIS-Daesh terrorists are the foot-soldiers of US-NATO.

The US-led bombings of Iraq and Syria–under the guise of a phony “war on terrorism”– were not directed at ISIS-Daesh. The terrorists were protected by the US led Coalition. The unspoken objective was to kill civilians and destroy the civilian infrastructure of both Syria and Iraq.

Déjà Vu: Exodus of ISIS from Raqqa, Syria (2017) vs. Exodus of Al Qaeda “Enemy Combatants” out of  Kundus, Afghanistan (2001)

Is there a pattern in the evacuation of U.S. sponsored terrorists?

Flashback to another US led war. Afghanistan 2001. The objective for the U.S. is ultimately to protect their “intelligence assets”.

The October 2017 ‘Raqqa exodus” bears a canny resemblance to the November 2001 “Getaway” out of Kunduz, ordered by Donald Rumsfeld. In both cases the objective was for the Pentagon and the CIA to organize the escape (and relocation) of US sponsored foreign jihahist fighters.

In late November 2001, according to Seymour M. Hersh, the Northern Alliance supported by US bombing raids took control of the hill town of Kunduz in Northern Afghanistan:

‘[Eight thousand or more men] had been trapped inside the city in the last days of the siege, roughly half of whom were Pakistanis.  Afghans, Uzbeks, Chechens, and various Arab mercenaries accounted for the rest.” (Seymour M. Hersh, The Getaway, The New Yorker, 28 January 2002.

Also among these fighters were several senior Pakistani military and intelligence officers, who had been sent to the war theater by the Pakistani military. The presence of high-ranking Pakistani military and intelligence advisers in the ranks of Taliban/ Al Qaeda forces was known and approved by Washington.

President Bush had intimated: “We’re smoking them out. They’re running, and now we’re going to bring them to justice.” (see CNN, November 26, 2001). They were never smoked out. They were airlifted to safety.

On the orders of Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, the exodus (airlifting) of Al Qaeda fighters had been facilitated by US forces in liaison with the Pakistan military:

“The Administration ordered the US Central Command to set up a special air corridor to help insure the safety of the Pakistani rescue flights from Kunduz to the northwest corner of Pakistan”

… According to a former high-level American defense official, the airlift was approved because of representations by the Pakistanis that “there were guys- intelligence agents and underground guys-who needed to get out.” (Seymour Hersh, op cit)

In other words, the official story was: it was not our decision:  “we were tricked into it” by the Pakistani ISI.

Out of some 8000 or more men, 3300 surrendered to the Northern Alliance, leaving between 4000 and 5000 men “unaccounted for”. According to Hersh’s investigation, based on Indian intelligence sources, at least 4000 men including two Pakistani Army generals were evacuated. (Ibid)

The same sense of denial prevailed. US officials admitted, however, that

“what was supposed to be a limited evacuation apparently slipped out of control, and, as an unintended consequence, an unknown number of Taliban and Al Qaeda fighters managed to join in the exodus.”  (quoted in Hersh op cit)

“Unintended evacuation” of Al Qaeda fighters?

“Terrorists” and “Intelligence Assets” 

Compare Seymour Hersh’s account in the “Getaway” out of Kunduz pertaining to the US sponsored evacuation of  hard core Al Qaeda and Taliban fighters to the “Escape” of ISIS-Daesh fighters out of the besieged city of Raqqa in Northern Syria.

The foreign and Pakistani Al Qaeda fighters were flown to North Pakistan, to the areas which were subsequently the object of US drone attacks. Many of these fighters were also incorporated into the two main Kashmiri terrorist rebel groups, Lashkar-e-Taiba (“Army of the Pure”) and Jaish-e-Muhammad (“Army of Mohammed”).

What is the next destination of the foreign fighters who have been evacuated out of Raqqa, with the support of the US Military?

To read the complete BBC report entitled Raqqa’s Dirty Secret,by Quentin Sommerville and Riam Dalati click here 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The 2017 Raqqa Exodus: The US Coalition’s “Secret Deal” to Allow ISIS-Daesh Terrorists to Escape…

Important article first published on November 19, 2024

This article is also available in Spanish. Scroll down for Spanish AI Translation

¿Biden realmente autorizó ataques de largo alcance más profundos dentro de Rusia? NYT Citando “Funcionarios Anónimos”

por Drago Bosnic

hacia abajo para ver la traducción IA en español

***

In the past 24 hours, a shockwave of panic was unleashed after reports emerged about the United States allegedly allowing the usage of its long-range missiles against Russia.

The New York Times, an infamous neoliberal mouthpiece, broke the story first, which was then quoted by hundreds of other major media outlets worldwide. Understandably, people everywhere are quite worried, as President Vladimir Putin made it perfectly clear that the Kremlin would consider NATO a party to the conflict if its members allowed the use of their long-range missiles for attacks deeper within Russia.

The report comes a bit over two months after Putin’s warning and just two months before Donald Trump is slated to take office after he defeated the disgraced DNC candidate Kamala Harris.

.

Screenshot from the NYT

.

Quoting unnamed US officials, the authors of the NYT report, namely Adam Entous, Eric Schmitt and Julian E. Barnes, claim that “President Biden has authorized the first use of US-supplied long-range missiles by Ukraine for strikes inside Russia” and that “the weapons are likely to be initially employed against Russian and North Korean troops in defense of Ukrainian forces in the Kursk region of western Russia”.

The alleged decision to allow the usage of these missiles, specifically the ATACMS, “came in response to Russia’s surprise decision to bring North Korean troops into the fight”, the authors say, once again quoting the “anonymous officials”. The report then admits that even the Neo-Nazi junta frontman Volodymyr Zelensky is yet to confirm these claims, raising further doubts.

“Today, many in the media are talking about the fact that we have received permission to take appropriate actions,” Zelensky said, adding: “But blows are not inflicted with words. Such things are not announced. The rockets will speak for themselves.”

This peculiar statement can surely be interpreted as a threat, but its ambivalence cannot be ignored either.

This certainly wouldn’t be the first time that the Kiev regime is using the mainstream propaganda machine for geopolitical purposes, as “PR victories”, particularly in the wake of Russian advances across the frontline, are one of the staples of its strategy. The NYT is essential for the promotion of the Neo-Nazi junta’s narrative, which explains the rather unclear information in the “hit piece”. Namely, Biden was never quoted saying or approving anything. Worse yet, not a single name of the “US officials” quoted in the report was provided. In fact, not even the terms such as “anonymous” or “unnamed” are used. All we have is “US officials”, which is unprofessional reporting, at best.

Once again, quoting these mysterious “officials”, the authors claim that “while the Ukrainians were likely to use the missiles first against Russian and North Korean troops that threaten Ukrainian forces in Kursk, Mr. Biden could authorize them to use the weapons elsewhere”. In other words, they have no idea whether Biden said that the ATACMS can be used deeper within Russia, as the Kursk oblast (region) certainly doesn’t fit into that category, being a border area. In addition, the authors added that “some US officials said they feared that Ukraine’s use of the missiles across the border could prompt President Vladimir V. Putin of Russia to retaliate with force against the United States and its coalition partners”. Again, rather peculiar statements by these phantom “officials”, as Putin was quite clear already.

Funnily enough, the report then quotes “other US officials” who allegedly said that “they thought those fears were overblown”. In other words, the claims of the three NYT authors are an utter mess, to put it mildly. They have no verifiable sources, no documents that can be linked or quoted and not even a third-hand account of who said what and when. All we’re getting is a bunch of speculation by anonymous people who can’t even agree whether they think the threat of thermonuclear annihilation is real or “overblown”. Worse yet, these same “US officials” admit that the ATACMS will not be a game changer, although they’re still ready to risk war with Russia over their delivery. Such dichotomy in the opinions of these “US officials” further raises serious questions about the veracity of the report.

The “unnamed officials” also think the Kiev regime “could use the ATACMS to strike Russian and North Korean troop concentrations, key pieces of military equipment, logistics nodes, ammunition depots and supply lines deep inside Russia”. Once again, we see another ambivalent statement. Namely, how would the Neo-Nazi junta forces know which Russian unit is slated to be deployed in the Kursk oblast and what difference would that make? Anything could be interpreted as “vital” to Russian fighting capabilities in the area. What’s more, the report says that “some Pentagon officials opposed giving [the ATACMS] to the Ukrainians because they said the US Army had limited supplies. Some White House officials feared that Mr. Putin would widen the war if they gave the missiles to the Ukrainians”.

The authors even admit that some of Biden’s security advisers had “seized on a recent US intelligence assessment that warned that Putin could respond to the use of long-range ATACMS on Russian soil by directing his military or spy agencies to retaliate, potentially with lethal force, against the United States and its European allies”. As previously mentioned, this is something that President Putin said and then reiterated at least once, demonstrating that he isn’t bluffing. Thus, it didn’t require any intelligence assessments, as it was quite literally all over the news. Still, the report says that “the assessment warned of several possible Russian responses that included stepped-up acts of arson and sabotage targeting facilities in Europe, as well as potentially lethal attacks on US and European military bases”.

It would seem that the mainstream propaganda machine is becoming increasingly desperate when it’s ready to stir up such serious rumors. On the other hand, the possibility of the political West trying to probe the Kremlin shouldn’t be excluded either. European NATO members are already trying to push the lame-duck Biden administration to authorize long-range strikes deeper within Russia, which is certainly a concerning prospect. However, there’s still no official confirmation that Washington DC went ahead with this. In fact, American ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) is still absent from the Black Sea region, meaning that relaying real-time data to facilitate long-range attacks on the Russian military would be nearly impossible (for the time being, at least).

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: President Joe Biden travels to Kyiv, Ukraine Monday, February 20, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Adam Schultz)


¿Biden realmente autorizó ataques de largo alcance más profundos dentro de Rusia?

NYT Citando “Funcionarios Anónimos”

por

Drago Bosnic

 

En las últimas 24 horas, se desató una ola de pánico luego de que surgieran informes sobre que Estados Unidos supuestamente permitía el uso de sus misiles de largo alcance contra Rusia.

El New York Times, un tristemente célebre portavoz neoliberal, fue el primero en publicar la noticia , que luego fue citada por cientos de otros importantes medios de comunicación de todo el mundo. Es comprensible que la gente de todo el mundo esté bastante preocupada, ya que el presidente Vladimir Putin dejó perfectamente claro que el Kremlin consideraría a la OTAN parte en el conflicto si sus miembros permitieran el uso de sus misiles de largo alcance para ataques en zonas más profundas de Rusia.

El informe llega poco más de dos meses después de la advertencia de Putin y solo dos meses antes de que Donald Trump asuma el cargodespués de derrotar a la candidata caída en desgracia del DNC, Kamala Harris .

.

Captura de pantalla del NYT

.

Citando a funcionarios estadounidenses anónimos, los autores del informe del NYT, a saber, Adam Entous, Eric Schmitt y Julian E. Barnes, afirman que “el presidente Biden ha autorizado el primer uso de misiles de largo alcance suministrados por Estados Unidos por parte de Ucrania para ataques dentro de Rusia” y que “es probable que las armas se empleen inicialmente contra las tropas rusas y norcoreanas en defensa de las fuerzas ucranianas en la región de Kursk, en el oeste de Rusia”.

La supuesta decisión de permitir el uso de estos misiles, en concreto el ATACMS, “se produjo en respuesta a la inesperada decisión de Rusia de incorporar tropas norcoreanas al combate”, afirman los autores, citando una vez más a “funcionarios anónimos”. El informe admite además que ni siquiera el líder de la junta neonazi, Volodymyr Zelensky, ha confirmado aún estas afirmaciones, lo que plantea aún más dudas.

“Hoy en día, muchos medios de comunicación hablan de que hemos recibido permiso para tomar las medidas adecuadas”, dijo Zelenski, y añadió: “Pero los golpes no se dan con palabras. Esas cosas no se anuncian. Los misiles hablarán por sí solos”.

Esta peculiar declaración seguramente puede interpretarse como una amenaza, pero tampoco puede ignorarse su ambivalencia.

Sin duda, no sería la primera vez que el régimen de Kiev utiliza la maquinaria propagandística dominante con fines geopolíticos, ya que las “victorias de relaciones públicas”, en particular tras los avances rusos en la línea del frente , son uno de los elementos básicos de su estrategia . El NYT es esencial para la promoción de la narrativa de la junta neonazi, lo que explica la información poco clara del “artículo de propaganda”. Es decir, nunca se citó a Biden diciendo o aprobando nada. Peor aún, no se proporcionó ni un solo nombre de los “funcionarios estadounidenses” citados en el informe. De hecho, ni siquiera se utilizan términos como “anónimo” o “sin nombre”. Todo lo que tenemos es “funcionarios estadounidenses”, lo que es un informe poco profesional, en el mejor de los casos.

Una vez más, citando a estos misteriosos “funcionarios”, los autores afirman que “aunque era probable que los ucranianos utilizaran los misiles primero contra las tropas rusas y norcoreanas que amenazan a las fuerzas ucranianas en Kursk, el señor Biden podría autorizarlos a utilizar las armas en otros lugares”. En otras palabras, no tienen idea de si Biden dijo que los ATACMS se pueden utilizar más profundamente dentro de Rusia, ya que la región de Kursk ciertamente no encaja en esa categoría, al ser una zona fronteriza. Además, los autores agregaron que “algunos funcionarios estadounidenses dijeron que temían que el uso de los misiles por parte de Ucrania al otro lado de la frontera pudiera impulsar al presidente ruso Vladimir V. Putin a tomar represalias con la fuerza contra Estados Unidos y sus socios de coalición”. Una vez más, declaraciones bastante peculiares de estos “funcionarios” fantasmas, como Putin ya fue bastante claro.

Curiosamente, el informe cita a continuación a “otros funcionarios estadounidenses” que supuestamente dijeron que “creían que esos temores eran exagerados”. En otras palabras, las afirmaciones de los tres autores del NYT son un completo desastre, por decirlo suavemente. No tienen fuentes verificables, ningún documento que se pueda vincular o citar y ni siquiera un relato de tercera mano sobre quién dijo qué y cuándo. Todo lo que tenemos es un montón de especulaciones de personas anónimas que ni siquiera se ponen de acuerdo sobre si creen que la amenaza de aniquilación termonuclear es real o “exagerada”. Peor aún, estos mismos “funcionarios estadounidenses” admiten que el ATACMS no cambiará las reglas del juego, aunque siguen dispuestos a arriesgarse a una guerra con Rusia por su lanzamiento. Esta dicotomía en las opiniones de estos “funcionarios estadounidenses” plantea aún más serias dudas sobre la veracidad del informe.

Los “funcionarios anónimos” también creen que el régimen de Kiev “podría utilizar el ATACMS para atacar concentraciones de tropas rusas y norcoreanas, piezas clave de equipamiento militar, nodos logísticos, depósitos de municiones y líneas de suministro en el interior de Rusia”. Una vez más, vemos otra declaración ambivalente. Es decir, ¿cómo sabrían las fuerzas de la junta neonazi qué unidad rusa está programada para ser desplegada en el óblast de Kursk y qué diferencia haría eso? Cualquier cosa podría interpretarse como “vital” para las capacidades de combate rusas en la zona. Es más, el informe dice que “algunos funcionarios del Pentágono se opusieron a entregar [el ATACMS] a los ucranianos porque dijeron que el ejército estadounidense tenía suministros limitados. Algunos funcionarios de la Casa Blanca temían que Putin ampliara la guerra si entregaban los misiles a los ucranianos”.

Los autores incluso admiten que algunos de los asesores de seguridad de Biden habían “aprovechado una reciente evaluación de inteligencia estadounidense que advertía que Putin podría responder al uso de ATACMS de largo alcance en suelo ruso ordenando a sus agencias militares o de espionaje que tomaran represalias, potencialmente con fuerza letal, contra Estados Unidos y sus aliados europeos”. Como se mencionó anteriormente, esto es algo que el presidente Putin dijo y luego reiteró al menos una vez, demostrando que no está mintiendo . Por lo tanto, no requirió ninguna evaluación de inteligencia, ya que estaba literalmente en todas las noticias. Aún así, el informe dice que “la evaluación advirtió sobre varias posibles respuestas rusas que incluían actos intensificados de incendios y sabotajes dirigidos a instalaciones en Europa, así como ataques potencialmente letales a bases militares estadounidenses y europeas”.

Parece que la maquinaria propagandística dominante se está volviendo cada vez más desesperada cuando está dispuesta a avivar rumores tan serios. Por otro lado, tampoco debe excluirse la posibilidad de que el Occidente político intente sondear al Kremlin. Los miembros europeos de la OTAN ya están tratando de presionar a la administración Biden, que está en el poder, para que autorice ataques de largo alcance en zonas más profundas de Rusia , lo que sin duda es una perspectiva preocupante. Sin embargo, todavía no hay confirmación oficial de que Washington DC haya seguido adelante con esto. De hecho, el ISR (inteligencia, vigilancia y reconocimiento) estadounidense todavía está ausente de la región del Mar Negro  , lo que significa que la transmisión de datos en tiempo real para facilitar ataques de largo alcance contra el ejército ruso sería casi imposible (al menos por el momento).

*

Haga clic en el botón para compartir a continuación para enviar por correo electrónico o reenviar este artículo a sus amigos y colegas. Síganos en Instagram  y  Twitter y suscríbase a nuestro canal de Telegram . No dude en volver a publicar y compartir ampliamente los artículos de Global Research.

¡No te pierdas los libros electrónicos de Global Research Online! 

Este artículo fue publicado originalmente en InfoBrics .

Drago Bosnic  es un analista geopolítico y militar independiente. Colabora habitualmente con Global Research.

Imagen destacada: El presidente Joe Biden viaja a Kiev, Ucrania, el lunes 20 de febrero de 2023. (Foto oficial de la Casa Blanca por Adam Schultz)

“Greater Israel”: The Zionist Plan for the Middle East

December 20th, 2024 by Israel Shahak

One of our most popular articles, first published on March 1st, 2013. Update November 1, 2023. Important article. 

“Bear in mind: The Greater Israel design is not strictly a Zionist Project for the Middle East, it is an integral part of US foreign policy, its strategic objective is to extend US hegemony as well as fracture and balkanize the Middle East.  (See Map Below)

In this regard, Washington’s strategy consists in destabilizing and weakening regional economic powers in the Middle East including Turkey and Iran. This policy –which is consistent with the Greater Israel–  is  accompanied by a process of political fragmentation.

Since the Gulf war (1991), the Pentagon has contemplated the creation of a “Free Kurdistan” which would include the annexation of  parts of Iraq, Syria and Iran as well as Turkey (Michel Chossudovsky, see analysis below)

“The New Middle East”:  Unofficial US Military Academy Map by Lt. Col. Ralph Peters

***

.

 

.

Update and Analysis

.
On October 7, 2023, Hamas launched “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm.” which was led by its Military Chief Mohammed Deif.  On that same day, Netanyahu confirmed a so-called “State of Readiness For War”. Israel has now (October 7, 2023) officially declared a new stage of its long war against the people of Palestine. 

.

Military operations are invariably planned well in advance (See Netanyahu’s January 2023 statement below). Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack” ?

U.S. intelligence say they weren’t aware of an impending Hamas attack. 

Did Netanyahu and his vast military and intelligence apparatus (Mossad et al) have foreknowledge of the Hamas attack?

Was a carefully formulated Israeli plan to wage an all out war against Palestinians envisaged prior to the launching by Hamas of  “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm”? This was not a failure of Israeli Intelligence, as conveyed by the media. Quite the opposite. 

Evidence and testimonies suggest that the Netanyahu government had foreknowledge of the actions of Hamas. And “They Let it Happen”:

Following the Al Aqsa Storm Operation on October 7, Israel‘s defence minister described Palestinians as “human animals” and vowed to “act accordingly,” as fighter jets unleashed a massive bombing of the Gaza Strip” (Middle East Eye).

A complete blockade of the Gaza Strip was initiated on October 9, 2023 consisting in  preventing and obstructing the importation of food, water, fuel, and essential commodities to 2.3 Million Palestinians. It’s an outright crime against humanity. 

Was “Operation Al-Aqsa Storm” a “surprise attack”?  Was it a false flag?

Netanyahu’s “New Stage” of “The Long War” against Palestine

Netanyahu’s stated objective, which constitutes a new stage in the 75 year old war (since Nakba, 1948, see below) against the people of Palestine is no longer predicated on “Apartheid” or “Separation”. 

This new stage –which is also directed against Israelis who want peace– consists in “total appropriation” as well as the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland. 

The current Netanyahu government is committed to the “Greater Israel” and the “Promised Land”, namely the biblical homeland of the Jews. 

Benjamin Netanyahu is pressing ahead to formalize “Israel’s colonial project”, namely the appropriation of all Palestinian Lands. 

His position defined below several months prior to the October 7, 2023 “State of Readiness For War” consists in total appropriation as well as the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland:

“These are the basic lines of the national government headed by me: The Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop settlement in all parts of the Land of Israel — in the Galilee, the Negev, the Golan, Judea and Samaria.” (January 2023)

 

History: The Relationship between Mossad and Hamas

What is the relationship between Mossad and Hamas? Is Hamas an “intelligence asset”? There is a long history. 

Hamas (Harakat al-Muqawama al-Islamiyya) (Islamic Resistance Movement), was founded in 1987 by Sheik Ahmed Yassin. It was supported at the outset by Israeli intelligence as a means to weaken the Palestinian Authority:

“Thanks to Mossad, (Israel’s “Institute for Intelligence and Special Tasks”), Hamas was allowed to reinforce its presence in the occupied territories. Meanwhile, Arafat’s Fatah Movement for National Liberation as well as the Palestinian Left were subjected to the most brutal form of repression and intimidation.

Let us not forget that it was Israel, which in fact created Hamas. According to Zeev Sternell, historian at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem,

“Israel thought that it was a smart ploy to push the Islamists against the Palestinian Liberation Organisation (PLO)”. (L’Humanité, translated from French)

The links of Hamas to Mossad and US intelligence have been acknowledged by Rep. Ron Paul in a statement to the U.S Congress: “Hamas Was Started by Israel”?

“You know Hamas, if you look at the history, you’ll find out that Hamas was encouraged and really started by Israel because they wanted Hamas to counteract Yasser Arafat… (Rep. Ron Paul, 2011)

What this statement entails is that  “factions within Hamas” constitute “an intelligence asset”, namely “an “asset” which serves the interests of intelligence agencies. 

See also the WSJ (January 24, 2009) “How Israel helped to Spawn Hamas”. 

Instead of trying to curb Gaza’s Islamists from the outset, says Mr. Cohen, Israel for years tolerated and, in some cases, encouraged them as a counterweight to the secular nationalists of the Palestine Liberation Organization and its dominant faction, Yasser Arafat’s Fatah. (WSJ, emphasis added)

The Nakba

Commemoration on May 13, 2023: The Nakba. 75 years ago on May 13, 1948. The Palestinian Catastrophe prevails. In a 2018 report, the United Nations stated that Gaza had become “unliveable”:

With an economy in free fall, 70 per cent youth unemployment, widely contaminated drinking water and a collapsed health care system, Gaza has become “unliveable”,[in 2018] according to the Special Rapporteur on human rights in the Palestinian Territories”

The above UN assessment dates back to 2018. Under Netanyahu, Israel is currently proceeding with the plan to annex large chunks of Palestinian territory “while keeping the Palestinian inhabitants in conditions of severe deprivation and isolation.

Creating conditions of extreme poverty and economic collapse constitute the means for triggering the expulsion and exodus of Palestinians from their homeland.  It is part of the process of annexation.

“If the manoeuvre is successful, Israel will end up with all of the territories it conquered during the 1967 war, including all of the Golan Heights and Jerusalem and most of the Palestinian Territories, including the best sources of water and agricultural land.

The West Bank will find itself in the same situation as the Gaza strip, cut off from the outside world and surrounded by hostile Israeli military forces and Israeli settlements.” (South Front) 

Human rights ended at the Palestinian border. The bought and paid for US Congress couldn’t genuflect enough:

“On July 19, 2023 the US Congress convened a special joint session for Israeli President Isaac Herzog. Both Democrats and Republicans bobbed up and down to applaud him 29 times.”

” Watching Palestine Disappear”, Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, September 12, 2023

“Greater Israel would create a number of proxy states. It would include parts of Lebanon, Jordan, Syria, the Sinai, as well as parts of  Iraq and Saudi Arabia.”

“Palestine Is Gone! Gone! راحت فلسطينThe Palestinian plight is savagely painful and the pain is compounded by the bafflingly off-hand dismissal and erasure by Western powers of that pain, Rima Najjar, Global Research, June, 7, 2020 

 

Michel Chossudovsky,  June 10, 2021, October 11, 2023, November 1, 2023, 

 

 


 

Introductory Text on “The Greater Israel Project” 

by Michel Chossudovsky 

 

The following document pertaining to the formation of “Greater Israel” constitutes the cornerstone of powerful Zionist factions within the current Netanyahu government,  the Likud party, as well as within the Israeli military and intelligence establishment. 

President Donald Trump had confirmed in January 2017 his support of Israel’s illegal settlements (including his opposition to UN Security Council Resolution 2334, pertaining to the illegality of the Israeli settlements in the occupied West Bank). The Trump administration expressed its recognition of Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights. And now the entire West Bank is being annexed to Israel. 

Under the Biden administration, despite rhetorical shifts in the political narrative, Washington remains supportive of Israel plans to annex the entire Jordan River valley as well the illegal settlements in the West Bank.

Bear in mind: The Greater Israel design is not strictly a Zionist Project for the Middle East, it is an integral part of US foreign policy, its strategic objective is to extend US hegemony as well as fracture and balkanize the Middle East.  

In this regard, Washington’s strategy consists in destabilizing and weakening regional economic powers in the Middle East including Turkey and Iran. This policy –which is consistent with the Greater Israel–  is  accompanied by a process of political fragmentation.

Since the Gulf war (1991), the Pentagon has contemplated the creation of a “Free Kurdistan” which would include the annexation of  parts of Iraq, Syria and Iran as well as Turkey

 

“The New Middle East”:  Unofficial US Military Academy Map by Lt. Col. Ralph Peters

 

According to the founding father of Zionism Theodore Herzl, “the area of the Jewish State stretches: “From the Brook of Egypt to the Euphrates.”  According to Rabbi Fischmann

“The Promised Land extends from the River of Egypt up to the Euphrates, it includes parts of Syria and Lebanon.”

 

When viewed in the current context, including the siege on Gaza, the Zionist Plan for the Middle East bears an intimate relationship to the 2003 invasion of  Iraq, the 2006 war on Lebanon, the 2011 war on Libya, the ongoing wars on Syria, Iraq and Yemen, not to mention the political crisis in Saudi Arabia.

The “Greater Israel” project consists in weakening and eventually fracturing neighboring Arab states as part of a US-Israeli expansionist project, with the support of NATO and Saudi Arabia.

In this regard, the Saudi-Israeli rapprochement is from Netanyahu’s viewpoint a means to expanding Israel’s spheres of influence in the Middle East as well as confronting Iran. Needless to day, the “Greater Israel” project is consistent with America’s imperial design.

“Greater Israel” consists in an area extending from the Nile Valley to the Euphrates. According to Stephen Lendman,

A near-century ago, the World Zionist Organization’s plan for a Jewish state included:

• historic Palestine;

• South Lebanon up to Sidon and the Litani River;

• Syria’s Golan Heights, Hauran Plain and Deraa; and

• control of the Hijaz Railway from Deraa to Amman, Jordan as well as the Gulf of Aqaba.

Some Zionists wanted more – land from the Nile in the West to the Euphrates in the East, comprising Palestine, Lebanon, Western Syria and Southern Turkey.”

 

The Zionist project has supported the Jewish settlement movement. More broadly it involves a policy of excluding Palestinians from Palestine leading to the annexation of both the West Bank and Gaza to the State of Israel.

The Project of “Greater Israel” is to create a number of proxy States, which could include parts of Lebanon, Jordan, Syria, the Sinai, as well as parts of  Iraq and Saudi Arabia. (See map).

According to Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya in a 2011 Global Research article,   The Yinon Plan was a continuation of Britain’s colonial design in the Middle East:

“[The Yinon plan] is an Israeli strategic plan to ensure Israeli regional superiority. It insists and stipulates that Israel must reconfigure its geo-political environment through the balkanization of the surrounding Arab states into smaller and weaker states.

Israeli strategists viewed Iraq as their biggest strategic challenge from an Arab state. This is why Iraq was outlined as the centerpiece to the balkanization of the Middle East and the Arab World. In Iraq, on the basis of the concepts of the Yinon Plan, Israeli strategists have called for the division of Iraq into a Kurdish state and two Arab states, one for Shiite Muslims and the other for Sunni Muslims. The first step towards establishing this was a war between Iraq and Iran, which the Yinon Plan discusses.

The Atlantic, in 2008, and the U.S. military’s Armed Forces Journal, in 2006, both published widely circulated maps that closely followed the outline of the Yinon Plan. Aside from a divided Iraq, which the Biden Plan also calls for, the Yinon Plan calls for a divided Lebanon, Egypt, and Syria. The partitioning of Iran, Turkey, Somalia, and Pakistan also all fall into line with these views. The Yinon Plan also calls for dissolution in North Africa and forecasts it as starting from Egypt and then spilling over into Sudan, Libya, and the rest of the region.

“Greater Israel” would require the breaking up of the existing Arab states into small states.

“The plan operates on two essential premises. To survive, Israel must

1)  become an imperial regional power, and

2) must effect the division of the whole area into small states by the dissolution of all existing Arab states.

Small here will depend on the ethnic or sectarian composition of each state. Consequently, the Zionist hope is that sectarian-based states become Israel’s satellites and, ironically, its source of moral legitimation…  This is not a new idea, nor does it surface for the first time in Zionist strategic thinking. Indeed, fragmenting all Arab states into smaller units has been a recurrent theme.” (Yinon Plan, see below)

Viewed in this context, the US-NATO led wars on Syria and Iraq are part of  the process of Israeli territorial expansion.

In this regard, the defeat of US sponsored terrorists (ISIS, Al Nusra) by Syrian Forces with the support of Russia, Iran and Hezbollah constitute a significant setback for Israel.

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 06, 2015, updated September 13, 2019

 


 

The Zionist Plan for the Middle East 

Translated and edited by

Israel Shahak

The Israel of Theodore Herzl (1904) and of Rabbi Fischmann (1947)

In his Complete Diaries, Vol. II. p. 711, Theodore Herzl, the founder of Zionism, says that the area of the Jewish State stretches: “From the Brook of Egypt to the Euphrates.”

Rabbi Fischmann, member of the Jewish Agency for Palestine, declared in his testimony to the U.N. Special Committee of Enquiry on 9 July 1947: “The Promised Land extends from the River of Egypt up to the Euphrates, it includes parts of Syria and Lebanon.”

Oded Yinon’s

“A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties”

Published by the

Association of Arab-American University Graduates, Inc.

Belmont, Massachusetts, 1982

Special Document No. 1 (ISBN 0-937694-56-8)


Introductory Note

by Dr. Khalil Nakhleh

The Association of Arab-American University Graduates finds it compelling to inaugurate its new publication series, Special Documents, with Oded Yinon’s article which appeared in Kivunim (Directions), the journal of the Department of Information of the World Zionist Organization. Oded Yinon is an Israeli journalist and was formerly attached to the Foreign Ministry of Israel. To our knowledge, this document is the most explicit, detailed and unambiguous statement to date of the Zionist strategy in the Middle East. Furthermore, it stands as an accurate representation of the “vision” for the entire Middle East of the presently ruling Zionist regime of Begin, Sharon and Eitan. Its importance, hence, lies not in its historical value but in the nightmare which it presents.

The plan operates on two essential premises. To survive, Israel must 1) become an imperial regional power, and 2) must effect the division of the whole area into small states by the dissolution of all existing Arab states. Small here will depend on the ethnic or sectarian composition of each state. Consequently, the Zionist hope is that sectarian-based states become Israel’s satellites and, ironically, its source of moral legitimation.

This is not a new idea, nor does it surface for the first time in Zionist strategic thinking. Indeed, fragmenting all Arab states into smaller units has been a recurrent theme. This theme has been documented on a very modest scale in the AAUG publication,  Israel’s Sacred Terrorism (1980), by Livia Rokach. Based on the memoirs of Moshe Sharett, former Prime Minister of Israel, Rokach’s study documents, in convincing detail, the Zionist plan as it applies to Lebanon and as it was prepared in the mid-fifties.

The first massive Israeli invasion of Lebanon in 1978 bore this plan out to the minutest detail. The second and more barbaric and encompassing Israeli invasion of Lebanon on June 6, 1982, aims to effect certain parts of this plan which hopes to see not only Lebanon, but Syria and Jordan as well, in fragments. This ought to make mockery of Israeli public claims regarding their desire for a strong and independent Lebanese central government. More accurately, they want a Lebanese central government that sanctions their regional imperialist designs by signing a peace treaty with them. They also seek acquiescence in their designs by the Syrian, Iraqi, Jordanian and other Arab governments as well as by the Palestinian people. What they want and what they are planning for is not an Arab world, but a world of Arab fragments that is ready to succumb to Israeli hegemony. Hence, Oded Yinon in his essay, “A Strategy for Israel in the 1980’s,” talks about “far-reaching opportunities for the first time since 1967” that are created by the “very stormy situation [that] surrounds Israel.”

The Zionist policy of displacing the Palestinians from Palestine is very much an active policy, but is pursued more forcefully in times of conflict, such as in the 1947-1948 war and in the 1967 war. An appendix entitled  “Israel Talks of a New Exodus” is included in this publication to demonstrate past Zionist dispersals of Palestinians from their homeland and to show, besides the main Zionist document we present, other Zionist planning for the de-Palestinization of Palestine.

It is clear from the Kivunim document, published in February, 1982, that the “far-reaching opportunities” of which Zionist strategists have been thinking are the same “opportunities” of which they are trying to convince the world and which they claim were generated by their June, 1982 invasion. It is also clear that the Palestinians were never the sole target of Zionist plans, but the priority target since their viable and independent presence as a people negates the essence of the Zionist state. Every Arab state, however, especially those with cohesive and clear nationalist directions, is a real target sooner or later.

Contrasted with the detailed and unambiguous Zionist strategy elucidated in this document, Arab and Palestinian strategy, unfortunately, suffers from ambiguity and incoherence. There is no indication that Arab strategists have internalized the Zionist plan in its full ramifications. Instead, they react with incredulity and shock whenever a new stage of it unfolds. This is apparent in Arab reaction, albeit muted, to the Israeli siege of Beirut. The sad fact is that as long as the Zionist strategy for the Middle East is not taken seriously Arab reaction to any future siege of other Arab capitals will be the same.

Khalil Nakhleh, July 23, 1982

 


Foreward

by Israel Shahak

The following essay represents, in my opinion, the accurate and detailed plan of the present Zionist regime (of Sharon and Eitan) for the Middle East which is based on the division of the whole area into small states, and the dissolution of all the existing Arab states. I will comment on the military aspect of this plan in a concluding note. Here I want to draw the attention of the readers to several important points:

1. The idea that all the Arab states should be broken down, by Israel, into small units, occurs again and again in Israeli strategic thinking. For example, Ze’ev Schiff, the military correspondent of Ha’aretz (and probably the most knowledgeable in Israel, on this topic) writes about the “best” that can happen for Israeli interests in Iraq: “The dissolution of Iraq into a Shi’ite state, a Sunni state and the separation of the Kurdish part” (Ha’aretz 6/2/1982). Actually, this aspect of the plan is very old.

2. The strong connection with Neo-Conservative thought in the USA is very prominent, especially in the author’s notes. But, while lip service is paid to the idea of the “defense of the West” from Soviet power, the real aim of the author, and of the present Israeli establishment is clear: To make an Imperial Israel into a world power. In other words, the aim of Sharon is to deceive the Americans after he has deceived all the rest.

3. It is obvious that much of the relevant data, both in the notes and in the text, is garbled or omitted, such as the financial help of the U.S. to Israel. Much of it is pure fantasy. But, the plan is not to be regarded as not influential, or as not capable of realization for a short time. The plan follows faithfully the geopolitical ideas current in Germany of 1890-1933, which were swallowed whole by Hitler and the Nazi movement, and determined their aims for East Europe. Those aims, especially the division of the existing states, were carried out in 1939-1941, and only an alliance on the global scale prevented their consolidation for a period of time.

The notes by the author follow the text under the title.

To avoid confusion, I did not add any notes of my own, but have put the substance of them into this Foreward and the Concluding Observations at the end. I have, however, emphasized some portions of the text.

Israel Shahak, June 13, 1982 

 


 

A Strategy for Israel in the Nineteen Eighties

by Oded Yinon

This essay originally appeared in Hebrew in KIVUNIM (Directions), A Journal for Judaism and Zionism; Issue No, 14–Winter, 5742, February 1982, Editor: Yoram Beck. Editorial Committee: Eli Eyal, Yoram Beck, Amnon Hadari, Yohanan Manor, Elieser Schweid. Published by the Department of Publicity/The World Zionist Organization, Jerusalem.

At the outset of the nineteen eighties the State of Israel is in need of a new perspective as to its place, its aims and national targets, at home and abroad. This need has become even more vital due to a number of central processes which the country, the region and the world are undergoing. We are living today in the early stages of a new epoch in human history which is not at all similar to its predecessor, and its characteristics are totally different from what we have hitherto known. That is why we need an understanding of the central processes which typify this historical epoch on the one hand, and on the other hand we need a world outlook and an operational strategy in accordance with the new conditions. The existence, prosperity and steadfastness of the Jewish state will depend upon its ability to adopt a new framework for its domestic and foreign affairs.

This epoch is characterized by several traits which we can already diagnose, and which symbolize a genuine revolution in our present lifestyle. The dominant process is the breakdown of the rationalist, humanist outlook as the major cornerstone supporting the life and achievements of Western civilization since the Renaissance. The political, social and economic views which have emanated from this foundation have been based on several “truths” which are presently disappearing–for example, the view that man as an individual is the center of the universe and everything exists in order to fulfill his basic material needs. This position is being invalidated in the present when it has become clear that the amount of resources in the cosmos does not meet Man’s requirements, his economic needs or his demographic constraints. In a world in which there are four billion human beings and economic and energy resources which do not grow proportionally to meet the needs of mankind, it is unrealistic to expect to fulfill the main requirement of Western Society, 1 i.e., the wish and aspiration for boundless consumption. The view that ethics plays no part in determining the direction Man takes, but rather his material needs do–that view is becoming prevalent today as we see a world in which nearly all values are disappearing. We are losing the ability to assess the simplest things, especially when they concern the simple question of what is Good and what is Evil.

The vision of man’s limitless aspirations and abilities shrinks in the face of the sad facts of life, when we witness the break-up of world order around us. The view which promises liberty and freedom to mankind seems absurd in light of the sad fact that three fourths of the human race lives under totalitarian regimes. The views concerning equality and social justice have been transformed by socialism and especially by Communism into a laughing stock. There is no argument as to the truth of these two ideas, but it is clear that they have not been put into practice properly and the majority of mankind has lost the liberty, the freedom and the opportunity for equality and justice. In this nuclear world in which we are (still) living in relative peace for thirty years, the concept of peace and coexistence among nations has no meaning when a superpower like the USSR holds a military and political doctrine of the sort it has: that not only is a nuclear war possible and necessary in order to achieve the ends of Marxism, but that it is possible to survive after it, not to speak of the fact that one can be victorious in it.2

The essential concepts of human society, especially those of the West, are undergoing a change due to political, military and economic transformations. Thus, the nuclear and conventional might of the USSR has transformed the epoch that has just ended into the last respite before the great saga that will demolish a large part of our world in a multi-dimensional global war, in comparison with which the past world wars will have been mere child’s play. The power of nuclear as well as of conventional weapons, their quantity, their precision and quality will turn most of our world upside down within a few years, and we must align ourselves so as to face that in Israel. That is, then, the main threat to our existence and that of the Western world. 3 The war over resources in the world, the Arab monopoly on oil, and the need of the West to import most of its raw materials from the Third World, are transforming the world we know, given that one of the major aims of the USSR is to defeat the West by gaining control over the gigantic resources in the Persian Gulf and in the southern part of Africa, in which the majority of world minerals are located. We can imagine the dimensions of the global confrontation which will face us in the future.

The Gorshkov doctrine calls for Soviet control of the oceans and mineral rich areas of the Third World. That together with the present Soviet nuclear doctrine which holds that it is possible to manage, win and survive a nuclear war, in the course of which the West’s military might well be destroyed and its inhabitants made slaves in the service of Marxism-Leninism, is the main danger to world peace and to our own existence. Since 1967, the Soviets have transformed Clausewitz’ dictum into “War is the continuation of policy in nuclear means,” and made it the motto which guides all their policies. Already today they are busy carrying out their aims in our region and throughout the world, and the need to face them becomes the major element in our country’s security policy and of course that of the rest of the Free World. That is our major foreign challenge.4

The Arab Moslem world, therefore, is not the major strategic problem which we shall face in the Eighties, despite the fact that it carries the main threat against Israel, due to its growing military might. This world, with its ethnic minorities, its factions and internal crises, which is astonishingly self-destructive, as we can see in Lebanon, in non-Arab Iran and now also in Syria, is unable to deal successfully with its fundamental problems and does not therefore constitute a real threat against the State of Israel in the long run, but only in the short run where its immediate military power has great import. In the long run, this world will be unable to exist within its present framework in the areas around us without having to go through genuine revolutionary changes. The Moslem Arab World is built like a temporary house of cards put together by foreigners (France and Britain in the Nineteen Twenties), without the wishes and desires of the inhabitants having been taken into account. It was arbitrarily divided into 19 states, all made of combinations of minorites and ethnic groups which are hostile to one another, so that every Arab Moslem state nowadays faces ethnic social destruction from within, and in some a civil war is already raging. 5 Most of the Arabs, 118 million out of 170 million, live in Africa, mostly in Egypt (45 million today).

Apart from Egypt, all the Maghreb states are made up of a mixture of Arabs and non-Arab Berbers. In Algeria there is already a civil war raging in the Kabile mountains between the two nations in the country. Morocco and Algeria are at war with each other over Spanish Sahara, in addition to the internal struggle in each of them. Militant Islam endangers the integrity of Tunisia and Qaddafi organizes wars which are destructive from the Arab point of view, from a country which is sparsely populated and which cannot become a powerful nation. That is why he has been attempting unifications in the past with states that are more genuine, like Egypt and Syria. Sudan, the most torn apart state in the Arab Moslem world today is built upon four groups hostile to each other, an Arab Moslem Sunni minority which rules over a majority of non-Arab Africans, Pagans, and Christians. In Egypt there is a Sunni Moslem majority facing a large minority of Christians which is dominant in upper Egypt: some 7 million of them, so that even Sadat, in his speech on May 8, expressed the fear that they will want a state of their own, something like a “second” Christian Lebanon in Egypt.

All the Arab States east of Israel are torn apart, broken up and riddled with inner conflict even more than those of the Maghreb. Syria is fundamentally no different from Lebanon except in the strong military regime which rules it. But the real civil war taking place nowadays between the Sunni majority and the Shi’ite Alawi ruling minority (a mere 12% of the population) testifies to the severity of the domestic trouble.

Iraq is, once again, no different in essence from its neighbors, although its majority is Shi’ite and the ruling minority Sunni. Sixty-five percent of the population has no say in politics, in which an elite of 20 percent holds the power. In addition there is a large Kurdish minority in the north, and if it weren’t for the strength of the ruling regime, the army and the oil revenues, Iraq’s future state would be no different than that of Lebanon in the past or of Syria today. The seeds of inner conflict and civil war are apparent today already, especially after the rise of Khomeini to power in Iran, a leader whom the Shi’ites in Iraq view as their natural leader.

All the Gulf principalities and Saudi Arabia are built upon a delicate house of sand in which there is only oil. In Kuwait, the Kuwaitis constitute only a quarter of the population. In Bahrain, the Shi’ites are the majority but are deprived of power. In the UAE, Shi’ites are once again the majority but the Sunnis are in power. The same is true of Oman and North Yemen. Even in the Marxist South Yemen there is a sizable Shi’ite minority. In Saudi Arabia half the population is foreign, Egyptian and Yemenite, but a Saudi minority holds power.

Jordan is in reality Palestinian, ruled by a Trans-Jordanian Bedouin minority, but most of the army and certainly the bureaucracy is now Palestinian. As a matter of fact Amman is as Palestinian as Nablus. All of these countries have powerful armies, relatively speaking. But there is a problem there too. The Syrian army today is mostly Sunni with an Alawi officer corps, the Iraqi army Shi’ite with Sunni commanders. This has great significance in the long run, and that is why it will not be possible to retain the loyalty of the army for a long time except where it comes to the only common denominator: The hostility towards Israel, and today even that is insufficient.

Alongside the Arabs, split as they are, the other Moslem states share a similar predicament. Half of Iran’s population is comprised of a Persian speaking group and the other half of an ethnically Turkish group. Turkey’s population comprises a Turkish Sunni Moslem majority, some 50%, and two large minorities, 12 million Shi’ite Alawis and 6 million Sunni Kurds. In Afghanistan there are 5 million

Shi’ites who constitute one third of the population. In Sunni Pakistan there are 15 million Shi’ites who endanger the existence of that state.

This national ethnic minority picture extending from Morocco to India and from Somalia to Turkey points to the absence of stability and a rapid degeneration in the entire region. When this picture is added to the economic one, we see how the entire region is built like a house of cards, unable to withstand its severe problems.

In this giant and fractured world there are a few wealthy groups and a huge mass of poor people. Most of the Arabs have an average yearly income of 300 dollars. That is the situation in Egypt, in most of the Maghreb countries except for Libya, and in Iraq. Lebanon is torn apart and its economy is falling to pieces. It is a state in which there is no centralized power, but only 5 de facto sovereign authorities (Christian in the north, supported by the Syrians and under the rule of the Franjieh clan, in the East an area of direct Syrian conquest, in the center a Phalangist controlled Christian enclave, in the south and up to the Litani river a mostly Palestinian region controlled by the PLO and Major Haddad’s state of Christians and half a million Shi’ites). Syria is in an even graver situation and even the assistance she will obtain in the future after the unification with Libya will not be sufficient for dealing with the basic problems of existence and the maintenance of a large army. Egypt is in the worst situation: Millions are on the verge of hunger, half the labor force is unemployed, and housing is scarce in this most densely populated area of the world. Except for the army, there is not a single department operating efficiently and the state is in a permanent state of bankruptcy and depends entirely on American foreign assistance granted since the peace.6

In the Gulf states, Saudi Arabia, Libya and Egypt there is the largest accumulation of money and oil in the world, but those enjoying it are tiny elites who lack a wide base of support and self-confidence, something that no army can guarantee. 7 The Saudi army with all its equipment cannot defend the regime from real dangers at home or abroad, and what took place in Mecca in 1980 is only an example. A sad and very stormy situation surrounds Israel and creates challenges for it, problems, risks but also far-reaching opportunities for the first time since 1967. Chances are that opportunities missed at that time will become achievable in the Eighties to an extent and along dimensions which we cannot even imagine today.

The “peace” policy and the return of territories, through a dependence upon the US, precludes the realization of the new option created for us. Since 1967, all the governments of Israel have tied our national aims down to narrow political needs, on the one hand, and on the other to destructive opinions at home which neutralized our capacities both at home and abroad. Failing to take steps towards the Arab population in the new territories, acquired in the course of a war forced upon us, is the major strategic error committed by Israel on the morning after the Six Day War. We could have saved ourselves all the bitter and dangerous conflict since then if we had given Jordan to the Palestinians who live west of the Jordan river. By doing that we would have neutralized the Palestinian problem which we nowadays face, and to which we have found solutions that are really no solutions at all, such as territorial compromise or autonomy which amount, in fact, to the same thing. 8 Today, we suddenly face immense opportunities for transforming the situation thoroughly and this we must do in the coming decade, otherwise we shall not survive as a state.

In the course of the Nineteen Eighties, the State of Israel will have to go through far-reaching changes in its political and economic regime domestically, along with radical changes in its foreign policy, in order to stand up to the global and regional challenges of this new epoch. The loss of the Suez Canal oil fields, of the immense potential of the oil, gas and other natural resources in the Sinai peninsula which is geomorphologically identical to the rich oil-producing countries in the region, will result in an energy drain in the near future and will destroy our domestic economy: one quarter of our present GNP as well as one third of the budget is used for the purchase of oil. 9 The search for raw materials in the Negev and on the coast will not, in the near future, serve to alter that state of affairs.

(Regaining) the Sinai peninsula with its present and potential resources is therefore a political priority which is obstructed by the Camp David and the peace agreements. The fault for that lies of course with the present Israeli government and the governments which paved the road to the policy of territorial compromise, the Alignment governments since 1967. The Egyptians will not need to keep the peace treaty after the return of the Sinai, and they will do all they can to return to the fold of the Arab world and to the USSR in order to gain support and military assistance. American aid is guaranteed only for a short while, for the terms of the peace and the weakening of the U.S. both at home and abroad will bring about a reduction in aid. Without oil and the income from it, with the present enormous expenditure, we will not be able to get through 1982 under the present conditions and we will have to act in order to return the situation to the status quo which existed in Sinai prior to Sadat’s visit and the mistaken peace agreement signed with him in March 1979. 10

Israel has two major routes through which to realize this purpose, one direct and the other indirect. The direct option is the less realistic one because of the nature of the regime and government in Israel as well as the wisdom of Sadat who obtained our withdrawal from Sinai, which was, next to the war of 1973, his major achievement since he took power. Israel will not unilaterally break the treaty, neither today, nor in 1982, unless it is very hard pressed economically and politically and Egypt provides Israel with the excuse to take the Sinai back into our hands for the fourth time in our short history. What is left therefore, is the indirect option. The economic situation in Egypt, the nature of the regime and its pan-

Arab policy, will bring about a situation after April 1982 in which Israel will be forced to act directly or indirectly in order to regain control over Sinai as a strategic, economic and energy reserve for the long run. Egypt does not constitute a military strategic problem due to its internal conflicts and it could be driven back to the post 1967 war situation in no more than one day. 11

The myth of Egypt as the strong leader of the Arab World was demolished back in 1956 and definitely did not survive 1967, but our policy, as in the return of the Sinai, served to turn the myth into “fact.” In reality, however, Egypt’s power in proportion both to Israel alone and to the rest of the Arab World has gone down about 50 percent since 1967. Egypt is no longer the leading political power in the Arab World and is economically on the verge of a crisis. Without foreign assistance the crisis will come tomorrow. 12 In the short run, due to the return of the Sinai, Egypt will gain several advantages at our expense, but only in the short run until 1982, and that will not change the balance of power to its benefit, and will possibly bring about its downfall. Egypt, in its present domestic political picture, is already a corpse, all the more so if we take into account the growing Moslem-Christian rift. Breaking Egypt down territorially into distinct geographical regions is the political aim of Israel in the Nineteen Eighties on its Western front.

Egypt is divided and torn apart into many foci of authority. If Egypt falls apart, countries like Libya, Sudan or even the more distant states will not continue to exist in their present form and will join the downfall and dissolution of Egypt. The vision of a Christian Coptic State in Upper Egypt alongside a number of weak states with very localized power and without a centralized government as to date, is the key to a historical development which was only set back by the peace agreement but which seems inevitable in the long run. 13

The Western front, which on the surface appears more problematic, is in fact less complicated than the Eastern front, in which most of the events that make the headlines have been taking place recently. Lebanon’s total dissolution into five provinces serves as a precendent for the entire Arab world including Egypt, Syria, Iraq and the Arabian peninsula and is already following that track. The dissolution of Syria and Iraq later on into ethnically or religiously unqiue areas such as in Lebanon, is Israel’s primary target on the Eastern front in the long run, while the dissolution of the military power of those states serves as the primary short term target. Syria will fall apart, in accordance with its ethnic and religious structure, into several states such as in present day Lebanon, so that there will be a Shi’ite Alawi state along its coast, a Sunni state in the Aleppo area, another Sunni state in Damascus hostile to its northern neighbor, and the Druzes who will set up a state, maybe even in our Golan, and certainly in the Hauran and in northern Jordan. This state of affairs will be the guarantee for peace and security in the area in the long run, and that aim is already within our reach today. 14

Iraq, rich in oil on the one hand and internally torn on the other, is guaranteed as a candidate for Israel’s targets. Its dissolution is even more important for us than that of Syria. Iraq is stronger than Syria. In the short run it is Iraqi power which constitutes the greatest threat to Israel. An Iraqi-Iranian war will tear Iraq apart and cause its downfall at home even before it is able to organize a struggle on a wide front against us. Every kind of inter-Arab confrontation will assist us in the short run and will shorten the way to the more important aim of breaking up Iraq into denominations as in Syria and in Lebanon. In Iraq, a division into provinces along ethnic/religious lines as in Syria during Ottoman times is possible. So, three (or more) states will exist around the three major cities: Basra, Baghdad and Mosul, and Shi’ite areas in the south will separate from the Sunni and Kurdish north. It is possible that the present Iranian-Iraqi confrontation will deepen this polarization. 15

The entire Arabian peninsula is a natural candidate for dissolution due to internal and external pressures, and the matter is inevitable especially in Saudi Arabia. Regardless of whether its economic might based on oil remains intact or whether it is diminished in the long run, the internal rifts and breakdowns are a clear and natural development in light of the present political structure. 16

Jordan constitutes an immediate strategic target in the short run but not in the long run, for it does not constitute a real threat in the long run after its dissolution, the termination of the lengthy rule of King Hussein and the transfer of power to the Palestinians in the short run.

There is no chance that Jordan will continue to exist in its present structure for a long time, and Israel’s policy, both in war and in peace, ought to be directed at the liquidation of Jordan under the present regime and the transfer of power to the Palestinian majority. Changing the regime east of the river will also cause the termination of the problem of the territories densely populated with Arabs west of the Jordan. Whether in war or under conditions of peace, emigration from the territories and economic demographic freeze in them, are the guarantees for the coming change on both banks of the river, and we ought to be active in order to accelerate this process in the nearest future. The autonomy plan ought also to be rejected, as well as any compromise or division of the territories for, given the plans of the PLO and those of the Israeli Arabs themselves, the Shefa’amr plan of September 1980, it is not possible to go on living in this country in the present situation without separating the two nations, the Arabs to Jordan and the Jews to the areas west of the river. Genuine coexistence and peace will reign over the land only when the Arabs understand that without Jewish rule between the Jordan and the sea they will have neither existence nor security. A nation of their own and security will be theirs only in Jordan. 17

Within Israel the distinction between the areas of ’67 and the territories beyond them, those of ’48, has always been meaningless for Arabs and nowadays no longer has any significance for us. The problem should be seen in its entirety without any divisions as of ’67. It should be clear, under any future political situation or military constellation, that the solution of the problem of the indigenous Arabs will come only when they recognize the existence of Israel in secure borders up to the Jordan river and beyond it, as our existential need in this difficult epoch, the nuclear epoch which we shall soon enter. It is no longer possible to live with three fourths of the Jewish population on the dense shoreline which is so dangerous in a nuclear epoch.

Dispersal of the population is therefore a domestic strategic aim of the highest order; otherwise, we shall cease to exist within any borders. Judea, Samaria and the Galilee are our sole guarantee for national existence, and if we do not become the majority in the mountain areas, we shall not rule in the country and we shall be like the Crusaders, who lost this country which was not theirs anyhow, and in which they were foreigners to begin with. Rebalancing the country demographically, strategically and economically is the highest and most central aim today. Taking hold of the mountain watershed from Beersheba to the Upper Galilee is the national aim generated by the major strategic consideration which is settling the mountainous part of the country that is empty of Jews today. l8

Realizing our aims on the Eastern front depends first on the realization of this internal strategic objective. The transformation of the political and economic structure, so as to enable the realization of these strategic aims, is the key to achieving the entire change. We need to change from a centralized economy in which the government is extensively involved, to an open and free market as well as to switch from depending upon the U.S. taxpayer to developing, with our own hands, of a genuine productive economic infrastructure. If we are not able to make this change freely and voluntarily, we shall be forced into it by world developments, especially in the areas of economics, energy, and politics, and by our own growing isolation. l9

From a military and strategic point of view, the West led by the U.S. is unable to withstand the global pressures of the USSR throughout the world, and Israel must therefore stand alone in the Eighties, without any foreign assistance, military or economic, and this is within our capacities today, with no compromises. 20 Rapid changes in the world will also bring about a change in the condition of world Jewry to which Israel will become not only a last resort but the only existential option. We cannot assume that U.S. Jews, and the communities of Europe and Latin America will continue to exist in the present form in the future. 21

Our existence in this country itself is certain, and there is no force that could remove us from here either forcefully or by treachery (Sadat’s method). Despite the difficulties of the mistaken “peace” policy and the problem of the Israeli Arabs and those of the territories, we can effectively deal with these problems in the foreseeable future.

 


 

Concluding Observations 

by Israel Shahak 

Three important points have to be clarified in order to be able to understand the significant possibilities of realization of this Zionist plan for the Middle East, and also why it had to be published.

The Military Background of The Plan

The military conditions of this plan have not been mentioned above, but on the many occasions where something very like it is being “explained” in closed meetings to members of the Israeli Establishment, this point is clarified. It is assumed that the Israeli military forces, in all their branches, are insufficient for the actual work of occupation of such wide territories as discussed above. In fact, even in times of intense Palestinian “unrest” on the West Bank, the forces of the Israeli Army are stretched out too much. The answer to that is the method of ruling by means of “Haddad forces” or of “Village Associations” (also known as “Village Leagues”): local forces under “leaders” completely dissociated from the population, not having even any feudal or party structure (such as the Phalangists have, for example). The “states” proposed by Yinon are “Haddadland” and “Village Associations,” and their armed forces will be, no doubt, quite similar. In addition, Israeli military superiority in such a situation will be much greater than it is even now, so that any movement of revolt will be “punished” either by mass humiliation as in the West Bank and Gaza Strip, or by bombardment and obliteration of cities, as in Lebanon now (June 1982), or by both. In order to ensure this, the plan, as explained orally, calls for the establishment of Israeli garrisons in focal places between the mini states, equipped with the necessary mobile destructive forces. In fact, we have seen something like this in Haddadland and we will almost certainly soon see the first example of this system functioning either in South Lebanon or in all Lebanon.

It is obvious that the above military assumptions, and the whole plan too, depend also on the Arabs continuing to be even more divided than they are now, and on the lack of any truly progressive mass movement among them. It may be that those two conditions will be removed only when the plan will be well advanced, with consequences which can not be foreseen. 

Why it is necessary to publish this in Israel?

The reason for publication is the dual nature of the Israeli-Jewish society: A very great measure of freedom and democracy, specially for Jews, combined with expansionism and racist discrimination. In such a situation the Israeli-Jewish elite (for the masses follow the TV and Begin’s speeches) has to be persuaded. The first steps in the process of persuasion are oral, as indicated above, but a time comes in which it becomes inconvenient. Written material must be produced for the benefit of the more stupid “persuaders” and “explainers” (for example medium-rank officers, who are, usually, remarkably stupid). They then “learn it,” more or less, and preach to others. It should be remarked that Israel, and even the Yishuv from the Twenties, has always functioned in this way. I myself well remember how (before I was “in opposition”) the necessity of war with was explained to me and others a year before the 1956 war, and the necessity of conquering “the rest of Western Palestine when we will have the opportunity” was explained in the years 1965-67.

Why is it assumed that there is no special risk from the outside in the publication of such plans?

Such risks can come from two sources, so long as the principled opposition inside Israel is very weak (a situation which may change as a consequence of the war on Lebanon) : The Arab World, including the Palestinians, and the United States. The Arab World has shown itself so far quite incapable of a detailed and rational analysis of Israeli-Jewish society, and the Palestinians have been, on the average, no better than the rest. In such a situation, even those who are shouting about the dangers of Israeli expansionism (which are real enough) are doing this not because of factual and detailed knowledge, but because of belief in myth. A good example is the very persistent belief in the non-existent writing on the wall of the Knesset of the Biblical verse about the Nile and the Euphrates. Another example is the persistent, and completely false declarations, which were made by some of the most important Arab leaders, that the two blue stripes of the Israeli flag symbolize the Nile and the Euphrates, while in fact they are taken from the stripes of the Jewish praying shawl (Talit). The Israeli specialists assume that, on the whole, the Arabs will pay no attention to their serious discussions of the future, and the Lebanon war has proved them right. So why should they not continue with their old methods of persuading other Israelis?

In the United States a very similar situation exists, at least until now. The more or less serious commentators take their information about Israel, and much of their opinions about it, from two sources. The first is from articles in the “liberal” American press, written almost totally by Jewish admirers of Israel who, even if they are critical of some aspects of the Israeli state, practice loyally what Stalin used to call “the constructive criticism.” (In fact those among them who claim also to be “Anti-Stalinist” are in reality more Stalinist than Stalin, with Israel being their god which has not yet failed). In the framework of such critical worship it must be assumed that Israel has always “good intentions” and only “makes mistakes,” and therefore such a plan would not be a matter for discussion–exactly as the Biblical genocides committed by Jews are not mentioned. The other source of information, The Jerusalem Post, has similar policies. So long, therefore, as the situation exists in which Israel is really a “closed society” to the rest of the world, because the world wants to close its eyes, the publication and even the beginning of the realization of such a plan is realistic and feasible.

Israel Shahak, June 17, 1982 Jerusalem

About the Translator

Israel Shahak is a professor of organic chemistly at Hebrew University in Jerusalem and the chairman of the Israeli League for Human and Civil Rights. He published The Shahak Papers, collections of key articles from the Hebrew press, and is the author of numerous articles and books, among them Non-Jew in the Jewish State. His latest book is Israel’s Global Role: Weapons for Repression, published by the AAUG in 1982. Israel Shahak: (1933-2001)

Notes

 1. American Universities Field Staff. Report No.33, 1979. According to this research, the population of the world will be 6 billion in the year 2000. Today’s world population can be broken down as follows: China, 958 million; India, 635 million; USSR, 261 million; U.S., 218 million Indonesia, 140 million; Brazil and Japan, 110 million each. According to the figures of the U.N. Population Fund for 1980, there will be, in 2000, 50 cities with a population of over 5 million each. The population ofthp;Third World will then be 80% of the world population. According to Justin Blackwelder, U.S. Census Office chief, the world population will not reach 6 billion because of hunger.

 2. Soviet nuclear policy has been well summarized by two American Sovietologists: Joseph D. Douglas and Amoretta M. Hoeber, Soviet Strategy for Nuclear War, (Stanford, Ca., Hoover Inst. Press, 1979). In the Soviet Union tens and hundreds of articles and books are published each year which detail the Soviet doctrine for nuclear war and there is a great deal of documentation translated into English and published by the U.S. Air Force,including USAF: Marxism-Leninism on War and the Army: The Soviet View, Moscow, 1972; USAF: The Armed Forces of the Soviet State. Moscow, 1975, by Marshal A. Grechko. The basic Soviet approach to the matter is presented in the book by Marshal Sokolovski published in 1962 in Moscow: Marshal V. D. Sokolovski, Military Strategy, Soviet Doctrine and Concepts(New York, Praeger, 1963).

 3. A picture of Soviet intentions in various areas of the world can be drawn from the book by Douglas and Hoeber, ibid. For additional material see: Michael Morgan, “USSR’s Minerals as Strategic Weapon in the Future,” Defense and Foreign Affairs, Washington, D.C., Dec. 1979.

 4. Admiral of the Fleet Sergei Gorshkov, Sea Power and the State, London, 1979. Morgan, loc. cit. General George S. Brown (USAF) C-JCS, Statement to the Congress on the Defense Posture of the United States For Fiscal Year 1979, p. 103; National Security Council, Review of Non-Fuel Mineral Policy, (Washington, D.C. 1979,); Drew Middleton, The New York Times, (9/15/79); Time, 9/21/80.

 5. Elie Kedourie, “The End of the Ottoman Empire,” Journal of Contemporary History, Vol. 3, No.4, 1968.

 6. Al-Thawra, Syria 12/20/79, Al-Ahram,12/30/79, Al Ba’ath, Syria, 5/6/79. 55% of the Arabs are 20 years old and younger, 70% of the Arabs live in Africa, 55% of the Arabs under 15 are unemployed, 33% live in urban areas, Oded Yinon, “Egypt’s Population Problem,” The Jerusalem Quarterly, No. 15, Spring 1980.

 7. E. Kanovsky, “Arab Haves and Have Nots,” The Jerusalem Quarterly, No.1, Fall 1976, Al Ba’ath, Syria, 5/6/79.

 8. In his book, former Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin said that the Israeli government is in fact responsible for the design of American policy in the Middle East, after June ’67, because of its own indecisiveness as to the future of the territories and the inconsistency in its positions since it established the background for Resolution 242 and certainly twelve years later for the Camp David agreements and the peace treaty with Egypt. According to Rabin, on June 19, 1967, President Johnson sent a letter to Prime Minister Eshkol in which he did not mention anything about withdrawal from the new territories but exactly on the same day the government resolved to return territories in exchange for peace. After the Arab resolutions in Khartoum (9/1/67) the government altered its position but contrary to its decision of June 19, did not notify the U.S. of the alteration and the U.S. continued to support 242 in the Security Council on the basis of its earlier understanding that Israel is prepared to return territories. At that point it was already too late to change the U.S. position and Israel’s policy. From here the way was opened to peace agreements on the basis of 242 as was later agreed upon in Camp David. See Yitzhak Rabin. Pinkas Sherut, (Ma’ariv 1979) pp. 226-227.

 9. Foreign and Defense Committee Chairman Prof. Moshe Arens argued in an interview (Ma ‘ariv,10/3/80) that the Israeli government failed to prepare an economic plan before the Camp David agreements and was itself surprised by the cost of the agreements, although already during the negotiations it was possible to calculate the heavy price and the serious error involved in not having prepared the economic grounds for peace.

The former Minister of Treasury, Mr. Yigal Holwitz, stated that if it were not for the withdrawal from the oil fields, Israel would have a positive balance of payments (9/17/80). That same person said two years earlier that the government of Israel (from which he withdrew) had placed a noose around his neck. He was referring to the Camp David agreements (Ha’aretz, 11/3/78). In the course of the whole peace negotiations neither an expert nor an economics advisor was consulted, and the Prime Minister himself, who lacks knowledge and expertise in economics, in a mistaken initiative, asked the U.S. to give us a loan rather than a grant, due to his wish to maintain our respect and the respect of the U.S. towards us. See Ha’aretz1/5/79. Jerusalem Post, 9/7/79. Prof Asaf Razin, formerly a senior consultant in the Treasury, strongly criticized the conduct of the negotiations; Ha’aretz, 5/5/79. Ma’ariv, 9/7/79. As to matters concerning the oil fields and Israel’s energy crisis, see the interview with Mr. Eitan Eisenberg, a government advisor on these matters, Ma’arive Weekly, 12/12/78. The Energy Minister, who personally signed the Camp David agreements and the evacuation of Sdeh Alma, has since emphasized the seriousness of our condition from the point of view of oil supplies more than once…see Yediot Ahronot, 7/20/79. Energy Minister Modai even admitted that the government did not consult him at all on the subject of oil during the Camp David and Blair House negotiations. Ha’aretz, 8/22/79.

 10. Many sources report on the growth of the armaments budget in Egypt and on intentions to give the army preference in a peace epoch budget over domestic needs for which a peace was allegedly obtained. See former Prime Minister Mamduh Salam in an interview 12/18/77, Treasury Minister Abd El Sayeh in an interview 7/25/78, and the paper Al Akhbar, 12/2/78 which clearly stressed that the military budget will receive first priority, despite the peace. This is what former Prime Minister Mustafa Khalil has stated in his cabinet’s programmatic document which was presented to Parliament, 11/25/78. See English translation, ICA, FBIS, Nov. 27. 1978, pp. D 1-10.

According to these sources, Egypt’s military budget increased by 10% between fiscal 1977 and 1978, and the process still goes on. A Saudi source divulged that the Egyptians plan to increase their militmy budget by 100% in the next two years; Ha’aretz, 2/12/79 and Jerusalem Post, 1/14/79.

 11. Most of the economic estimates threw doubt on Egypt’s ability to reconstruct its economy by 1982. See Economic Intelligence Unit, 1978 Supplement, “The Arab Republic of Egypt”; E. Kanovsky, “Recent Economic Developments in the Middle East,” Occasional Papers, The Shiloah Institution, June 1977; Kanovsky, “The Egyptian Economy Since the Mid-Sixties, The Micro Sectors,” Occasional Papers, June 1978; Robert McNamara, President of World Bank, as reported in Times, London, 1/24/78.

 12. See the comparison made by the researeh of the Institute for Strategic Studies in London, and research camed out in the Center for Strategic Studies of Tel Aviv University, as well as the research by the British scientist, Denis Champlin, Military Review, Nov. 1979, ISS: The Military Balance 1979-1980, CSS; Security Arrangements in Sinai…by Brig. Gen. (Res.) A Shalev, No. 3.0 CSS; The Military Balance and the Military Options after the Peace Treaty with Egypt, by Brig. Gen. (Res.) Y. Raviv, No.4, Dec. 1978, as well as many press reports including El Hawadeth, London, 3/7/80; El Watan El Arabi, Paris, 12/14/79.

 13. As for religious ferment in Egypt and the relations between Copts and Moslems see the series of articles published in the Kuwaiti paper, El Qabas, 9/15/80. The English author Irene Beeson reports on the rift between Moslems and Copts, see: Irene Beeson, Guardian, London, 6/24/80, and Desmond Stewart, Middle East Internmational, London 6/6/80. For other reports see Pamela Ann Smith, Guardian, London, 12/24/79; The Christian Science Monitor 12/27/79 as well as Al Dustour, London, 10/15/79; El Kefah El Arabi, 10/15/79.

 14. Arab Press Service, Beirut, 8/6-13/80. The New Republic, 8/16/80, Der Spiegel as cited by Ha’aretz, 3/21/80, and 4/30-5/5/80; The Economist, 3/22/80; Robert Fisk, Times, London, 3/26/80; Ellsworth Jones, Sunday Times, 3/30/80.

 15.  J.P.  Peroncell  Hugoz,  Le  Monde,  Paris  4/28/80;  Dr.  Abbas  Kelidar,  Middle  East  Review,  Summer  1979;

Conflict Studies, ISS, July 1975; Andreas Kolschitter, Der Zeit, (Ha’aretz, 9/21/79) Economist Foreign Report, 10/10/79, Afro-Asian Affairs, London, July 1979.

 16. Arnold Hottinger, “The Rich Arab States in Trouble,” The New York Review of Books, 5/15/80; Arab Press Service, Beirut, 6/25-7/2/80; U.S. News and World Report, 11/5/79 as well as El Ahram, 11/9/79; El Nahar El Arabi Wal Duwali, Paris 9/7/79; El Hawadeth, 11/9/79; David Hakham, Monthly Review, IDF, Jan.-Feb. 79.

 17. As for Jordan’s policies and problems see El Nahar El Arabi Wal Duwali, 4/30/79, 7/2/79; Prof. Elie Kedouri, Ma’ariv 6/8/79; Prof. Tanter, Davar 7/12/79; A. Safdi, Jerusalem Post, 5/31/79; El Watan El Arabi 11/28/79; El Qabas, 11/19/79. As for PLO positions see: The resolutions of the Fatah Fourth Congress, Damascus, August 1980. The Shefa’amr program of the Israeli Arabs was published in Ha’aretz, 9/24/80, and by Arab Press Report 6/18/80. For facts and figures on immigration of Arabs to Jordan, see Amos Ben Vered, Ha’aretz, 2/16/77; Yossef Zuriel, Ma’ariv 1/12/80. As to the PLO’s position towards Israel see Shlomo Gazit, Monthly Review; July 1980; Hani El Hasan in an interview, Al Rai Al’Am, Kuwait 4/15/80; Avi Plaskov, “The Palestinian Problem,” Survival, ISS, London Jan. Feb. 78; David Gutrnann, “The Palestinian Myth,” Commentary, Oct. 75; Bernard Lewis, “The Palestinians and the PLO,” Commentary Jan. 75; Monday Morning, Beirut, 8/18-21/80; Journal of Palestine Studies, Winter 1980.

 18. Prof. Yuval Neeman, “Samaria–The Basis for Israel’s Security,” Ma’arakhot 272-273, May/June 1980; Ya’akov Hasdai, “Peace, the Way and the Right to Know,” Dvar Hashavua, 2/23/80. Aharon Yariv, “Strategic Depth–An Israeli Perspective,” Ma’arakhot 270-271, October 1979; Yitzhak Rabin, “Israel’s Defense Problems in the Eighties,” Ma’arakhot October 1979.

 19. Ezra Zohar, In the Regime’s Pliers (Shikmona, 1974); Motti Heinrich, Do We have a Chance Israel, Truth Versus Legend (Reshafim, 1981).

 20. Henry Kissinger, “The Lessons of the Past,” The Washington Review Vol 1, Jan. 1978; Arthur Ross, “OPEC’s Challenge to the West,” The Washington Quarterly, Winter, 1980; Walter Levy, “Oil and the Decline of the West,” Foreign Affairs, Summer 1980; Special Report–“Our Armed Forees-Ready or Not?” U.S. News and World Report 10/10/77; Stanley Hoffman, “Reflections on the Present Danger,” The New York Review of Books 3/6/80; Time 4/3/80; Leopold Lavedez “The illusions of SALT” Commentary Sept. 79; Norman Podhoretz, “The Present Danger,” Commentary March 1980; Robert Tucker, “Oil and American Power Six Years Later,” Commentary Sept. 1979; Norman Podhoretz, “The Abandonment of Israel,” Commentary July 1976; Elie Kedourie, “Misreading the Middle East,” Commentary July 1979.

 21. According to figures published by Ya’akov Karoz, Yediot Ahronot, 10/17/80, the sum total of anti-Semitic incidents recorded in the world in 1979 was double the amount recorded in 1978. In Germany, France, and Britain the number of anti-Semitic incidents was many times greater in that year. In the U.S. as well there has been a sharp increase in anti-Semitic incidents which were reported in that article. For the new anti-Semitism, see L. Talmon, “The New Anti-Semitism,” The New Republic, 9/18/1976; Barbara Tuchman, “They poisoned the Wells,” Newsweek 2/3/75.

 

Technocracy Rising: Why It’s Crucial to Understand the End Game

By Jesse Smith, December 19, 2024

We have now arrived at yet another historical inflection point. The desire for political and economic reconstruction is being demanded globally as the gap between the ultra-wealthy and everyone else continues to accelerate. In recent years, populism has taken flight by inspiring the masses to reject the rule of “the elite” and chart a new course.

Revolutionising the Self. Colin Todhunter

By Colin Todhunter, December 19, 2024

Revolutionary acts may take many forms. Bindu Art School being a point in case. Arguably, the most effective acts often stem from a feeling of empathy, not anger, and camaraderie, not hate. 

Is Seeking to Stop a War a Crime? Whistleblowers and Other Government Activists Need to be Heard. Philip Giraldi

By Philip Giraldi, December 19, 2024

The early November detention of Asif Rahman, a Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) officer, indicted in a federal national security court in the Eastern District of Virginia on two counts of “willful retention and transmission of national defense information under the Espionage Act,” was largely downplayed in the national media.

The Strawman of Antisemitism: Banning Protests Against Israel Down Under

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, December 19, 2024

Amnesty International Australia, in a December 13 statement, expressed its strong opposition to Segal’s call “to ban pro-Palestinian protests from city centres.  Protests advocating for a ceasefire, the protection of human rights, and an end to Israel’s genocide of Palestinians in Gaza are an essential and protected outlet for Australians to freely express their views.”

The Deceptive Junk Science About Fluoride

By Richard Gale and Dr. Gary Null, December 19, 2024

The large body of evidence to support anti-fluoridation advocacy is substantial and continues to grow. In fact, throughout the US and other nations, concerned citizens, consumer activists and whistleblowers are putting pressure on state and local governments and public utilities to cease and desist in spiking our drinking water with fluoride.

NATO Arms Poland More Than Ukraine in Preparation for Potential War with Russia?

By Ahmed Adel, December 19, 2024

The massive transfer of NATO military equipment to Poland testifies to the West’s possible preparations for a direct war with Russia. Weapons and equipment arriving in Poland in such quantities, as if we are currently on the eve of a major war, lead to a dangerous escalation.

Syria: The Death of a Civilisation. Stephen Karganovic

By Stephen Karganovic, December 19, 2024

Pepe Escobar was spot on when he stated that the downfall of Syria signified the “death of a nation.” Is it premature to chant a requiem for that marvellous land and its intriguing people, not just their virtues but also their flaws having duly been taken into account?

This Week’s Most Popular Articles

December 20th, 2024 by Global Research News

Autism, Made in the USA

Richard Gale, December 18, 2024

Global Warfare: “We’re Going to Take out 7 Countries in 5 Years: Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan & Iran..”

General Wesley Clark, December 14, 2024

Syria Left Alone by an Abandoning World. Russia’s Redline. The End Game Is “Greater Israel”?

Peter Koenig, December 19, 2024

“7 Countries in 5 Years” – Regime Change in Iran Coming Soon?

Gavin OReilly, December 17, 2024

Syria “Liberated” by its own Destroyers

Manlio Dinucci, December 14, 2024

Will Putin Fight or Surrender? Paul C. Roberts

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, December 18, 2024

“Dangerous Times”: South Korean Defense Minister Just Nearly Caused Nuclear War

Drago Bosnic, December 13, 2024

Mainstream Propaganda Machine. Galvanizing US Public for War with Iran. Worldwide Military Escalation?

Drago Bosnic, December 17, 2024

Video: The Destruction of Countries. Syria…

Drago Bosnic, December 13, 2024

Russia and Iran Lack Strategic Vision. Paul C. Roberts

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, December 13, 2024

“Peace on Planet Earth: Cancel Your NATO Membership. It’s Easy? “Say Goodbye” to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 14, 2024

Israel Gives Biden His Marching Orders. Philip Giraldi

Philip Giraldi, December 16, 2024

Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD) and the Turkey-Syria Earthquake: Erdogan Prevails against Washington

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 18, 2024

Russian Forces Are Methodically Advancing… Collapse of Ukrainian Frontlines, Attacks on Energy Infrastructure

Ahmed Adel, December 16, 2024

Syria’s Sednaya Prison or How to Occult Israeli Crimes

Mouna Alno-Nakhal, December 17, 2024

Video: Charlie Chaplin’s Message to All Mankind. “You the People have the power to create happiness.”

Charlie Chaplin, December 16, 2024

The New Neuroscience of Sleep and Dreams

Dr. Joseph Mercola, December 16, 2024

Statement by President Bashar al-Assad on the Circumstances Leading to His Departure from Syria

Bashar al Assad, December 17, 2024

Video: Anti-COVID Vaccine Dr. William Bay on His Legal Win Against the Corrupt Australian Medical Board

Dr. William Bay, December 16, 2024

Regime Change in Syria: Another Step Towards “Greater Israel”

Dr. Alan Ned Sabrosky, December 14, 2024

Major shake-ups are occurring across the global stage. History is replete with examples of breaks with the past from major political, economic, technological, and social upheaval. Throughout the ages, many self-serving individuals and groups have positioned themselves as rulers, financiers, benefactors, and thought leaders to steer change toward preferred outcomes. From the Pharaohs of Ancient Egypt to the Jacobin and Napoleon-led French Revolution in the late 18th century, societal transformation has been constant as one form of government replaces another.

We have now arrived at yet another historical inflection point. The desire for political and economic reconstruction is being demanded globally as the gap between the ultra-wealthy and everyone else continues to accelerate. In recent years, populism has taken flight by inspiring the masses to reject the rule of “the elite” and chart a new course. However, without scrutiny, this movement and its key figures could be just as dangerous as the establishment they are attempting to usurp. In fact, what we are witnessing is not populism in its truest sense but techno-populism or technocracy, as it has been called since its inception in 1920.

Technocracy originated in the winter of 1918-19 when Howard Scott formed a group of scientists, engineers, and economists that became known in 1920 as the Technical Alliance — a research organization. In 1933 it was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York as a nonprofit, non-political, non-sectarian membership organization.” – The Technocrat, Dec. 1964

What Is Technocracy?

Historically, technocracy has not been well received. In fact, many who accurately comprehended its goals viewed it as a threat to democracy and the debt-based economic order run by the central banking establishment that has dominated the last century. Technocrats railed against this “Price System,” arguing it alone was to blame for the inequalities and inefficiencies of society. There is definitely some truth to their claims.

Under the Price System at its best there is not a single field of endeavor where the best technical standards are allowed to prevail. In other words, poverty, waste, crime, poor public health, bad living conditions, enforced scarcity, and low load-factors, are every one the direct and necessary consequences of the Price System… What we have tried to make clear is that it is the Price System itself, and not the individual human being, which is at fault.” – Technocracy Study Course, Technocracy Inc. 1933, p.176

Technocracy can be defined simply as an impersonal and scientific method of managing all aspects of a society. Its primary concerns deal with how energy is produced and used. But it goes much deeper than this. One of the best explanations can be found in an issue of The Technocrat magazine from September 1937, where it states:

Technocracy is the science of social engineering, the scientific operation of the entire social mechanism to produce and distribute goods and services to the entire population of this continent. For the first time in human history it will be done as a scientific, technical, engineering problem. There will be no place for Politics or Politicians, Finance or Financeers, Rackets or Racketeers.”

The technocratic dream is revolutionary in scope, envisioning a total reorganization of industry, government, and law and order. They readily admit their intent is to socially engineer all of society, seize control of the production and distribution of all goods and services, and rid the world of rule by politicians and (traditional) financial controllers. The U.S. Constitution is also viewed as a relic, completely unfit to serve as a basis of governance and human rights.

Another job which has been neglected far too long is the rebuilding of our governmental machinery, from the village level right up to Congress. It cannot be avoided much longer, simply because the country has outgrown the constitutional clothes which the Founding Fathers tailored for it nearly two centuries ago. They have become as anachronistic, and as impractical, as a Pilgrim’s costume on an astronaut.” – Edith Chamberlain, The Technocrat, Dec. 1964

Technocrats make no pretense about maintaining a representative form of government be it a republic (as the USA was founded as) or democracy (what the USA has become). Its goal is to establish a scientific dictatorship to initiate and control all societal functions. Technocrats distanced themselves and were highly critical of fascists, communists, socialists, and other political movements but don’t have a problem with their own totalitarian style of rule termed a Technate.

Technocracy finds that the production and distribution of an abundance of physical wealth on a Continental scale for the use of all Continental citizens can only be accomplished by a Continental technological control, a governance of function, a Technate.”
Technocracy Study Course, Technocracy Inc. 1933

Figure 22.1 from the Technocracy Study Course illustrates the point above revealing that technocracy is simply another form of top-down rule with a Continental Director having total authority of all societal functions.

.

Figure 22.1 – Technocracy Study Course

.

A December 1964, issue of The Technocrat magazine further explained that:

.

.

Technocracy holds that all decisions pertaining to the functional operation of the society — the production and distribution of goods and services, research, and governance — should be made by technical men and women. This does not mean that the technical people should leave their technical positions and go into politics, law, business promotion, public relations, and moral philosophy. Rather, it means that the scientists, technologists, engineers, and technicians shall continue to operate as such and that the decision-making of the society be moved into their functional realms.”

Silicon Valley and Washington, D.C. Form the Seat of Modern Technocracy

Regardless of one’s comprehension of technocratic plans, a monumental reshaping of governments, economies, and societies is occurring, but not by elected representatives, constitutions, creeds, or the will of the people. Power is now concentrated in the hands of an exclusive class of scientists, technologists, engineers, and technicians—many of whom also happen to head multi-billion-dollar corporations.

We are also finding that technology has made people more isolated and infringes upon privacy with consequences yet to be realized. When we see the relationship between tech companies and government flourish, we are ultimately watching the implementation of a full-fledged technocracy.”
– Pendleton, Joseph. Californication: The Rise of the American Technocracy (p. 20). The Conservatarian Press.

Silicon Valley is the seat of modern technocracy. Big Tech is the euphemism for which it’s currently known. The World Economic Forum defines this dynamic as public-private partnerships (PPP).

Elon Musk, Peter Thiel, and Marc Andreeson are some of today’s most prominent techno-populists. Many believe they are modern day Justice League type heroes leading the world to newfound freedom (or at least in the United States). All were major contributors to Donald Trump’s reelection campaign in 2024. Vice President-Elect J.D. Vance has deep connections to Peter Thiel, indicating how close technocrats truly are to running the country.

.

Source

.

Jeff Bezos, Tim Cook, and Sam Altman are also among the many tech gurus aligning themselves with the newly elected Trump administration. These endorsements indicate that for now, technocrats are content with using politicians and the political system to quietly transform the government into a full-fledged Technate from the inside out and vice versa.

It is the man who has command of the technical information who makes the real decisions in the functional phases of modern life. He is the only one who understands what needs to be done and how to do it. The politicians and financial manipulators who pretend that the right of decision is theirs are helpless without the technical men.” – The Technocrat, Dec. 1964

Something else technocrats correctly understood was the sham of voting and elections. Perhaps this is another reason why they stayed hidden in times past, realizing the populace was not ready to accept this truth.

In the United States, it is generally assumed that the people vote for the kind of government they want, but that is not exactly true. Technically, they do not even vote directly for their president; they vote for electors who, in turn, are tacitly committed to vote for indicated candidates, the exact rules varying with the different states. Moreover, the public has little voice in choosing the candidates; it usually ends up with their having a choice between two men chosen by the respective political party ‘machines.’ And they have less choice concerning the policies of the president. Once elected, the president is under no real obligation to heed the desires of the people and often acts contrary to his campaign promises.” The Technocrat, Dec. 1964

Would Donald Trump have been “reelected” without the help of the aforementioned technocrats? Now that he will resume the Presidency, will he be more beholden to the people or his big moneyed investors from Silicon Valley?

Why Is Technocracy Rising Now?

Technocracy has long been resisted by traditional powers and was originally conceived only for the North American Continent. Today, technocracy is rising from the ashes like the Phoenix legend to become a global force to be reckoned with. I believe this is largely because of the pending economic meltdown. The debt-based, fiat currency system is at the end of its life cycle and the central bank establishment is looking for new ways to maintain control of the monetary system. They have joined ranks with the technocrats who were correct in predicting that the system would crash (though it has yet to take place due to manipulation tactics keeping it at bay).

If the human race on this Continent is to survive the crash of the Price System, Technocracy will have to be put into practice.” – Technocracy in Plain Terms, Technocracy Inc. 1939

By adopting technocracy, the banking elite not only can retain control over the monetary system, they will also cement their rule over all industries, natural resources, governments, institutions, and people.

Technocracy Wouldn’t Exist Without Advances in Technology

Big Tech products are ubiquitous and thought to be indispensable in our ultramodern, future-oriented world. AI, robotics, and the Internet of Things (IoT) are touted as catalysts that can lead to a future of ease and prosperity for all. These technologies and more are considered part of the Fourth Industrial Revolution aka Industry 4.0, where the shift to digital technologies will supersede past ways of conducting business, communicating, and governing with one major caveat: the potential to overtake humanity itself and render humans as “hackable animals” and “useless people.” Consider the following statements from some of the world’s most prominent thought leaders.

“Technologies that are emerging today will soon be shaping the world tomorrow and well into the future – with impacts to economies and to society at large. Now that we are well into the Fourth Industrial Revolution, it’s critical that we discuss and ensure that humanity is served by these new innovations so that we can continue to prosper.”
– Mariette DiChristina, (former) Editor-in-Chief of Scientific American, and chair of the Emerging Technologies Steering Committee

“We must develop a comprehensive and globally shared view of how technology is affecting our lives and reshaping our economic, social, cultural, and human environments. There has never been a time of greater promise, or greater peril.”
– Klaus SchwabFounder and Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum

“Now, fast forward to the early 21st century when we just don’t need the vast majority of the population… Most people don’t contribute anything to that, except perhaps for their data, and whatever people are still doing which is useful, these technologies increasingly will make redundant and will make it possible to replace the people.”
Yuval Noah Harrari, Author, Historian, and Philosopher

“Probably none of us will have a job.”
Elon Musk (referring to the rise of Artificial Intelligence)

Paradoxically, technocracy claims to enable widespread prosperity while also rendering the lot of humanity replaceable, useless, and without meaning. How can this be? To technocrats of yesteryear, there was not much difference between human beings, dogs, pigs, and cars. The belief that humans are the capstone of all creation and made in the image of God was routinely mocked and discredited. In a chapter entitled, The Human Animal, the Technocracy Study Course further elaborates on its base view of humanity, stating:

The developments in the fields of physiology, biochemistry and biophysics, chiefly since 1900, are at last bringing us down to earth. Attention has already been called to the fact that the human body is composed chemically of the ordinary substances of which rocks are made. So are dogs, horses and pigs. In an earlier lesson, while discussing the ‘human engine,’ we pointed out that the human body obeys identically the same laws of energy transformation as a steam engine. This also is true of dogs, horses and pigs. These facts might lead one to suspect that human beings are very far removed from the semi-supernatural creatures they have heretofore supposed themselves to be…

When we observe a human being we merely perceive an object which makes a certain variety of motions and noises. The same is true, however, when we observe a dog or a Ford car.”

Modern technocrats also view the human as mere biological material that can be manipulated as needed, as evidenced by World Economic Forum Founder and Chairman Klaus Schwab:

This Fourth Industrial Revolution is, however, fundamentally different. It is characterized by a range of new technologies that are fusing the physical, digital, and biological worlds, impacting all disciplines, economies and industries, and even challenging ideas about what it means to be human.”

Contemporary technocracy has now merged with transhumanism forming a dangerous combination, as noted by author Patrick Wood, who wrote:

Technocrats see science and technology as the answer to improve and control society; transhumanists see the same science and technology as the answer to improve and control the human condition.”
The Evil Twins of Technocracy and Transhumanism (p. 19). Coherent Publishing, LLC.

Why You Should Care About the Rise of Technocracy

Hopefully all the dots are starting to connect, enabling you to see where all of this is heading. Technocracy’s ascendance is a threat to all of humanity. Technocrats promise a utopian existence where abundance is the norm and work is optional, if not completely unnecessary. The self-appointed leaders believe they know best how to manage the world’s resources and its people. To accomplish these lofty goals, the social structure will have to undergo drastic changes which include redefining work and wages. The following excerpt from the Technocracy Study Course provides a detailed overview of what this entails.

“If the production is to be non-oscillatory and maintained at a high level so as to provide a high standard of living, it follows that consumption must be kept equal to production, and that a system of distribution must be designed which will allow this. This system of distribution must do the following things:

  1. Register on a continuous 24-hour time period basis the total net conversion of energy, which would determine (a) the availability of energy for Continental plant construction and maintenance, (b) the amount of physical wealth available in the form of consumable goods and services for consumption by the total population during the balanced load period.
  2. By means of the registration of energy converted and consumed, make possible a balanced load.
  3. Provide a continuous 24-hour inventory of all production and consumption.
  4. Provide a specific registration of the type, kind, etc., of all goods and services, where produced, and where used.
  5. Provide specific registration of the consumption of each individual, plus a record and description of the individual.
  6. Allow the citizen the widest latitude of choice in consuming his individual share of Continental physical wealth.
  7. Distribute goods and services to every member of the population.

In short, the goal of technocracy is to micromanage everything you do, produce, and consume through nonstop surveillance. This was not technically possible with the crude paper methods proposed by early technocrats. However, it is becoming achievable with the advent of digital technologies such as biometrics, Big Data, geospatial intelligence, digital currency, AI, and 5G. In a Technate, there will be no free-market economy where the average person could obtain wealth by starting a business or embarking upon a lucrative career path. Instead, technocrats promise each person a share of the overall wealth produced through the issue of Energy Certificates.

Under a technological administration of abundance, there is only one efficient method—that employing a system of Energy Certificates…These certificates are merely pieces of paper containing certain printed matter. They are issued individually to every adult of the entire population. The certificates issued to an individual may be thought of as possessing some of the properties both of bank cheque and of a traveler’s cheque. They would resemble a bank cheque in that they carry no face denomination. They receive their denomination only when being spent. They resemble a traveler’s cheque in that they possess some means of ready identification, such as counter-signature, photograph, or some similar device, so as to establish easy identification by the person to whom issued, and at the same time remain absolutely useless in the hands of anyone else.” – Technocracy Study Course, p.230

Today, Energy Certificates could take the form of Universal Basic/High Income payments issued in the form of Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) or some other form of digital currency. Corporate transactions could be conducted via carbon credits. Regardless of the mechanism of financial transfer, the individual will be totally dependent on the Technate with everything one does requiring a digital ID.

.

Technate of North America ID Card – Source: Technocracy Technate Picture Archive

.

The American dream of upward mobility, already heading toward extinction, will receive the knockout blow in a technocratic regime. Instead, compliance and energy usage will determine your level of prosperity. Property rights will also go out the window as the plan is to revolutionize housing into energy-efficient units with little variety and few manufacturers. This could occur today through the combination of an economic crisis wiping out individual wealth and mass printing of 3D houses fit for the technocratic era.

As envisioned, technocracy is no better than communism, fascism, or socialism. It’s just another power grab by individuals who believe they are smarter than the rest of us, with a promised utopia that will never materialize.

These prognostications may seem far-fetched now, but the rest of this series will spell out in detail how close the technocratic fantasy is becoming a reality. It is important for people everywhere to understand the implications of what is taking place and not be fooled by wolves in sheep’s clothing proclaiming a new golden age of humanity is imminent. The question is, a golden age for who? Cui bono?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Jesse Smith is an American journalist and editor of Truth Unmuted, a news and opinion website dedicated to challenging globalist plans and ideologies like technocracy, transhumanism, the Great Reset, and Agenda 2030. Jesse currently lives in Mexico and writes about current events through the lens of a Biblical worldview. His articles have been published on Off-Guardian, Zero Hedge, Global Research, Activist Post, and TruthTalk.UK. 

Featured image is from Truth Unmuted

O regime de Kiev continua a utilizar táticas terroristas contra a Rússia, realizando assassinatos seletivos contra figuras públicas fora da zona de conflito. Num outro movimento provocativo, os agentes de inteligência ucranianos em Moscou mataram Igor Kirillov, chefe das Forças de Defesa Química, Biológica, Radiológica e Nuclear da Federação Russa. O caso mostra claramente a natureza terrorista do regime ucraniano e a impossibilidade de qualquer tipo de negociações de paz.

O assassinato de Kirillov foi realizado por meio de uma explosão ativada remotamente. Este tipo de tática tornou-se comum nas operações da inteligência ucraniana, sendo uma das principais técnicas utilizadas pelo regime para eliminar alvos específicos. Junto com Kirillov, seu principal assessor, Ilya Polikarpov, também morreu no ataque. Ambos estavam saindo de um prédio em Moscou quando o explosivo foi ativado remotamente por um mercenário que trabalhava para Kiev.

O principal suspeito já foi capturado pelo serviço de segurança russo. Ele é um cidadão do Uzbequistão que foi contratado pela Ucrânia para realizar o ataque terrorista em troca de uma recompensa de cerca de 100 mil dólares, bem como a mudança para um país europeu. A operação foi cuidadosamente planejada, com o mercenário uzbeque recebendo uma série de instruções específicas para ter sucesso no plano.

O primeiro passo do plano era colocar o artefato explosivo – que ele recebeu da equipe ucraniana – em uma scooter elétrica estacionada perto da residência de Kirillov. Ele então alugou um carro equipado com câmera de vigilância e transmitiu imagens ao vivo aos organizadores do ataque. Segundo o suspeito, a equipe organizadora está baseada na região de Dnepropetrovsk, na Ucrânia. Assistindo às imagens transmitidas ao vivo, os ucranianos escolheram o momento mais adequado para detonar o explosivo, dando ordem ao terrorista uzbeque para realizar o ataque.

O caso tem várias semelhanças com outros ataques terroristas recentes perpetrados por Kiev. O regime ucraniano utiliza frequentemente explosivos para matar os seus opositores, além de contratar mercenários da Ásia Central para realizar operações em território russo. Vale lembrar casos como o de Daria Dugina e Maxim Fomin, ambos jornalistas assassinados com explosivos, bem como o massacre da Prefeitura de Crocus, quando terroristas tadjiques foram contratados pela inteligência ucraniana para assassinar civis em Moscou.

A escolha de Igor Kirillov como alvo é fácil de compreender. Ele foi responsável pela investigação de crimes ucranianos e ocidentais envolvendo armas biológicas e químicas. Desde 2022, a Federação Russa tem divulgado vários relatórios que mostram atividades biomilitares ocidentais ilegais na Ucrânia, com Kirillov liderando este esforço de investigação. Publicou dados que comprovam o envolvimento de várias figuras públicas e empresas ocidentais na produção de armas biológicas em solo ucraniano. Os responsáveis ​​pelo financiamento dos bio laboratórios incluíam grandes empresas farmacêuticas e a Fundação Soros, bem como indivíduos como Hunter Biden, filho do presidente dos EUA.

Na verdade, o impacto das revelações de Kirillov foi tão profundo que causou uma crise no lobby farmacêutico ocidental. Desde 2022, os crimes cometidos pelas grandes empresas farmacêuticas americanas e europeias têm sido mais facilmente expostos. Até o lobby da vacina contra a Covid-19 perdeu força, com as vacinações obrigatórias sendo proibidas em muitos países. Essas empresas passaram a ser alvo de ações judiciais e suas ações perderam valor de mercado, o que obviamente fez de Kirillov alvo de diversos oligarcas ocidentais.

Na mesma linha, Kirillov foi o principal investigador das provocações com armas químicas por parte da Ucrânia. O uso de armas químicas pelas tropas de Kiev tornou-se comum no conflito, com vários casos de militares e civis russos sendo envenenados por substâncias tóxicas deliberadamente libertadas pelos ucranianos.

Em 2023, fui convidado pela Missão Russa em Genebra para apresentar um relatório ao Conselho de Direitos Humanos da ONU sobre este tema, onde recordei vários casos de utilização de armas químicas pela Ucrânia. Deve ser mencionado que os EUA, que são o maior apoiador do regime de Kiev, são o único país do mundo que ainda mantém publicamente arsenais de armas químicas e, portanto, são um possível fornecedor destes materiais tóxicos à Ucrânia. Sem o trabalho da comissão de investigação liderada por Kirillov, este tipo de violação do direito internacional nunca teria sido revelado, razão pela qual os seus esforços foram tão importantes.

Ainda é muito cedo para determinar o nível de envolvimento ocidental no assassinato do general russo, mas é seguro dizer que o regime de Kiev nunca age “por conta própria”. A Ucrânia recebe sempre autorização para realizar cada ataque, uma vez que é um mero agente proxy sem qualquer soberania.

Além disso, Kirillov causou grandes danos ao lobby farmacêutico ocidental, tornando-se um inimigo público de muitos oligarcas. No final, esta é apenas mais uma prova de que qualquer negociação no conflito é inviável. Tanto o Ocidente como a Ucrânia apostam no terrorismo e na guerra total contra Moscou, não deixando outra alternativa senão uma solução militar.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Kiev regime kills Russian general who exposed Western Big Pharma’s crimes in Ukraine, InfoBrics, 18 de Dezembrro de 2024

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Syria: The Death of a Civilisation. Stephen Karganovic

December 19th, 2024 by Stephen Karganovic

Pepe Escobar was spot on when he stated that the downfall of Syria signified the “death of a nation.” Is it premature to chant a requiem for that marvellous land and its intriguing people, not just their virtues but also their flaws having duly been taken into account? And ought we to do it so soon, as the black flag of Syria’s latest conquerors, matching the darkness of its present circumstances, flutters over it, having just been raised in its capital? Time will tell, but reputable observers appear to be partial to precisely such a sombre conclusion.

An argument could be advanced that Syria’s tragedy may prove to be even greater in scope than Pepe avers. Syria surely never was a “nation” in the conventional sense, signifying the homogeneity of shared ethnicity, faith, and moral purpose. It was in fact largely the opposite. Historically, however, Syria was an entity and perhaps even an idea much loftier than a mere homogeneity. It was a concept of conviviality, not of the simple and easy kind, founded upon commonalities, but of the truly challenging and infinitely more complicated sort. Syria throughout the ages was a precarious, yet for the most part sustainably functional cultural crucible, consisting of a combination of disparate components thrown inexplicably together by the whims of fate. Yet astonishingly, and contrary to virtually every lesson of human interaction taught and learned elsewhere, Syria was an impossible combination that for the most part worked reasonably well. This patchwork of manifestly incompatible elements, of diverse faiths, often incongruous ethnicities, and real or imagined identities, willy-nilly and probably more by trial and error than by design, had developed a unique modus vivendi, a formula for practical coexistence from which the world has much to learn. Instead of watching idly as freakish barbarians armed with sledgehammers pound it to smithereens, we should perhaps have reacted, and contrary if need be to the tenets of geopolitical logic, to preserve this ancient land and cultural treasure from defilement and devastation. We can do no better now than to study for our own profit and edification that remarkable historically conditioned mechanism that Syria used to be, to emulate its spirit and apply its principles wherever practicable.

I would argue, without idealising, that the now apparently defunct Syria, rather than being merely a nation whose death it is proper to mourn, as Pepe rightly does, conceptually was much more than the sum of its constituent parts. Syria was an imperfect yet incontestably successful pattern of civilisation, at least in the perspective of those who in human relations strive for a semblance of peace, cooperation, and harmony. Whether or not that pattern can ever be reconstituted is a question to which a ready answer is not at hand.

That having been said, we may skip the analysis of how Syria’s tragic and unexpected Untergang has come about, that topic being competently expounded by other commentators. There is, however, an aspect of the current events that needs to be particularly highlighted.

That is the human dimension of the horror. Under the guise of opposing the excesses of a dictatorship, a combination of countries which purport to occupy the high moral ground in world affairs (the allusion is to the collective West and its lackeys, of course) have waged a relentless proxy war of attrition and extinction not against the Syrian “regime,” as they contemptuously referred to the legitimate government of that country, but against the people of Syria en masse, irrespective of their particular affiliation. The objective was to oppress them and to destroy their common heritage in order to render them helpless and obedient to globalist masters and their regional collaborators, determined to impose their rapacious schemes in the form of oil pipelines, territorial recomposition, or whatever corrupt and self-serving goals they may have set. In that nefarious operation, the Syrian people, and even the jihadist condottieri themselves, the militia of goons trained and equipped to destroy the tranquillity and devastate the material and cultural assets of that unfortunate land, are all expendable.

Accounts abound of frightful butchery, unsparing and indifferent to the ethnic or religious identity of victims, that has already begun and is claiming a multitude of innocent lives. To personalise the horror, a   conspicuous victim may be cited, the Orthodox Metropolitan Ephraim (Maalouli) of Aleppo, the first large Syrian city captured by the foreign armed and directed terrorists. Metropolitan Ephraim has now gone missing and is in all probability a captive of the HTS jihadist gang whose leader’s criminal background, in anticipation of his rise to power, was recently refurbished and normalised in a CNN interview. The gang has publicly announced its intention to cut off the Metropolitan’s beard and ears and to behead him.

Metropolitan Ephraim is not the only victim of the new dispensation, brought about by the depraved geopolitical strategists of the collective West and their local instruments and allies. Credible reports have it that “thousands were becoming displaced, with road closures and refugee camps swelling. Others [Christians, Yazidis, and members of other minority groups] were trapped in their homes.” David Curry, president of Global Christian Relief, with good contacts inside Syria, has stated that in the north of Syria “Turkish-backed terrorists continue to fight for territory and perpetrate heinous acts of violence against Kurdish and Yazidi religious communities.”

The list of atrocities goes on, and it is lengthening steadily.

So much for the eagerly awaited palpable improvement in the “human rights” situation in Syria. A requiem perhaps would be in order.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image source


Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

**Voices from Syria**

Author: Mark Taliano

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-9-1

Year: 2017

Product Type: PDF File

List Price: $6.50

Special Offer: $5.00 

Click to order.

When Northern Gaza was placed under a complete siege, the Biden Administration issued a warning that if conditions didn’t improve within 30 days, he would stop weapons shipments to Israel. At the time of the announcement, hundreds of thousands of Palestinians faced imminent starvation because the Israeli military was blocking trucks of humanitarian aid from entering Northern Gaza. As children and their parents either starved to death or suffocated under the rubble of their homes that were deliberately bombed – Biden told them to wait thirty days. When the thirty days were up, Israel correctly called Biden’s bluff. They knew he wasn’t going to stop sending weapons, and they were right.

I began this hunger strike to demand that my government end the siege on Gaza. It’s clear to the entire world that Israel acts with full backing from the United States and both governments are responsible for the death and human suffering happening in Palestine.

The people of Gaza were starving before Biden’s 30 day warning. They faced famine even before October 7th. People who defend this genocide will often note that there was peace on October 6th, 2023. But on October 6th, there was an Israeli imposed blockade that only allowed in the minimal calorie intake per Palestinian every single day – with no intention of making sure it reached each of the two million people that resided in Gaza. On top of that deprivation, Israel waged sporadic wars on the people of Gaza every few years. Nearly a month has gone by since Israel called Biden’s bluff – the arms are still flowing into Tel Aviv with American flags stamped into the bomb casings and the people of Gaza are still starving to death. When the very few aid trucks do arrive to feed the starving population, Israel kills them while they stand in line for food.

I want to tell you what 30 days with no food does to a person, and my experience is made easier by the fact that I have a roof over my head, access to clean water, and a certainty that I won’t have to flee my home at any moment depending on the whim of the IOF evacuation orders.  The women my age in Gaza are not given the same luxuries. I’m an Elder, a mother and a long time Peace and Social Justice activist.  I’ve lived in California for over 40 years, mostly in Sonoma County, but also in San Francisco and presently in Marin County.

In the first days of my hunger strike, I felt really tired and the hunger pangs were intense.  Now they occur only several times a day. My body aches and as of today I’ve lost 17 pounds.  I’m constantly cold and my resistance and immunity are low.  I learned yesterday from a dear friend and sister Palestinian Activist — something I didn’t know about hunger strikes— that after days of starvation, beginning to eat food again could kill you. Your body isn’t used to processing even a little bit of food. My friend Hazami, who ended her hunger strike this week, ended up in the hospital.  So, I wonder what would happen to a person who hasn’t had enough food for months and months? What happens to them when they have no hospital to go to? What happens when the remaining hospital they do find gets bombed? Or when their doctors get executed? I know I will be able to eat again, but what if I was a child and I had no idea when food might be coming? How scared would I be? Hunger isn’t just hunger in Gaza, it’s grief and suffering compounded a hundred times. It’s a form of torture.

I feel I’ve been living in a traumatized state for over a year.  I cry everyday, multiple times a day, my heart is beyond broken, it’s shattered.  I wake up each morning worrying about the genocide that is happening in Gaza, knowing that if it wasn’t for my government’s partnership with the Israeli government this couldn’t continue.  Our government is sending billions upon billions of our tax dollars to slaughter innocent children, mothers and fathers, entire families with bombs and artillery funded by our country.

I understand that “my trauma” is nothing compared to what the people of Gaza must be suffering.  I can’t even imagine the horrors they’re being forced to live through or die from.

I’d gone to Washington DC on Oct 3rd wanting to work for diplomacy in the war in Ukraine. When Oct 7th happened, I decided to stay until we had a ceasefire in Gaza.  I was there for seven long months, going to Capitol Hill, the White House and the State Department everyday trying and failing to get a Ceasefire.  I came home broken. Last summer I joined the Handala in Lisbon, part of the Freedom Flotilla that is trying to break the Siege of Gaza.  There are ships with 5,500 tons of humanitarian aid stuck in Istanbul, because the Turkish government has succumbed to Israeli and US pressure not to allow the ships to sail!  The US government is not allowing much needed humanitarian aid to reach Gaza, but then spends millions on building a port that was never going to work.  Our government’s hypocrisy is soul crushing.

I was desperate for this genocide and ethnic cleaning of Palestine to end, so I took a stand and put my body on the line.  Today, Thursday Dec. 19th, is the beginning of the 31st day of my hunger strike/fast for Gaza.  Even now my Representative in Congress, Jared Huffman, refuses to sign onto Representative Casar’s letter for an arms embargo against Israel.  I asked for a meeting with him on the 25th day of my hunger strike/fast and was told he was unavailable to meet with me.  Since it’s clear Rep. Huffman doesn’t care about Palestinians or his constituent’s lives and he seems to be indifferent to our collective suffering, I’m ending my hunger strike/fast for Gaza with my dear friends and colleagues at the press conference at a press conference today and saving my energy to sue the ******.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Leslie Angeline is a decades-long peace activist and proud mom based in San Francisco. She organizes with CODEPINK, Palestine Solidarity Network, and Greenpeace.

In Palestine, Iraq, Libya, Syria, Lebanon and elsewhere, the Arab people, including women and children, have suffered massive violence and cruelties in recent times. There is a famous Hindi poem by Dushyant Kumar which says—when the sorrow has become (as massive as) the Himalayan mountains, a river (of resistance for reducing this distress) must surely arise from this.

Certainly a lot of Arab resistance has already existed at so many levels, but all this taken together has not been able to prevent Arabs from suffering violence and distress in the most cruel ways as well as the destruction of entire countries.

Hence it is time for the Arab people to start thinking of new forms of resistance based on much greater and broader unity, non-violence and sustainability as well as continuity for a long time. These struggles must be able to get the approval and support of all people worldwide who value justice and peace. 

Such a path definitely would need a clear vision for the Arab people and region based on a future of peace and justice, inclusive and sustainable development and environment protection. Such a vision should seek to take along other ethnicities of the region, such as the Kurd people, and closer cooperation with several neighboring countries such as Iran should be sought.

Forces of justice and peace all over the Arab world should mobilize to create a clear vision of what a united Arab world, united not by opposition of anyone in particular but instead united by devoted pursuit of what is best for the welfare of its own people based on inclusivity, justice including gender justice, peace, non-discrimination, sustainable development, protection of environment and biodiversity.  An important aspect of this vision would be to work out how the resources of the region can be best used and prioritized for the welfare of all people, taking equal care also of all ethnic and religious minorities as well.

Such a vision should be taken to as many people as possible in the form of not just reports but also in the form of literature, music and cinema and various educational programs so that more and more people start thinking and discussing in terms of such an alternative vision of Arab society and are inspired by this, instead of their thinking remaining in the narrow sphere of what people have seen and experienced in most of their life.

The Arab region has enough resources to meet adequately and on sustainable basis the needs of all people including of course the Palestinians. Yet what has been seen in recent times is that several countries and vast areas have been destroyed. In countries and lands where despite several problems people were able to meet their needs in satisfactory ways and lead secure life, what has happened is that several million of these people are denied such satisfactory and secure life now and several million have been displaced and uprooted from their homes. Several hundred thousand people have died prematurely in very painful ways and this is something that was clearly avoidable. What really happened? Who is responsible?

When such questions are asked and debated people get worked up, understandably, and want to do something very quickly. Sometimes they manage to get some short-term results but more often the hurry and the anger stand in the way of achieving any durable and significant good results. Hence it is important first to have a clear understanding of what is the alternative society that must be aimed at. While this will certainly involve peaceful, firm, principled resistance to all oppressors, this will also involve self-reform so that people can get rid of their narrowness such as sectarianism, the Shia-Sunni and other divisions etc. Such efforts include struggle and resistance on the one hand and various kinds of constructive work and social reform on the other hand.

While there are many difficulties on this path, this is also a path of great satisfaction and solidarity, of creativity and commitment. This is why if such efforts are made with adequate planning and care, after a certain stage there will be many committed people in this caravan to take forward the vision of a new Arab land and region based on justice, inclusivity, peace and environment protection.

This effort should also reach out to all true forces and organizations of justice and peace in all parts of the world, not excluding the USA and Israel.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Protecting Earth for Children, Man over Machine, Planet in Peril and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Protests against Israel’s genocide continued across the country as the official death toll passed 40,000. Photo: Pip Hinman

Revolutionising the Self. Colin Todhunter

December 19th, 2024 by Colin Todhunter

I greatly appreciated this message from Rick Charleston of British Columbia, and we are sharing it here with his permission.

I would like to add an important note to Mr. Charleston’s list of recipients: Canadian judges who neglected their duty, abandoned Canadians and our most ethical doctors and nurses, and emboldened the perpetrators of COVID-19 crimes in Canada. Without a legitimate, independent judiciary, Canada descends into lawlessness and the status of a failed state.

To those judges: you should be deeply ashamed.

Below is Rick Charleston’s message.

***

To all the politicians, government ministers, health officers and bureaucrats, legacy media executives and law enforcement who abandoned their duty of care in in the most egregious attack on basic human rights and well being over the last almost five years, I am bringing to your attention this turning point victory in Australia, arguably one of the most oppressive covid regimes in the world, on par with Canada.

All our hero doctors and nurses who are being persecuted for speaking out for basic bodily autonomy and freedom of speech WILL BE VINDICATED! May Bill 36 be shoved where the sun doesn’t shine.

Justice is coming for you. If it can happen in Australia it can happen here – as soon as our judiciary remember where they lost their balls . And they will. The flood of information and disclosure is unstoppable. Personal accountability is next. You cannot walk away from this obscene betrayal of trust. You can’t say you didn’t know. You have had the information since early 2020. It was placed into the hands of every BC MLA. And remember The Great Barrington Report. But it was an orchestrated global event. You chose to ignore the evidence and FORCED this unproven toxic injection on the population. You will pay for the great harm you have done. We will never forget. The many injured, the many dead, well documented. I hope for a front row seat at the dispensation of justice for Crimes against Humanity.

May God have mercy on your souls.

Mr Rick Charleston, British Columbia, Canada

***

Mr Charleston wrote this message, in the light of this good news from Australia. A Queensland doctor has won back his right to practice medicine after the Supreme Court overturned his suspension for his statements and activities to maintain his oath and protect Australians throughout the Covid operation.

.

Watch here

 

Watch here

.

Here’s what Dr. William Bay said after the court handed down its decision: 

“I think the vaccines are shit mate, they’re absolute shit, they are killers. They destroy people’s DNA – and I’m telling you this Australia and the world as a registered doctor. This is coming from a registered Australian medical professional; the mRNA vaccines are poisonous. They are bad for you, they are not good for you. They are harming your children they are harming you. Everything you’ve heard has been there to deceive you. I have been vindicated in court today. To let you know the people of Australia that you have been lied to by the medical regulator. The medical regulator APHRA has lied to you.”

The Court Decision From Australia 

On Friday December 13th 2024, Justice Thomas Bradley ruled that Dr Bay’s suspension was to be set aside, as AHPRA and the Board had acted with bias and did not afford Dr Bay procedural fairness.

“It might be difficult to characterize the conduct of the Board and AHPRA as anything less than profoundly unsatisfactory,” said Justice Bradley in a blistering repudiation.

Justice Bradly criticised the regulators’ “animus” and “combative approach” towards Dr Bay, along with their failure to demonstrate that Dr Bay had contravened any relevant legislation or guidelines. AHPRA and the Board have been ordered to pay costs.

Hope for Canadians and the doctors who protect them? 

Dr Bay’s win provides a ray of hope to medical professionals in Canada too. We have also been unlawfully persecuted professionally and financially for disagreeing with the covid-agenda, and protecting our patients and fellow Canadians against false information, coercion, medical assault, and toxic misrepresented genetic injections.

“I have won the right back to be a doctor and more importantly the right for all doctors to speak freely about vaccines” – Dr William Bay

Sadly this is not yet the case in Canada, though recent federal resignations signal that the rats are fleeing their sinking covid ship.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Featured image is from Michael Nevradakis, PhD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The massive transfer of NATO military equipment to Poland testifies to the West’s possible preparations for a direct war with Russia. Weapons and equipment arriving in Poland in such quantities, as if we are currently on the eve of a major war, lead to a dangerous escalation.

NATO is massively transferring military equipment from European countries to Poland, arming the country much more heavily than it armed the Ukrainians on the eve of the Russian special military operation. This is part of the Atlantic Alliance’s efforts to pressure and isolate Russia in Eastern Europe.

The grouping of NATO forces on the borders of Russia and Belarus has been a systematic effort for years. With such actions, NATO, in the interim, wants to tie up as many Russian and Belarusian forces as possible on the borders, while in the near future, Poland is intended to be a staging point in case of any hot war with Russia.

The exclave region of Kaliningrad, which has no land border with Russia proper but borders NATO countries Lithuania and Poland and has access to the Baltic Sea, is particularly at risk. Responding to this NATO threat, Russia and Belarus have increased their military group deployed along the borders of Poland and Lithuania.

Russian tactical nuclear weapons have also been deployed in significant quantities in Belarus. The goal of deploying nuclear weapons is to show that Russia and Belarus are capable of causing irreparable damage to NATO, essentially meaning it is for deterrence. Therefore, if NATO is ready to risk a nuclear war, then it will not be Russia’s choice, which will only be left with the choice to respond.

Moscow recently updated its nuclear military doctrine, according to which Russia reserves the right to use nuclear weapons in the event of aggression against it using conventional weapons – if this poses a threat to the vital interests of the state. Under the updated doctrine, Moscow also reserves the right to use nuclear weapons in the event of aggression against Russia and Belarus as a member of the Federal State.

However, Vladimir Putin said earlier this month that the emergence of the Oreshnik medium-range hypersonic missile systems is reducing the need to use nuclear weapons. According to the Russian president, a sufficient number of these modern weapons systems means that Russia has practically no need to use nuclear weapons.

Russia launched an Oreshnik missile without a nuclear warhead at Dnipro city on November 21. The strike was in response to Ukraine’s use of US and British long-range missiles to attack Russian territory. Following this success, it is now expected to be deployed in Belarus in the second half of next year, and exactly how many of these complexes will be delivered to Minsk, “only the President of Russia knows.”

On the other hand, Minsk recently warned that NATO forces from various countries are being grouped in Lithuania and Poland, 15 kilometres from the border with Belarus. The concentration of NATO forces in Eastern Europe creates security threats since the militarization is aimed at creating a threat to Russia and Belarus, such as a blockade of St. Petersburg or creating a threat by increasing the grouping of NATO forces in Baltic states and Finland.

Poland is one of the fastest-growing military power in Europe. Warsaw has previously stated that it is preparing for a possible war with Russia, which is why it is working on reforming its military forces. Warsaw has expressed its readiness to deploy nuclear weapons on its territory if NATO decides to strengthen its eastern flank and has called for the transfer of American troops and bases to Poland. It is believed that there are now about 10,000 American soldiers in Poland, as well as a US base with the Aegis missile defence system located 165 kilometres from the border with Russia.

Although NATO’s activity is indeed being felt, it is still too early to speak of possible preparations for aggression. However, the military activity of other NATO countries in Poland and the rearmament and modernization of the Polish Armed Forces certainly pose a threat to the Russian Federation.

There is little doubt that Russian military intelligence is closely monitoring this activity and that Russia has all the necessary forces and means to repel these threats, including, if necessary, the Strategic Nuclear Forces. The Kremlin has repeatedly stressed that Moscow is not threatening anyone but will not ignore potentially dangerous actions, and just as the special military operation in Ukraine shows, Russia will defend its security and interests.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from NATO

Azerbaijani President Ilham Aliyev reaffirmed his country’s alliance with Russia in the extended interview that he gave to Rossiya Segodnya chief Dmitry Kiselyov earlier this week that can be read in full here. It’s extremely detailed so the present piece will summarize the insight that he shared for convenience. Aliyev began by praising the Declaration on Allied Interaction between Azerbaijan and Russia that he agreed to with Putin on 22 February 2022 as an historic event in their relations.

He appreciated Putin’s state visit over the summer and noted how their trade is rising, Russian visits to Azerbaijan have been restored to their pre-COVID levels, and there are now twice as many flights as during the Soviet era. Aliyev hopes that there won’t be a hot war between NATO and Russia, which would be apocalyptic, and expressed optimism that Trump will make positive changes to US foreign policy. Azerbaijan can also help facilitate a détente between Russia and the US if both are interested.

Aliyev reminded Kiselyov about how Azerbaijan is independent of East and West, has the unique status of being allied with both Russia and NATO-member Turkiye, and previously hosted meetings between top Russian, US, and NATO military officials, which wasn’t by chance since it’s equally trusted by them. In response to being asked about reports that Azerbaijan will host a Turkish base, he said that such isn’t needed since their 2021 Declaration on Allied Relations already includes a mutual defense clause.

Azerbaijan plans to buy new Russian arms, but there haven’t been any new contracts lately since Russia’s military-industrial complex is prioritizing domestic demand. The deadline for implementing prior contracts was also pushed back at Russia’s request, which he said has temporarily withdrawn from the international arms market for obvious reasons, but he expects Azerbaijan to make new requests for some of the new arms that Russia has developed. That’ll lead to the resumption of military cooperation.

On the topic of military interests, Aliyev said that Armenian Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan’s recent claim about his country’s relations with the CSTO having reached the point of no return is a direct threat to Azerbaijan, the concerns of which he conveyed to the US and France. The US changed its balanced approach to the region under the Biden Administration to one of unilaterally supporting Armenia. Aliyev also described the State Department as Armenia’s patron and Soros’ people in DC as its sponsors.

France, India, and the US are sending lethal arms to Armenia, but only the first two admit it, though Azerbaijan tracked American military transport planes and thus has evidence of these transfers. Aliyev would prefer to spend his state’s funds on reconstructing Karabakh and on social payments but is compelled to have a record $5 billion military budget this year due to these newfound threats. He warned that Armenia cannot possibly win the arms race that it’s provoking in the region.

.

undefined

A truck with the slogan “Karabakh is Azerbaijan” at the Baku Victory Parade on 10 December 2020. The parade was held in honor of the Azeri victory in the 2020 conflict. (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

.

This is in spite of Armenia receiving its latest equipment either for free or with loans that can later be written off. The US and France won’t help it if there’s another ground provocation, which is why Armenia would do well to agree to a peace treaty with Azerbaijan. About that, Aliyev said that Armenia’s discussions about peace and its simultaneous arming by the West are incompatible courses. It also needs to agree to two outstanding issues with Azerbaijan in order for a peace treaty to be signed.

These are refraining from filing international lawsuits against one another and not deploying representatives from other countries along their mutual border. NATO infrastructure has clandestinely been created in Armenia under the cover of EU observers, according to Aliyev, with the EU mission seamlessly turning into a NATO one through Canada’s involvement. Armenia must also amend its constitution to remove the reference to its Declaration of Independence that makes claims to Azerbaijan.

The OSCE Minsk Group must be abolished too since it’s no longer necessary. The fact that Armenia refuses to comply with any of Azerbaijan’s preceding requirements for peace suggests that the revanchists’ plans are quite serious in Aliyev’s words and justifies his country’s record military spending. Moving along, Aliyev then answered Kiselyov’s question about Karabakh’s remaining Armenian community, which he said numbers just approximately 20 people.

They were all informed ahead of September 2023’s one-day anti-terrorist operation of the state’s plans to reintegrate them into its fold, which included granting them equal rights and social assistance, yet their self-appointed public representatives ignored this. The innuendo is that more might have stayed had they not been misled by others into fearing for the worst and distrusting the authorities. Aliyev then brought up how Armenia deported around 300,000 Azeris in the 1980s and 1990s.

This involuntary diaspora community has officially applied to the Armenian leadership requesting conditions for their return and reintegration but have yet to receive a response. Aliyev suggested that each side’s associated policies follow a parallel course and expressed regret that Armenia isn’t interested in reciprocating the policies that Azerbaijan has promulgated for that country’s community. In any case, Karabakh’s reconstruction continues apace, and Russian companies are also participating in this.

The Governor of Astrakhan Region is involved in the construction of a kindergarten there, while other Russian companies already supply goods and services for other reconstruction projects. Aliyev hopes that more will get involved since their infrastructure expertise in building roads, tunnels, and bridges is much-needed in Karabakh. There are also investment opportunities there too as proven by Tatarstan building a KAMAZ service center in the region.

Switching gears, Kiselyov then asked Aliyev about Azerbaijan’s energy strategy, to which the latter responded by highlighting its enormous fossil fuel deposits but also emphasizing its recent investments in wind and solar energy. It won’t rule out nuclear power plants, which Russia could help Azerbaijan construct, but still needs to look into it some more. Aliyev also passionately denied that his country is a petro-state after being smeared as such by the Western media ahead of hosting COP29 last month.

The US produces almost a billion tons of oil compared to Azerbaijan’s 30 million, yet nobody describes it as such. Canada also produces ten times as much Azerbaijan does, which is why it was hypocritical for its representatives to smear Azerbaijan as a petro-state. These attacks and others come from what Aliyev described as the “lying four”: the Washington Post, the New York Times, Figaro, and Le Monde. Their daily smear campaign against Azerbaijan is also aided by the State Department and allied NGOs.

The inclusion of two French outlets on this list isn’t coincidental since Macron has prioritized attacks against Azerbaijan all throughout his presidency, thus prompting Azerbaijan to retaliate by drawing global attention to French neocolonialism. Their two nations used to be so close that Aliyev’s father’s first foreign trip was to France as was his own after entering office, but that’s all in the past now after France sided with the occupiers during the Second Karabakh War.

France even went as far as trying to get the UNSC to pass five resolutions against Azerbaijan, and after failing, it then turned to the EU to sanction Azerbaijan simply for protecting its sovereignty. This unprovoked aggression against Azerbaijan distracts from France’s merciless exploitation of its colonies’ resources as well as the rampant poverty and political unrest in these imperial-era holdovers like New Caledonia and Mayotte among others.

Aliyev accordingly described Macron’s government as a dictatorship and regime due to France’s terrible treatment of its colonies. He also mentioned how the Corsican language is banned, thus discrediting France’s claims of supporting human rights and democracy in the South Caucasus when it won’t even do so inside of Europe itself. On the foreign policy front, Aliyev mentioned that Macron is turning France into a failed state after its spree of failed policies in the Sahel, Lebanon, Azerbaijan, and Georgia.

The French leader also suffered a devastating defeat during summer’s EU Parliamentary elections and Moody’s continues downgrading his country month after month due to its enormous external debt. Aliyev’s reference to Georgia segued into some comments about that country’s political crisis, which he said is due to foreign NGOs, adding that the Biden Administration’s obtrusiveness is also to blame. Unlike Azerbaijan, Georgia waited too long to address these problems, and it’s now paying the price.

What’s happening there right now is part of what Aliyev described as a “Battle for the Caucasus”. In his view, Armenia has already chosen its side, but hasn’t de jure withdrawn from the CSTO because the State Department won’t yet give the go-ahead. Azerbaijan is fully independent and neutral, while Georgia’s geopolitical fate is presently being determined. Reading between the lines, Aliyev clearly prefers for the West to be defeated in Georgia.

Wrapping everything up, the Azerbaijani leader confirmed that there have never been nor ever will be any restrictions on the Russian language in his country, and he in fact even wants to expand its use. There are already 320 schools teaching Russian, the most in the South Caucasus by far, and he hopes that more will soon open. Knowledge of Russian provides Azerbaijanis with a window into its science and literature, facilitates their communication within the CIS, and makes the Russian minority comfortable.

Aliyev also said that he’ll never allow Azerbaijan to become a nest of subversive emigrant activities aimed against Russia, something that Putin no doubt deeply appreciates. About Putin, Aliyev said that they and their people are brought together due to their commitment to national roots and traditional values, something that they also share with Trump. They all want to reverse socio-cultural trends that harm humanity and end this debauchery. These were optimistic words on which to end the interview.

Reflecting on everything that he shared, there’s no doubt that Aliyev is one of Eurasia’s most visionary leaders and Azerbaijan is playing an increasingly important role in the emerging Multipolar World Order. He’s mastered the art of geopolitical balancing and remains committed to his people’s comprehensive development, especially in the economic and socio-cultural domains. Many leaders across the Global South can learn from him and he’s more than willing to help those who are interested.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

The early November detention of Asif Rahman, a Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) officer, indicted in a federal national security court in the Eastern District of Virginia on two counts of “willful retention and transmission of national defense information under the Espionage Act,” was largely downplayed in the national media. He was arrested by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) on Tuesday November 5th at the US Embassy in Phnom Penh in Cambodia where he was stationed and was sent to appear in the nearest federal court in Guam on Thursday the 7th to be charged. After his initial court appearance and indictment, Rahman, was transferred to a federal prison in Virginia.

Rahman was a CIA analyst with a top-secret clearance that gave him access to the classified material that passed through the Agency’s Cambodia Station, which would have included much of the routine collection and dissemination of information on developments in Asia. Rahman allegedly selected one report containing two files relating to plans by Israel to attack Iran, which he then placed on an Iranian frequented site on the Telegram messaging app called the “Middle East Spectator,” which in turn claimed that the information came from a Pentagon source. After being posted it attracted a considerable audience, including US security monitors, numerous Iranians and, inevitably, the Israelis. The two top secret documents were marked as having been produced by the US government’s National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency and the National Security Agency. They included satellite imagery from October 15th and 16th that showed that Israel was moving Air Force military assets preparatory to conducting a military strike on Iran. Bear in mind that Israel has long sought to eliminate Iran as an adversary in the Middle East region they share, up to and including assassination of Iranian scientists and government officials and air attacks on targets in places like Syria that have been regarded as Iranian allies. Iran, for its part, has never attacked Israel prior to recent developments relating to the Gaza conflict.

.

Read on X

.

The US government declared the leak of the classified files to be “deeply disturbing” and investigators who finally focused on Rahman declared that he might have been “ideologically” motivated to expose the information. Rahman has declared himself to be not guilty and as the case relates to intelligence on a non-allied foreign country’s military making preparations for war it raises some ethical problems as well as political issues connected to Israel’s unofficial special relationship with the United States government. It is, for example, not normal for someone detained for leaking classified information to be imprisoned as the preparations for trial are underway unless they are likely to flee jurisdiction. Rahman is from a prominent and wealthy family based in Vienna Virginia and his father Muhit Rahman and lawyer Amy Jeffress sought to have him stay at home with family in custodial pretrial, which is normal, but a ruling by US District Judge Patricia Tolliver Giles overruled a magistrate who said a week before that Rahman could be free of additional restrictions including detention while he is awaited his trial. Jeffress has indicated that she will be appealing the detention order which was restored by Giles.

Image: Israeli attack on Iran (Source)

In the event, Israel decided to proceed with its plans and carried out the attack targeting Iran’s air defense systems and missile manufacturing facilities in late October. Citing no actual evidence, court papers related to the case reveal that the US government claims the leak of the files caused Israel to delay its attack plans. Prosecutor Troy Edwards said the volatile nature of the developing situation in the Middle East made the leak especially dangerous. He explained that

“It is hard to overstate what other circumstances present graver risks of danger to human life than unilaterally deciding to transmitting information related to plans for kinetic military action between two countries.”

Actually, stopping the planned “kinetic action” is the solution if one wants to save lives. Edwards’ line of reasoning, encouraging one side to proceed, could be considered to be the reverse of what might be true if one is truly seeking to mitigate the “danger to human life.” While it is unquestionably true that a government employee who takes classified information and shares it is committing a serious crime under the Espionage Act as well as other legislation, one might argue that Rahman, if actually guilty as charged and convicted, may have been responding to what he might have considered to be mitigating circumstances. By exposing information on Israeli plans to attack Iran he might have believed that he was actually saving many lives as well as avoiding an escalation of a developing major war in the Middle East. He may have revealed information that the US government considered to be classified due to the way it was obtained by satellite but which, apart from that fact, did not in any way impact on the national security of the United States. Quite the contrary, as it would be quite plausible to argue that the United States would have been dragged into any conflict escalated by Israel against Iran, which does not in any way threaten the US, and which would serve no American national interest. Examining the leak from that perspective it would be quite reasonable to argue that Rahman, if he is guilty of mishandling the classified information, was trying to avert escalating a war that would quite plausibly do damage to all countries involved, including the United States and Israel.

The Rahman case is just one more indication of how anything having to do with Israel is not quite treated by government and media in the same fashion as for any other country. It is clearly a response to the immense power of the Israel Lobby in the United States. There is a strong tendency by the US to always defer to actions and behavior that Israel exhibits while also giving the Jewish state a pass when the results are awful or even genocidal as they are in Gaza. And there is a certain irony in how it all plays out going in the other direction. Israel, in fact, has a history of actively spying against the United States without any real consequences to make it pay a price for such behavior. The most devastating spy ever to steal American defense secrets was Jonathan Pollard, a Jewish civilian employee of the US Navy, who stole whole rooms full of classified information in the 1980s, including the beyond top secret National Security Agency‘s ten-volume manual on how the US gathers its signal intelligence, to include the technical details of how the US collected information on its actual enemies during the Cold War, revealing aspects of US intelligence gathering’s “sources and methods.” The defense information went to Israel where it was used in part to trade for visas from Moscow so Russian Jews could emigrate, certainly arguably a good cause, but paid for by damaging US security. Other US classified information went from Tel Aviv to China. Condemned to a life prison sentence, Pollard actually spent years in jail, where, in 1995, he became an Israeli citizen, but he was eventually released under parole in 2015 requiring him to stay in the United States. The parole requirement was canceled by President Donald Trump and Pollard immediately returned to Israel where he was celebrated as a hero. So much for Israel as America’s good friend and ally.

By another definition, Rahman, even if found guilty as charged over the sharing of classified documents, might easily be viewed as a whistleblower, revealing information that the United States government had collected on a foreign government that might lead to a war and many deaths. Rahman may have believed that the exposure of the war plans would make Israel pause and reconsider. And maybe it would also lead the United States to also reexamine its often touted “ironclad” support of everything that Israel does as excessively risky in a volatile part of the world where Washington has considerable real interests in terms of energy issues and national security.

Image: John Kiriakou speaking at the Disruption Network Lab conference Prisoners of Dissent, Berlin, May 12, 2017. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

If Rahman were to consider himself a whistleblower acting as he did as a matter of conscience, he would not be the first CIA officer to do so. John Kiriakou was an analyst and later a case officer and counterterrorism specialist for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) who worked in the Middle East, Pakistan and Greece. After leaving the Agency he became a senior investigator for the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and later a consultant for ABC News, after which he became the operating manager of a political risk analysis consulting firm in Arlington Virginia. To John’s credit, he became the first US government official to confirm, during an interview with a reporter in December 2007, that waterboarding, which was simulated drowning, was routinely used to interrogate terrorist suspects, which he described as torture. One victim was reportedly waterboarded 183 times in a secret prison.

In Kiriakou’s case, as it was and still is illegal for the US government to torture people to extort a confession, the same Virginia court that is trying Rahman had to avoid allowing the potential war crimes issue to surface. So on April 5, 2012, Kiriakou was indicted, not for exposing torture, but rather for one count of violating the Intelligence Identities Protection Act, three counts of violating the Espionage Act, and one count of “making false statements” for lying to the Agency’s Publications Review Board regarding a book that John was writing. Kiriakou pleaded not guilty and was released on bail. His time in court began on September 12th, 2012, at the District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. It was conducted as a closed hearing in line with the Classified Information Procedures Act. On October 22, 2012, Kiriakou agreed to a plea bargain of guilty to one count of passing classified information to the media, violating the Intelligence Identities Protection Act and thereby avoiding a formal trial. All other charges were dropped. On January 25th, 2013, John Kiriakou was sentenced to 30 months in a federal prison. On February 3rd, 2015, Kiriakou was released to serve a final three months under house arrest at his home in Virginia. Following his release, Kiriakou said his case was not about leaking information but about exposing torture, continuing, “and I would do it all over again.”

Kiriakou, to his immense credit, never walked away from what he did, declaring firmly that the torture regime and the lies that supported it was wrong, both illegal and immoral. Was Asif Rahman a whistleblower like Kiriakou? The answer to that depends on one’s point of view as he might have been seeking to stop a war rather than start one. He may have thought that it was something that his conscience and sense of shared humanity obligated him to do without regard for the possible consequences to himself. We will see how he defends himself when he finally appears before the judges. It will possibly be a very interesting discussion about America’s values as a nation vis-à-vis the questionable behavior of the state of Israel, but instead of listening to what Rahman has to say, the public will likely be hearing something like this from those in government as echoed by the captive media: Michael Waltz, Trump’s foreign policy advisor nominee recently said

“When [Secretary of State] Blinken touched down in Israel yesterday, I hope he apologized to Bibi for leaking their battle plans, and told the Israelis that they were right all along. Because the Ayatollah is in hiding right now, not because of Biden, but because of Bibi.”

The sad reality is that Israel’s Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who has overwhelmed Joe Biden and will likely do the same to Donald Trump, has been allowed to become the prime architect of the shambles that the Middle East has become with no one but a handful of whistleblowers seeking to restore sanity.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected]. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from TUR

Ever since it gained independence in 1991, Georgia has been struggling to find a clear path. This is a rather unusual development for one of the oldest countries on the planet and one of the first Christian nations.

For approximately half a millennium, Tbilisi maintained an alliance with Russia, even incorporating itself into the Eurasian giant during the 19th century. This put an end to constant invasions by its Muslim neighbors, primarily the violent Ottoman Sultanate which had been attacking Georgian principalities and conducting slave raids ever since the Seljuk Turks invaded the region in the mid to late 11th century. It finally brought peace to Georgia, which came close to a near-total demographic collapse due to centuries of the aforementioned enslavement, massacres and forced Islamization/Turkification.

Unification with Russia also greatly contributed to Georgian cultural revival, helping the country reestablish its intellectual elite. In addition, the Georgian nobility (composed of some of the oldest aristocratic families in history) not only survived, but also incorporated itself into the Russian society. On the other hand, Georgians have given an immense contribution to Russia, making this exchange anything but one-sided. Relations were somewhat cold after the unfortunate dismantling of the Soviet Union, but went back to normal during Eduard Shevardnadze’s tenure. Unfortunately, in 2003, the former Soviet republic became yet another victim of a Western-backed color revolution (the so-called “Rose Revolution”). The coup d’état brought a fervently pro-NATO faction to power in Tbilisi.

Led by the highly controversial Mikhail Saakashvili, Georgia was soon transformed into a loyal NATO proxy in the South Caucasus region, serving as the very first springboard for the political West’s crawling encroachment on Russia’s post-Soviet geopolitical backyard. That year, Saakashvili was promised “unequivocal support” for an attack on the breakaway republics of Abkhazia and South Ossetia, including a direct assault on Russian peacekeepers deployed in both areas. Moscow’s swift response caught both the political West and its puppets in Tbilisi by surprise, as they most likely expected Russia to endlessly keep pulling back its red lines. In mere days, the NATO-trained and equipped Georgian forces suffered a crushing defeat. Tbilisi never fell only due to Moscow’s desire to avoid further bloodshed.

The political West used this to galvanize extreme Russophobia in the country, turning a centuries-old ally of Moscow into a bitter enemy. Tbilisi was adamant that joining NATO and the European Union was the only path forward, wasting decades on trying to convince the unelected bureaucratic oligarchy in Brussels that it subscribes to all these so-called “Western values”. However, as it soon became apparent that these are anything but values, the mostly conservative Georgians became disillusioned by this idea. The United States and EU/NATO invested billions into the NGO sector in the country, trying to promote all sorts of moral depravity and societal degeneracy that normal people in Georgia (and around the world) find absolutely repulsive. By the 2020s, Tbilisi largely abandoned the so-called “Euro-Atlantic integration”.

The final nail in the coffin of this clearly (neo)colonial pathway came after the special military operation (SMO) started, when the political West tried to coerce Georgia into opening a second front that would distract Moscow from pushing back in NATO-occupied Ukraine. Naturally, Georgians refused, as they were perfectly aware that this would effectively be a suicide mission that would make the NATO-orchestrated 2008 war look like a bloodless skirmish in comparison. What’s more, Tbilisi even refused to deliver weapons to the Neo-Nazi junta. However, once you sign a deal with the devil, he expects you to keep your end of the bargain. Thus, in retaliation, the world’s most vile racketeering cartel started destabilizing Georgia through its extensive NGO network, resulting in ever-escalating political tensions in recent years.

However, as this failed to force Tbilisi to change its stance on Russia, the political West started making blatantly open threats, including by suggesting that Prime Minister Irakli Kobakhidze could end up like his Slovakian counterpart Robert Fico who narrowly survived an assassination attempt by a NATO-backed neoliberal extremist only a week before.

By early July, the Russian SVR (Foreign Intelligence Service) warned that another color revolution in Georgia was in the works and that EU/NATO would try to affect the results of Georgian parliamentary elections. Washington DC and Brussels came up with a plan to discredit the government by claiming it was run by alleged “Russian puppets”. The SVR also noted that the now effectively former president Salome Zourabichvili would try to destabilize the country.

Zourabichvili, a descendant of WWII-era Nazi collaborators and a NATO-backed puppet (who also served as the French ambassador to Georgia) vowed to break the constitution and illegally stay in power even after the newly elected president Mikheil Kavelashvili takes office (his inauguration is scheduled for December 29). In the last several months, the US, EU/NATO and the Neo-Nazi junta all severed close tieswith Tbilisi and imposed sanctions, citing “concerns for democracy in Georgia”. This includes even Volodymyr Zelensky, now effectively a “proxy dictator” who banned elections and all opposition to his illegitimate rule. The political West, run by deeply unpopular governments that keep falling left and right, fully supports the unrest and coup attempts in the country, including by (ab)using children and bringing in foreigners.

However, as these protests turned out to be quite unpopular, it can be argued that the new color revolution effectively failed. In response to the EU/NATO’s blatant hostility, Tbilisi even suspended talks on EU accession. Popular support for the current government largely stems from its wise economic policies that reconnected the country with its neighbors and other former Soviet republics, resulting in increased exports and growing revenues. This helped Georgia become the sixth fastest-growing economy in the world. According to the IMF’s latest forecast, its GDP will grow by nearly 8%. In addition to economic cooperation, Tbilisi could reestablish direct ties with Moscow, which could lead to resolving regional security issues. This could help the country to deconflict with the two breakaway republics of Abkhazia and South Ossetia.

And while it may seem too farfetched now, it might even result in the restoration of full ties with them, particularly if Georgia gives Russia feasible security guarantees. These could be cemented with constitutional amendments that would ban the stationing of any NATO occupation forces in the country and give full autonomy to both Abkhazia and South Ossetia, with Georgian police patrolling the border with Russia together with counterparts from the two republics, while Moscow’s peacekeepers would stay as the guarantors of the potential deal. This would help unblock Armenia, which could also change its disastrous foreign policy by renewing the alliance with Russia. Such changes would result in a robust security architecture that would block both further NATO aggression and Ankara’s pan-Turkist, Neo-Ottoman expansionism.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: © FMM graphics studio

Of late, a spate of incidents has taken place in Australia giving sheer delight to the simian-resembling Opposition Leader, Peter Dutton.  On a visit to South Australia, he showed himself to be merrily divisive in attacking protestors who had shown solidarity for Palestinians in Gaza in the wake of their catastrophic suffering since October last year:

“If you allow these lunatics to continue their protests at university campuses and you allow them to spew their hatred and affiliate with a listed terrorist organisation, and there [is] no consequence, of course we’ll see the sort of outcomes we have seen – which most recently has culminated in the firebombing of a synagogue in Melbourne”.

The December 6 attack on the Adass Israel Synagogue in Melbourne, while horrid, was immediately elevated to a level of concern warranting an emergency – that, at least, was the view of Dutton and his charges.  The attacks on mosques and their worshippers, a feature of Australian public life for some years now, hardly warranted a mention.  (A 2021 joint study by three Australian universities surveying 75 mosques found that 58.2% had experienced violence between 2014 and 2019.)

Dutton also had inspiration from another source. 

“The burning of the Adass Israel synagogue in Melbourne is an abhorrent act of antisemitism,” stated Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on platform X. “I expect the state authorities to use their full weight to prevent such antisemitic acts in future.”

.

Read on X

.

Ever the opportunist, Netanyahu saw a chance to see unsubstantiated links between the bombing in Melbourne, Australian foreign policy and antisemitism. 

“Unfortunately, it is impossible to separate this reprehensible act from the extreme anti-Israeli position of the Labor government in Australia, including the scandalous decision to support the UN resolution calling on Israel ‘to bring an end to its unlawful presence in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, as rapidly as possible’, and preventing a former Israeli minister from entering the country.” 

The conclusion was childishly simple: “Anti-Israel sentiment is antisemitism.”

This unbridled nonsense had its effect.  In the aftermath of the synagogue attack, Australia’s antisemitism envoy, Jillian Segal, got busy.  On the Australian public broadcaster SBS, she took the rather authoritarian view that Australian cities were no place for protests against Israeli policies towards the Palestinians. 

“There should be places designated away from where the Jewish community might venture, where people can demonstrate.” 

Presumably, pro-Palestinian protestors needed to be given, like smokers, caged areas to engage in their activities, leaving the pure and docile safe to go about their everyday business.

In Segal’s view, the weekly protests held in solidarity for Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank had become “something more sinister”.  Not only were they “intimidatory”, they had “morphed into attacking the Jewish community.”  Not exactly furnished with much by way of evidence, she pointed to the display of “flags from a terrorist organisation” and “anti-Jewish sentiments” seen and heard at rallies.  Demagogy always resists context.

Amnesty International Australia, in a December 13 statement, expressed its strong opposition to Segal’s call “to ban pro-Palestinian protests from city centres.  Protests advocating for a ceasefire, the protection of human rights, and an end to Israel’s genocide of Palestinians in Gaza are an essential and protected outlet for Australians to freely express their views.”  It was vital to distinguish instances of “hateful acts and calls for justice, freedom, and human dignity.”

These views are correct – to a point.  As Australia lacks a human rights charter protecting the right to lawful assembly and free speech, parliaments at both the federal and state level can show sneering contempt for protests when they wish to do so.  Wishing to jump to the aid of Segal and the unspecified fearful in the Jewish community, Victoria’s Premier Jacinta Allan has done just that, proposing legislation that targets pro-Palestinian protests. 

“Antisemitism,” she solemnly stated, “thrives in extreme and radical environments, and we are giving police more powers to control protest and making it harder for agents of violence and hate to hide.”

Allan gives the impression that the proposed laws are universal in nature. 

“Doesn’t matter if you’re Christian, Jewish Muslim, Sikh, Hindu – you all deserve the right to simply be who we are”. 

However, things become very clear with the explicit mention “that Jewish people increasingly feel the promise of a modern and multicultural Victoria is being denied them.”

The ludicrously named Anti-Vilification and Social Cohesion Bill 2024 will not only, as the premier noted in a public announcement, ban the flags and symbols of designated terrorist organisations (Hamas and Hezbollah included), undefined “white nationalists” (presumably those of other colours slip under the radar), “and more”: the statute will also focus on the decorative and dramatic nature of protest.  Masks, “used by agitators to shield identities and hide from personal accountability”, are to be banned, along with glue, rope, chains, locks and other devices “used to cause maximum disruption and endanger Victorians.”  This shows that protestors of all stripes, including those concerned with climate change and environment, will also be targeted.

Showing a conventional loathing for Victoria’s own Charter of Human Rights, which has a paper tiger protection for freedom of assembly, Allan condescendingly shreds it:

“the right to protest is balanced against the right of people to live safely – free of danger, discrimination and harassment.”

These moves replicate the Commonwealth Criminal Code Act 1995, as amended by the Counter-Terrorism Legislation Amendment (Prohibited Hate Symbols and Other Measures) Bill 2023 passed last year.  As if Australia’s citizenry needed to have more strangulating laws, these measures already criminalise the display and trade of prohibited symbols, along with the Nazi salute, which includes “a prohibited terrorist organisation symbol.”  Police-minded bureaucracies, whatever their level, adore duplication.

The beneficiaries in all of this are the noisy, bellicose members of the pro-Israel lobby, a divisive federal opposition keen to capitalise on hatreds it claims not to have, and the State of Israel itself.  However murderous, annihilating and cruel its policies might be to the Palestinians, the belief shared by many of its defenders is that the Jewish state is faultless, beyond the moral and soiling reach of any protest.  To think otherwise would instance, as Netanyahu barkingly insists, antisemitism.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Featured image: Police and fire crew at the scene of a fire at the Adass Israel Synagogue in Ripponlea, Melbourne, Friday, December 6, 2024. (Source: Con Chronis/AAP Image/Reuters)

US President-elect Donald Trump has threatened to impose a “high tariff” after accusing New Delhi of imposing them on the import of certain American products. However, by imposing such tariffs, Trump will only force India to expand trade relations with Russia further, which will ultimately hurt the US much more than India in the decades to come.

“Reciprocal. If they tax us, we tax them the same amount. They tax us. We tax them. And they tax us. Almost in all cases, they’re taxing us, and we haven’t been taxing them,” Trump told reporters on December 18.

In answer to a question about a potential trade agreement with China, Trump said India and Brazil are among the countries that impose high tariffs on certain US products.

“The word reciprocal is important because if somebody charges us — India, we don’t have to talk about our own — if India charges us 100 per cent, do we charge them nothing for the same? You know, they send in a bicycle and we send them a bicycle. They charge us 100 and 200. India charges a lot. Brazil charges a lot. If they want to charge us, that’s fine, but we’re going to charge them the same thing,” Trump said at the news conference at Mar-a-Lago.

Incoming US Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick said “reciprocity” is going to be a key topic for the Trump administration, saying, “How you treat us is how you should expect to be treated.”

It is recalled that at a pre-election rally, Trump said,

“India is a very big charger. We have a great relationship with India. But they probably charge as much.”

“India is a very big charger. We have a great relationship with India. I did. And especially the leader, Modi. He’s a great leader. Great man. Really is a great man. He’s brought it together. He’s done a great job. But they probably charge as much,” he said in October.

In fact, the President-elect even once described Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi as “a friend of mine” and visited the South Asian country during his first term.

Yet, for all the platitudes and friendly talk, Trump, during his first term, imposed higher tariffs on Indian steel and aluminium, prompting retaliatory Indian duties on American products like almonds and apples. In 2019, Trump repeatedly claimed that India was the “tariff king” and imposed “tremendously high” tariffs on American products. He has also criticized India’s “big tariffs” on American paper products and the iconic Harley-Davidson bikes.

With Trump directly mentioning India, it is obvious that he will raise trade tensions again once he enters the White House next month.

Although Trump’s “reciprocity” tariffs could severely hurt Indian exports, making them less competitive in the US market, particularly affecting the IT and textile industries, tariffs will only push India to seek new opportunities, recalibrate its trade strategies and strengthen its economic fundamentals, just as Russia did when it became the most sanctioned country on earth following the special military operation in Ukraine.

Indian Defence Minister Rajnath Singh said during a meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Moscow earlier this month that the friendship between their two countries was “higher than the highest mountain and deeper than the deepest ocean.”

His comments follow from Russia’s state oil firm Rosneft, which agreed to the country’s biggest-ever energy deal with India, Reuters reported on December 12. Reportedly, it is a 10-year agreement to supply 500,000 barrels of crude oil per day to Indian private refiner Reliance, a deal worth around $13 billion. It is recalled that In July, the South Asian country overtook China as Russia’s top oil buyer and is the world’s third-largest consumer of oil.

Over 700 business representatives attended the XV India-Russia Business Dialogue in Moscow on December 11. The event aimed to strengthen the strategic partnership between India and Russia, particularly in trade, high-tech industries, and other sectors. The forum also focused on increasing bilateral trade and fostering cultural exchanges.

The Indian Defence Minister’s visit to Moscow, the Rosneft-Reliance deal, and the XV India-Russia Business Dialogue were all just days before Trump announced his tariff threat on India. Evidently, Indian-Russian relations are deepening, having not only survived but strengthened during the onslaught of Western pressure for ties to be severed.

Although inroads have been made to strengthen India-US ties, the Biden administration failed to deter India from its relations with Russia. If Trump wages a trade war, India will gravitate more strongly towards Russia, a situation that will only reverse the inroads Washington has made to foster ties with New Delhi and self-deprecating, considering India is predicted to be the world’s third-largest economy by 2030.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

The Deceptive Junk Science About Fluoride

December 19th, 2024 by Richard Gale

In the 1964 satirical black comedy film Dr. Strangelove there is the iconic scene when the rogue general Jack D Ripper, played by Sterling Hayden, tells Peter Sellers’ character, “Ever hear of the fluoridation of water? Do you realize that fluoridation is the most monstrously conceived and dangerous Communist plot we ever had to face?”

From that day to the present, the entire pharmaceutical and dental industries, public health officials and the mainstream media have assumed that fluoride is absolutely safe. Anyone who dares to criticize water fluoridation and its dental use is a loon or conspiracy theorist who threatens national health.  Yet, as with so many medical and health challenges we face, the dominant consensus is wrong. The large body of evidence to support anti-fluoridation advocacy is substantial and continues to grow. In fact, throughout the US and other nations, concerned citizens, consumer activists and whistleblowers are putting pressure on state and local governments and public utilities to cease and desist in spiking our drinking water with fluoride.

Finally, the pushback against decades of lies, misinformation and media propaganda to seduce us into accepting corporate and government sponsored junk science supporting fluoridation is reaching a tipping point towards public safety.  In 2019, an alliance of public health organizations and watch groups filed suit against the Environmental Protection Agency in a federal court trial to bring an end to fluoridation once and for all. A recent judge’s ruling permitted the suit, represented by two distinguished attorneys – Robert F Kennedy Jr and Michael Connett — to continue “the merits in light of the substantial scientific evidence proffered at trial.”  And earlier this past August, researchers at Mount Sinai School of Medicine announced their findings that low-level chronic exposure to fluoride in drinking water induces adverse changes in kidney and liver function in young people. The evidence against fluoride continues to pile up. 

Last year, per a lawsuit filed by the Fluoride Action Network, the US National Toxicology Program was ordered to release 1500 pages of censored documents confirming that fluoride has been consistently shown to reduce children’s IQ. The CDC and HHS have diligently tried to block the release of this research and internal documents pointing to a cover-up by our federal agencies. This was after a California federal court ruled that fluoridation poses an “unreasonable risk” to children’s cognitive faculties, and before a comprehensive Cochrane Collaboration review concluded that fluoride has very little dental benefits. Earlier this year, further evidence of fluoride’s toxic effects on human health have been published. Researchers at the University of Southern California School of Medicine observed an association between pregnant women exposed to higher levels of fluoride and an increase in their children’s neurobehavioral problems. In January, the University of Kent in the UK found that hypothyroidism cases were greatest in areas where public water fluoridation was highest.

According to Wikipedia, sodium fluoride is the 215th most prescribed medication in the US. This benevolent description is posted without any context and states as a matter-of-fact that orally-consumed fluoride has no proven adverse effect on dental health aside from causing dental fluorosis, an unsightly mottling of the teeth. Studies that suggest this can be a sign of fluoride-induced brain damage are ignored. Also missing are the scientific warnings about fluoride’s detrimental effects on nearly every system of the human body, which have been repeatedly studied and confirmed. 

Actually, sodium fluoride is rarely used in the US for fluoridating water. Instead, hexafluorosilicic acid and sodium hexafluorosilicate (SiFs), toxic byproducts of phosphate fertilizer and aluminum manufacturing, are used. Both are deemed industrial pollutants if released into the air via factory smokestacks or into the environment via drainpipes. Yet when deliberately added to drinking water they are classified as benevolent. These fluoride compounds have never been approved or even tested by the FDA for safety. Studies have shown that SiFs can double or even triple the rate of lead uptake in children’s bloodstreams.

Adding SiFs to drinking water lowers its pH, rendering it more corrosive and thus more likely to leach lead and other contaminants as it flows through pipes. But even when a neutralizing agent is added, SiFs’ “unique affinity for lead” can leach tiny amounts of the metal from any lead-containing pipe or fixture through which treated water flows. Used in combination with chlorine and chloramine, common disinfectants added to drinking water, the rate of lead uptake from SiF-treated water is off the charts. SiFs and lead have a synergistic effect, meaning consuming both is significantly more damaging to brain tissue than consuming either alone, wreaking particular havoc in the brain’s hippocampus, the area responsible for learning and memory, and causing a marked decline in IQ.

We often hear that the only “clear adverse effect” of water fluoridation is dental fluorosis. Hundreds of scientific studies would beg to differ. In 2018 alone over a dozen studies were published that exposed fluoride’s detrimental effects but have been categorically ignored by the mainstream media. Oddly, less developed nations are far more concerned with protecting their populations’ health than our own federal health agencies. A Mexican study published in Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology concluded “Fluoride could be considered an environmental kidney toxicant.” A Kenyan study published in the American Journal of Medicine and Medical Sciences reported that auditory working memory significantly declined as fluoride concentration in drinking water increased, confirming the results of an earlier systematic review showing lower IQ in children in high-fluoride areas. Another Mexican study found prenatal fluoride exposure positively correlated to ADHD symptoms in children as much as 12 years later, “consistent with the growing body of evidence suggesting neurotoxicity of early-life exposure to fluoride.” A pair of Polish studies published in the International Journal of Molecular Sciences and the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health observed strong evidence for fluoride’s role in triggering and progressing Alzheimer’s disease and other dementias, given the substance’s role in oxidative stress and inflammation.

Fluoride’s toxicity extends from the skeletal system, through the endocrine system, reproductive system, and neurological system. It is criminal that Wikipedia parrots the chemical industry’s claims that fluoride toxicity associated with toothpaste ingestion is rare; in fact there are over 23,000 reports of toothpaste-related fluoride poisoning annually. 

Ever since Harvard researcher Philippe Grandjean added fluoride to a list of developmental neuro-toxicants considered especially harmful to the developing brain in a 2014 paper published in The Lancet, our health officials have suffered from institutionalized cognitive dissonance by  denying fluoride-induced illness. As more papers identifying the adverse risks of environmental toxins, including fluoride, are added to the list of chemicals most damaging to human development, Dr. Grandjean and his colleagues have called for the formation of coordinated research into the neuro-toxicants and their role in the rising global prevalence of neurodevelopmental disabilities. Sadly, such an urgent endeavor would likely be completely ignored by the US’s federal health and environmental authorities.

In the meantime, our government continues to live in the idyllic fantasy of scientific-naivety that was the public rage in the 1950s, when fluoride was the magic ingredient for whiter teeth, DDT would keep the bugs away, and humanity would be saved by the atomic bomb. The on-going advance of scientific research that builds upon earlier evidence of fluoride’s toxicity and threats to national health has only further exonerated Robert Kennedy Jr’s crusade to once and for all bring an end to the now discredited practice and public policy to poison Americans with fluoride. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Richard Gale is the Executive Producer of the Progressive Radio Network and a former Senior Research Analyst in the biotechnology and genomic industries.

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Featured image source

The overthrow of Bashar al-Assad was long in the making and has nothing to do with a civil war. There has never been a fight of the Syrian people against Assad. But President al-Assad fought against foreign-infiltrated and paid mercenaries, terrorists, including US-created Al Qaeda and IS / ISIS.

The traditional allies like Russia, Iran, and Iraq, suddenly disappeared. Russia made a semblance of fighting alongside the already badly damaged Syrian Air Force – to no avail. Then the Russians left, or rather, became busy evacuating their air bases in Syria. In time, before they would fall into the eager hands of Israel and its allied terrorist bands.

The connection between the Zionist-Israeli war against Palestine, then Lebanon and now Syria, next possibly Iran and Saudi Arabia and the Ukraine war becomes ever clearer. Jordan is already in Israel’s back-pocket. Without a fight. It is all about the Big War for Greater Israel. “Greater Israel” is the hidden agenda in the Great Reset and especially the UN Agenda 2030.

Both of these “guiding documents” were created under control of the Zionist supremacists.

Greater Israel, driven by worldwide Zionism, is also behind the “normally” illegal agreement between the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the UN of 2019.

For years, NATO has been successful in provoking again and again Russia, with ever more aggressive advances surrounding Russia, but preparing Ukraine for a senseless and hopeless war against Russia. This war eventually happened, with President Putin falling for the bait in February 2022, invading the predominantly Russian Donbass area for salvaging them from the murderous Ukrainian Azov Nazi troops.

While adamantly opposing western weapon deliveries to Ukraine, hence supporting Russia, Mr. Erdogan was officially accusing Israel of genocide in Gaza. However, silently the Turkish PM supported the idea of a Greater Israel. Because, as part of a deal, Turkey was to incorporate northern Syria, which was long prepared as a 30-km wide “buffer zone,” under the pretext of preventing migration from Idlib to Turkey. 

The buffer zone served Turkey for years to transport stolen petrol from Syrian wells to Turkey and sell it to European customers. 

All the talk about a ceasefire, and the eventual truce agreement signed between Turkey and Russia in Moscow on March 5, 2020, was just a make-believe farce for Turkey, which, under Erdogan, has proven to be an unfaithful ally to just about any country to whom Turkey wanted to appear as trustworthy. Such betrayals include Russia as well as the US and NATO, of which Turkey is a prominent member.

*

The NATO-provoked Russia-Ukraine conflict was the beginning of a senseless war, fought with western weapons and with western advice, and eventually with western mercenaries, if not specialized western troops, that had no other purpose than keeping Russia busy with Ukraine, losing tens of thousands of soldiers to western weapons so that Greater Israel could now march on – literally undisturbed.

The over a million Ukrainians senselessly killed shall not even be mentioned. All for the establishment of Greater Israel. All life is sacred, but none is as sacred as that of the Chosen People.

Some very smart psychological research must have been carried out by CIA-DARPA (the Pentagon-linked semi-secret thinktank, “Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency”), Mossad and MI6 – on President Putin. They have carefully studied his hesitancy on self-imposed “red-lines”, his eagerness to belong to the “west”, and concluded, the west could do almost anything and Putin’s reactions would just be half-hearted. 

The last one of those half-hearted warnings was the Russian launching of the world’s most advanced supersonic multi-warhead, multi-directional, ultra-state-of-the-art Oreshnik long-range missile, towards a relatively harmless weapon-depot in Dnipro, Ukraine, on November 21, 2024. And that after Russia having been attacked by western made ATACMS (US), and Storm Shadows (UK-France) – which were Mr. Putin’s latest Red Line.

Putin’s unimpressive reaction gave the signal that the final war on Syria could start and be finished in a few days. The end game was fast. It started on November 27, 2024 by Syrian “opposition forces”, meaning US, Israel, UK, and possibly also Turkey funded and created terrorist forces like ISIS, Al-Qaeda, and other mercenaries. 

They advanced rapidly, led by Hayat Tahrir Al-Sham, leader of the “Levant Liberation Committee”,  a Sunni Islamist political and paramilitary organization. Aleppo fell first, then Hama and almost instantly, Damascus.

Russia, China, Iran, and Iraq were disturbingly absent. Without Russia and China, Iran would have been fully exposed to US and possibly Israeli attack missiles – targeting Iran’s nuclear energy facilities, a “coup” prepared by the recent negative inspection report by the UN International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), an agency dancing to the tunes of western commandos. 

It was all planned, an almost perfect strategy, that started playing out with the US – Madame Victoria Nuland, Deputy Foreign Secretary-instigated Maidan Coup, in Kiev, on February 21, 2014. Mr. Jens Stoltenberg, former Secretary General of NATO, was right when he said the war started already in February 2014. And ten years later it was concluded – with a giant step forward by Zionist-Israel towards a Greater Israel for the “Chosen People”.

Strategically speaking, sadly, and for now, the west won and the east – Russia and her allies – lost. See also Paul Craig Robert’s excellent analysis.

What will happen next is a new ball-game. Was Russia prepared for this scenario? Being able to act now? For example, by using now the Oreshnik super-missile to strike Russia’s strategic targets in the west, in Israel and NATO countries, to – perhaps, reverse the trend? 

Or is Russia just ready for internal damage control, leaving the world’s new globalist order, beginning with Greater Israel, play out?

Is the world experiencing planned chaos? Or a last-minute avoidance – and reversal – of a checkmate? 

*

During the past weekend, President al-Assad transferred to the Syrian Prime Minister, Mohammed al-Bashir, the responsibility to hand over the country in a peaceful way to a new “government chosen by the people.” This new government is being established by foreign-funded terrorists. 

President al-Assad left the country in a military jet. He is currently in Moscow, where President Putin greeted him and has granted him political asylum. Mr. Assad’s wife, Asma, has already been in Moscow for several months, where she is receiving cancer treatment.

According to a weak declaration describing the situation, Sergey Lavrov, Russia’s Foreign Minister, it is US policy in the Middle East and Syria that is responsible for the constant attacks on Syria, already during the times of Bashar al-Assad’s father, and it ceaselessly continued when his son, Bashar, took over. 

Bashar al-Assad is an ophthalmologist, who had studied medicine in London. He is NOT the dictator made out to be by the west, and propagated by the western lie-media. Mr. Lavrov really does not bring any news on the table; he is just confirming the obvious.

President al-Assad wanted a free Syria for his people, pursued a liberal policy on religion – Christians were welcome – and gender equality for his highly educated people. Foreign funding for the usual “divide to conquer”, especially by the US, created religious divisions in Syria, and eventually some 50,000 Christians left the country.

Lavrov makes the US responsible for the rapid escalation and conquering of Aleppo, Homs, Hama and finally Damascus by foreign-funded terrorists, including by Turkey and Israel. 

Israel occupied two-thirds of the Golan Heights area of Syria, following the 1967 Six-Day War, and then effectively annexed it in 1981. Except for the US, this action was never recognized by the UN and the international community. As part of the US-instigated escalation, in 2024 Israel occupied the remaining one third of the area. Israel has been launching missiles against and bombing Syria for most of 2024. 

As it is clear today, Syria was then and is today part of the Zionist-Israel’s larger plan of a Greater Israel.

In hindsight, the so-called Arab Spring – a US-UK-Israel secret services organized Arab uprising that started in December 2010 in Tunisia, was also the signal for the US to intensify bombing of Syria, leading to the “Syrian Arab Spring” of March 2011. It converted to what is known as the “Syrian Civil War” – a misnomer for a US-led and paid for endless war of attrition, leaving Syria almost defenseless, up to the final assault, the end game of December 2024. 

The more active precursor to the “endless war of attrition”, started already in 2000, when Qatar declared, they were going to build a US$ 10 billion, 1,500 km gas pipeline through Saudi Arabia, Jordan and Syria to Turkey, and from there to further distribution to Europe. Syria, an ally of Russia, rejected, since Russia was the main supplier of gas to Europe. 

Strategic planners knew, of course, that Syra would not accept the pipeline through her country. Although expected, the rejection was not liked by the US. It gave Washington an argument to start a low-key “Syrian civil war” as a CIA operation, by regular, dispersed, and deadly attacks by western funded terrorist groups.

According to Seymour Hersh, already in 2006 – possibly earlier – the US Embassy in Damascus funded dissidents, Syrian, or terrorist “imports”, to the tune of five million dollars to systematically destabilize the country.

*

Today, in practical terms, Syria no longer exists. Since the western take-over of Syria, all the way to and including Damascus, Israel has launched several hundred attacks by war planes on Syria, the largest ever since the Israeli-Syria conflict began in 1967. And this after the fall of Damascus. Attacks against a helpless Syria. 

The goal of these countless and ceaseless Israeli airstrikes is to destroy all remaining weapons and war potential. It is typical for a country that plans a full take-over with occupation.

The question remains: Is this the beginning of a new Middle Eastern status quo? A Greater Israel, absorbing roughly two-thirds of what today is called the Middle East – see map above – including the world’s largest pool of hydrocarbons – essentially controlling the world’s energy supply?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image: Syrians wave Russian and Syrian flags during a protest against US-led air strikes in Damascus, Syria on 14 April 2018. (Photo credit: VCG Photo)

Selected Articles: Autism, Made in the USA

December 19th, 2024 by Global Research News

Autism, Made in the USA

By Richard Gale and Dr. Gary Null, December 18, 2024

Since the early 1990s, there have been staggering increases in several chronic conditions: ADHD rates have risen by 890 percent, autism diagnoses by 2,094 percent, bipolar disease in youth by 10,833 percent, and celiac disease by 1,011 percent. These numbers beg the question—what has fundamentally changed in our children’s health over the past three decades?

Will Putin Fight or Surrender? Paul C. Roberts

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, December 18, 2024

Putin complains about the growing instability and violence in the Middle East. Does he realize that he contributed to it by withdrawing Russia’s defense of Syria? Did Putin forget “seven countries in five years”? Did Putin forget “Greater Israel”? Did Putin forget Turkey’s ambition against the Kurds?

The Counter Narrative to US Foreign Policy by Establishment Defectors

By Ann Robertson, December 18, 2024

As for US foreign policy, US officials, whether from the Democratic or Republican Party, seem to believe they can promote US interests by resorting primarily to military violence, despite the disasters they have created in Vietnam, Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Syria, and so on.

NATO and Neo-Nazi Junta Keep Escalating Their Total War on Russia

By Drago Bosnic, December 18, 2024

The Kiev regime insists that its overlords in the political West should block Moscow’s oil exports, but the reality is that this is effectively impossible. Not only that, but the world’s most aggressive power pole doesn’t even want to do it, as this would send oil prices into the stratosphere and devastate Western economies that are already struggling, particularly in Europe.

Feeding Chaos: Israel Cripples Syria’s Defence

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, December 18, 2024

With the collapse of Bashar al-Assad in Syria, Israel intends further disruption. This marks a departure from a policy it had maintained with Assad for some years, one that permitted him and the Syrian Arab Army to operate without molestation subject to one stern caveat: that Hezbollah and, by virtue of that Iran’s influence, could also be contained.

America’s “Just War” against Afghanistan: Women’s Rights “Before” and “After” America’s Destructive Wars

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 18, 2024

The NeoCons’ agenda is not to “win the war” but to engineer the breakup of sovereign nation-states, destroy their culture and national identity, derogate fundamental values and human rights. The strategic objective is to trigger political and social chaos, engineer the collapse of national economies, appropriate the countries’ wealth and resources, impoverish the entire Planet including the American Homeland. 

The Hague Tribunal’s Last, Shameful Hurrah

By Stephen Karganovic, December 18, 2024

A degrading tale of cowardice and self-abasement has been rippling through the collective West media ever since it was made public  officially that former Bosnian Serb military commander, General  Radislav Krstić, had filed for early release by the Residual Mechanism, the body that was set up to finish the business of the Hague Tribunal.

The Hague Tribunal’s Last, Shameful Hurrah

December 18th, 2024 by Stephen Karganovic

A degrading tale of cowardice and self-abasement has been rippling through the collective West media ever since it was made public  officially that former Bosnian Serb military commander, General  Radislav Krstić, had filed for early release by the Residual Mechanism, the body that was set up to finish the business of the Hague Tribunal. He has served over two-thirds of his 35-year prison sentence for “aiding and abetting” the alleged genocide in Srebrenica in July of 1995.

During the conflict in Bosnia in the 1990s, Krstić was chief of staff and commander of the Drina Corps, a major military formation of the Bosnian Serb army operating in the area where Srebrenica is situated. In 1998, Krstić was indicted by the Tribunal on a variety of Srebrenica-related charges, including genocide, and in 2001 he was found guilty and sentenced to a 46-year prison term. On appeal in 2004, the genocide conviction was changed to “aiding and abetting” and in light of that modification of the original charge the length of Krstić’s prison term was reduced to 35 years. It is an abiding legal curiosity of the Krstić case that the identity of the parties that Krstić presumably aided and abetted in the commission of genocide was never established, either in his or in the course of any of the subsequent Srebrenica trials.

The Krstić case was the first major judicial test for Srebrenica allegations and the first genocide conviction for the events that took place there. It became the model for all subsequent Srebrenica proceedings before the Hague Tribunal. Throughout the trial and over the years that followed Krstić steadfastly maintained his innocence of the charges, and in particular of involvement in the execution of Srebrenica war prisoners. With considerable effectiveness, his trial lawyers challenged both the factual basis of the indictment and the legal concept of genocide under which General Krstić was prosecuted. But predictably their arguments did not resonate with either the Trial or the Appellate chamber.

It is the practice of the Hague Tribunal, and now also of the Residual Mechanism that succeeded it, to entertain early release petitions once a prisoner had served at least two-thirds of his sentence. The court’s response to such a petition is discretionary as there are no mandatory rules governing the way it should react. But following an informal practice, the vast majority of early release petitions submitted to the President of the Tribunal and now the Mechanism have been routinely adjudicated in the applicant’s favour.

In 2022, having served slightly over two-thirds of his prison term in Great Britain and Poland, General Krstić decided to make use of the early release practice, as he was entitled to do, and accordingly he filed a petition to that effect addressed to the Mechanism’s President, Judge Graciela Gatti Santana.

That is where the Krstić early release saga begins and that marks the stage of his case where matters become exceedingly interesting.

After several months of inquiries and consultations, on 15 November 2022 judge Gatti Santana issued her ruling, flatly denying Krstić’s petition. It goes without saying that as in the decision-making of practically all Hague functionaries considerations of career, pension, and benefits must have played a role in her deliberations (the truly honourable Judge Prisca Matimba being in this regard a notable exception).

Judge Gatti Santana’s decision bears careful scrutiny for its pronounced Kafkaesque tones and because the unequivocal take away from it of every legal professional worth his salt would be that from the opening paragraphs on her analysis was moving along a predetermined trajectory. Dutifully the judge, as they say, covered all the bases and technically, in her extended discussion of the relevant points, she did dispose of most of the straw man arguments that she had cited in order to endow her teleological conclusions with the plausibility of formal correctness.

The gist of her ruling denying Krstić’s early release petition, a proceeding where in the absence of major adverse considerations the Tribunal and the Mechanism without much ado have generally ruled in the applicant’s favour, is that given the heinous nature of the charges against General Krstić he had failed in sufficient measure and to presiding judge Gatti Santana’s satisfaction to demonstrate his rehabilitation and manifest his remorse for the crimes attributed to him.

It was left undefined by the judge what constitutes sufficient evidence of rehabilitation, beyond good conduct that is rightfully expected of every prisoner, and in particular what expressions of remorse would please the court, changing its stance in the prisoner’s favour.

Of equal significance, a ruling that is based on vaguely defined “remorse” as a condition for favourably disposing of such a routine petition overlooks the applicant’s long-standing and consistent protestations of innocence, which the court’s own rules legally entitle him to profess.

He is thus subjected, as an unspoken but clearly implied condition for early release, to the requirement of renouncing his position vis-à-vis the essence of the case against him. To have any hope of success, therefore, he must succumb to blackmail and renounce his original not-guilty plea by changing it to “guilty”, regardless of his own view of the matter or even of the disputed factual circumstances. By doing so he is manoeuvred into consenting to unequal treatment compared to other prisoners whose petitions of the same nature had previously been granted without the imposition of a similar change-of-plea requirement. And even more importantly, contrary to his knowledge and perception of events, and against his consistently expressed will, he would be induced to validate the factual and legal correctness of the Tribunal’s verdict against him. Such an extorted confession would constitute an underhandedly obtained legal triumph for the Hague Tribunal and an extraordinary propaganda victory for its patrons. 

Having received on his first try to secure early release in 2022 no helpful or even intelligible guidance from the court regarding what he is  expected to do to ensure the success of his petition, on his second try this year, 2024, General Krstić apparently decided to change his approach and enact the part of his literary prototype Jozef K. He is now pursuing a sensational desperation strategy that, whilst calling the Residual Mechanism’s bluff also risks inflicting enormous moral harm on himself and his terribly maligned nation. In a hand-written letter accompanying the release petition he filed this year, the newly penitent Krstić offers a sensational admission of personal guilt for genocide, which he now affirms indeed was committed in Srebrenica. He therefore obsequiously beseeches the court to release him so that, amongst other good deeds of atonement he is prepared to undertake, he could make a pilgrimage to the Srebrenica theme park in Potočari, to humbly bow his head in tribute to the countless victims of his wickedness who are said to be buried there.

As Krstić’s lawyer ingratiatingly put it to the judge in Pars. 10 – 12 of the submission,

“the fact that he is making this statement at the moment when ICTY judgments are being challenged and denied, the fact that he is doing it at the moment when the UN General Assembly passes a resolution on Srebrenica which is based on the judgments in the case [against] Radislav Krstić gives special weight and importance to Krstić’s expression of acceptance of responsibility and remorse,” concluding poignantly that “Krstić cannot do more than what he is doing with his letter of 18 June 2024. Krstić was the first to be convicted of aiding and abetting genocide, and his words and actions have special weight in this issue.”

One may be excused at this point for asking if this is all a joke. But no, it is not. It is the modus operandi of a pseudo-judicial institution which operates with contemptuous disregard for the principles of legality, let alone justice, and favours induced confessions as its preferred method of proof.

There is perhaps no better contextual explanation of the functioning of this evil system, to which the Hague Tribunal fully subscribes, than what Michel Foucault offers in his classical study “Discipline and Punish,” pp. 37-38:

“ … confession constituted so strong a proof that there was scarcely any need to add others, or to enter the difficult and dubious combinatory of clues; the confession, provided it was obtained in the correct manner, almost discharged the prosecution of the obligation to provide further evidence (in any case, the most difficult evidence). Secondly, the only way that this procedure might use all its unequivocal authority, and become a real victory over the accused, the only way in which the truth might exert all its power, was for the criminal to accept responsibility for his own crime and himself sign what had been skilfully and obscurely constructed by the preliminary investigation.”

“It is not enough,” Foucault continues, quoting medieval torturer Ayrault, “that wrong-doers be justly punished. They must if possible judge and condemn themselves.” For all the stated reasons, “the confession had priority over any other kind of evidence. To a certain extent, it transcended all other evidence; an element in the calculation of the truth, it was also the act by which the accused accepted the charge and recognized its truth; it transformed an investigation carried out without him into a voluntary affirmation. Through the confession, the accused himself took part in the ritual of producing penal truth [la vérité pénale].”

It remains to be seen whether Krstić’s ritualistic grovelling before his tormentors was conceived as an act of calculated mockery of the Hague Tribunal and its abysmal medieval practices, or simply evidences the moral self-destruction of a broken man. In either case, there is scant probability that his petition for release will be approved. Krstić’s farcical confession, whatever significance it may have in his own mind, does not alter the factual matrix of Srebrenica, although it does serve effectively the Tribunal’s evil purposes, gratuitously conceding to it a no mean propaganda triumph, however ephemeral in the larger scheme of things its effects may be. Having extracted the maximum advantage that could be squeezed from him, why should it now risk releasing a prisoner who has already flipped his story once, and who, if allowed to escape from the Tribunal’s clutches, could embarrassingly reverse himself again?

For the Hague Tribunal turned Residual Mechanism, leaving the now useless conscience-stricken general to rot and die in its Polish dungeon is the optimal solution. After all, dead men tell no tales.   

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: Krstić on trial at The Hague in 2013 (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase

Will Putin Fight or Surrender? Paul C. Roberts

December 18th, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

In his meeting the other day with the Russian Defense Ministry Board, Putin discussed the accomplishments of the past year and measures needed to ensure Russia’s security from Washington’s aspirations for world dominance.

“We see the US administration and the collective West relentlessly trying to preserve their dominance, pushing their rules on the global community and manipulating them as they see fit.”  Washington, Putin said, is engaged “in an effort to weaken our country and inflict a strategic defeat.”  

That is true, but why is Putin helping Washington succeed? 

Putin complains about the growing instability and violence in the Middle East.  Does he realize that he contributed to it by withdrawing Russia’s defense of Syria?  Did Putin forget “seven countries in five years”?  Did Putin forget “Greater Israel”? Did Putin forget Turkey’s ambition against the Kurds?

Putin complains about the West’s participation with Ukraine in the conflict with Russia.  Why did Putin make this possible by dragging out a limited military operation for three years? 

How could Putin fail to understand that Washington would test the intervention waters step by step to see if there are any real red lines. 

The absence of red lines has reached the point of Washington and NATO firing missiles into Russia, and Putin, despite his warnings to the West, retaliates only against Ukraine.  Indeed, Putin’s retaliations are measures that should have been conducted on the first day of Russia’s intervention in Donbas.  Putin has prevented Russian military action that would have made it impossible for Kiev to continue the conflict. What purpose is served by dragging out the conflict? Certainly not the preservation of lives.

The Russian population is hurting not so much from the West’s sanctions as from Putin’s central bank director’s 21 percent interest rates.  Sooner or later the population is going to blame the war for the economic deprivation, and support for a war without end will decline.  The same central bank director left Russia’s central bank reserves where they could be stolen by Washington.  I suspect the central bank director’s warnings that Russia cannot afford war is the reason the Russian military remains too small for effective deployment, thus forcing Russian reliance on nuclear weapons.  

The West has just imposed more sanctions on Russia, and Russia continues to supply energy to Poland and Romania, NATO members hosting US missile bases on their borders with Russia.  It is extraordinary how the Russian government helps Russia’s enemies to work against Russia.

It is not only Putin who seems unable to get his mind around reality. The leader of the terrorist group HTS used by Turkey, Washington, and Israel to overthrow Assad, Hayat Tahrir al-Sharaa, complains that Israel has no excuse for continuing military strikes on Syria. Apparently, al-Sharaa has never heard of “Greater Israel.” Israel is clearing the way for Syria’s absorption into “Greater Israel,” just as Turkey intends the absorption of the Kurdish area of Syria to become incorporated into Turkey.

As Israeli strategist Oded Yinon wrote, the Muslim world is too disunited to stand as an obstacle to “Greater Israel.” (See this.) Perhaps that is the reason Putin abandoned his ally. But by sacrificing Syria, Putin has left the road open to Iran and Lebanon.  If Iran becomes the mess that Washington has created elsewhere in the Muslim world, the Russian Federation will be open to infiltration by jihadists to cause disruption in Russia’s Muslim areas.  

Meanwhile Washington continues to operate against Russia in the former Russian provinces of Georgia and Armenia.  How long before there are American missile bases in Georgia and Armenia?

It is unclear why US missile bases on Russia’s border with Ukraine are a reason for Russian military action, but not US missile bases on Russia’s borders with Poland and Romania.  

It was impossible for Putin to stand aside while the US created a Ukrainian army to destroy the Russian populations of Donbas. The world should appreciate  that Putin has not attacked Russia’s tormenters outside of Ukraine.  Putin has also accepted sanctions without adequate response.  The question is whether Putin’s determination to avoid a larger war presents as weakness and indecision that encourages the West to further provocations that eventually lead to a wider war.  The big question in the coming year is whether Putin surrenders or fights.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image is from Ververidis Vasilis/Shutterstock.com

Publications such as The New York Times, Washington Post, etc. have all but banished criticisms of US foreign policy from their pages. The only acceptable viewpoint seems to be that Putin is a ruthless dictator, the Russian invasion of Ukraine was entirely unprovoked, and Putin will invade other European countries if he is not stopped in Ukraine.

As for the conflict in the Middle East, the mainstream media again lines up obediently behind the US government: Hamas’s October 7 attack was unprovoked, Israel is a democracy, Israel is not committing genocide in Gaza, and its military actions in Lebanon, Yemen, Syria, and Iran are required for self-defense. The few criticisms that are allowed to appear are tepid and unconvincing. 

As for US foreign policy, US officials, whether from the Democratic or Republican Party, seem to believe they can promote US interests by resorting primarily to military violence, despite the disasters they have created in Vietnam, Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Syria, and so on. The refusal to resolve geopolitical differences through diplomacy derives in part from blind arrogance due to unparalleled military superiority and what seems to be pure idiocy. As former Secretary of State Madeline Albright boasted in 1998,

“But if we have to use force it is because we are America; we are the indispensable nation. We stand tall and see further than other countries into the future, and we see the danger here to all of us.”

It is hard to imagine that anything but disasters could ensue from this myopic perspective.

US government officials simplistically divide the world’s nations into two categories: good and evil. Those allied with the US are good and everyone else to one degree or another is evil. “You are either with us or against us;” neutrality is not an option. But this good/evil Manichean ideology has two tragic consequences: First, US officials make little to no effort to understand the rational grounds of the policies of opposing nations and therefore frequently shun diplomacy. After all, the opponents are evil. Second, the mainstream media does not want to appear evil by reporting on the rational grounds of opposing nations; hence, its news coverage and analysis reinforces and legitimates US policy.

But fortunately, a robust counter narrative is growing on the internet with defectors from the mainstream finding venues where they are drawing ever-larger audiences. One such program is Judging Freedom hosted by Judge Andrew Napolitano (he was formerly a judge) who served as an analyst for Fox News until he was let go. His regular guests include world-famous political scientist John Mearsheimer from the University of Chicago; Jeffrey Sachs, Director of the Center for Sustainable Development at Columbia University and former aide to various Secretary Generals of the United Nation as well as economic advisor to many governments around the world; Alastair Crooke, a former MI6 agent and British diplomat who helped negotiate peace agreements in the Middle East; and Chas Freeman who had various positions in the State and Defense Departments and became Ambassador to Saudi Arabia. Other regular guests include Lawrence Wilkerson who was a Colonel in the US military as well as chief of staff to Secretary of State Colin Power; Scott Ritter, former weapons inspector for the UN, Ray McGovern and Larry Johnson, both former CIA analysts; and the journalist Max Blumenthal.

Additional venues have popped up and are amplifying these voices. The Duran is hosted by Glenn Diesen, a Norwegian professor; Daniel Davis moderates Deep Dive; and Nima Alkhorshid, who originally is from Iran but now resides in Brazil, hosts Dialogue Works.

Image: President Joe Biden travels to Kyiv, Ukraine Monday, February 20, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Adam Schultz)

While some of these mainstream defectors have been active in Republican administrations and others are closer to the Democratic Party, for the most part they agree that the US government played a huge role in provoking the war in Ukraine, that the war should be brought to an end as quickly as possible through negotiations, that Israel is in fact committing genocide in Gaza and the US government is complicit, that the main obstacle to peace in the Middle East is Israel’s rapacious aggression with unconditional US support, and that before October 7, 2023 Gaza was essentially an open-air prison. They are well-worth a hearing since they often provide insider information you cannot find anywhere else, their arguments are supported by plenty of evidence, and they provide the historical context that allows a deeper understanding of a conflict, a context that is almost always lacking in the mainstream media where the belief seems to prevail, for example, that history began on October 7, 2023.

John Mearsheimer delivered a lecturer back in 2015 on why the West in general and the US in particular is principally responsible for the conflict in Ukraine. Since being posted on Youtube, the lecture has attracted 29 million views. He argued that the George W. Bush administration’s proposal at the 2008 NATO Bucharest summit to include Ukraine in NATO was highly provocative, foolish and counter to US interests. Both German Chancellor Angela Merkel and French President Nicholas Sarkozy at the time opposed it, with Merkel claiming its aggressive implications meant Russia would perceive the admission of Ukraine as a “declaration of war.” Russia in fact insisted it would pose an existential threat and therefore cross a red line. Mearsheimer points out that the US would never accept a similar move by another great power in relation to the US, citing as evidence the Monroe doctrine, which bars other great powers from the Western Hemisphere, and the Cuban missile crisis where the US demanded the Soviet Union remove its missiles from Cuba and threatened nuclear war.

Image: Photo shows Drs. Muhanna and Abed caring for an infant and staff mourning three colleagues executed by occupation forces.

Aside from Ukraine, Mearsheimer is highly critical of the US role in the Middle East where he has concluded Israel is committing genocide and ethnic cleansing in Gaza and where Israel’s aggressive expansionist policies as well as its total reliance on military force, far from making it more secure, have achieved exactly the opposite result. Israel is in “deep trouble,” he argues, because it has been unable to decisively defeat Hamas in Gaza, it has been unable to win the release of the Israeli hostages, it has been unable to shield northern Israel from Hezbollah’s attacks and therefore unable to return the Israeli residents to their northern homes, and it has become a global pariah detested by people around the world because of its genocide against the Palestinian people. Israel’s crimes and US complicity in those crimes – Israel could not continue its wars without the steady supply of US weapons – is in neither country’s interests, Mearsheimer continues. The US is providing unwavering support above all because of the powerful Zionist lobby in the US which buys politicians like most of us buy groceries. Thanks to the lobby with its huge cash resources, critics of Israel are quickly run out of office. The US has lost the little moral credibility it had on a global scale.  And Israel has only succeeded in making itself intensely hated by its Arab neighbors and people with a moral conscience around the world.

Mearsheimer approaches the geopolitical world through the lens of “realism,” a political science doctrine that argues the behavior of nations is largely dictated by the logic of the structure within which they are situated. Because there is no international police force that can protect weak nations from stronger nations that might prey on them, every nation aims to maximize its power simply to defend itself from aggressors and survive in this dog-eat-dog world. And when there are multiple great powers, conflict among them is inevitable because each will vie to be the dominant power to escape victimization by the others. 

Because of his theoretical grounding, Mearsheimer’s conclusions often conflict with those emanating from the good/evil ideological matrix of the US government. For Mearsheimer, being ruthless can be the most rational course of action in the pursuit of survival. Whether it is also a moral course of action is a separate and subordinate question. Survival necessarily trumps all other interests because you cannot pursue morality, for example, if you do not survive. In this way, it makes sense for the US to strive to dominate the western hemisphere, for China to want to dominate east Asia, and for Russia to oppose NATO expansion. It is all about the need to maximize power for survival.

Finally, because Mearsheimer sees the geopolitical structure that defines the relations of nations to one another as relatively stable, he considers the resulting conflicts as often unavoidable as great powers act in their own rational interests and compete for hegemony. Hence, there is a tendency for him to see conflicts persisting “as far as the eye can see” with little hope for resolutions.

While Mearsheimer downplays the role of individual agency and emphasizes the structural relations among nations to explain their interaction, Jeffrey Sachs emphasizes individual agency. As a trained economist he has advised various UN Secretary Generals and has been asked by heads of state around the world for help with their economy. In 1989, for example, he advised the new post-communist Polish government about how to transition from a centrally planned economy to capitalism. To facilitate the transition, Sachs approached the US government and requested aid to help relieve Poland’s debt crisis. By the end of the day, the US government agreed to the aid and Poland’s transition went relatively smoothly. Accordingly, Sachs thinks there are good grounds for believing that individual agency goes a long way in explaining how geopolitics can operate. He often berates US government leaders for choosing military force instead of diplomacy in navigating foreign affairs, admonishing them to grow up and act like adults. Finally, Sachs is in communication with world leaders and can sometimes provide inside information about their thinking. Not surprisingly, they are often quite critical of US foreign policy but would never voice these criticisms publicly.  

Alastair Crooke is a star player among these analysts. Because of his background as a Middle East negotiator, he has contacts in the Middle East that supply him with invaluable information that cannot be found in the US mainstream media. Moreover, Crooke has a sophisticated understanding of world events. While Mearsheimer is apt to assume that conflicts will persist indefinitely with apparently little change on the horizon and Sachs is likely to assume events can change suddenly if leaders will just do the right thing, Crooke views individuals constrained by prevailing “paradigms,” somewhat like Mearsheimer, but unlike Mearsheimer emphasizes that these paradigms can themselves undergo fundamental change, which means that everything within the paradigm is altered. For him, “The 7th of October has changed the region for good.”  In other words, Crooke views the world dialectically: October 7, 2023 exploded the old paradigm, and we are now witnessing the birth of a new paradigm which has yet to fully develop.

Chas Freeman belongs in his own category. Because of his long career in the US government, one would think his perspective would be saturated with US government propaganda so that he would be unable to empathize with other nations. But quite the contrary, Freeman displays a deep appreciation and respect for other cultures and the rights of other nations as well as an uncanny ability to see the world from their point of view. From this perspective he does not hesitate to criticize US government policies, particularly the inveterate recourse to military force and the refusal to take into consideration the legitimate concerns of other nations such as NATO expansion for Russia. Freeman labels members of the Israeli government as fascist and argues the government operates against Israel’s self-interests, not to mention the interests of the US. He often treats the audience to pithy formulations. For example: Give a blank check to an alcoholic and he will go out and buy alcohol; give Netanyahu a blank check and he will go out and start a war. And in relation to the war in Ukraine: the US will fight to the last Ukrainian.

The counter narrative waged by these mainstream voices on the internet is having an impact on public opinion. Although the US government routinely ignores public opinion when formulating policy, at times the public breaks through and exerts an influence. Mass demonstrations in US streets helped bring the US war in Vietnam to a close. Currently, the Arab streets are boiling over with anger towards Israel for its genocide in Gaza and this is pushing their leaders in a new direction. At a recent summit in Riyadh that included a representative from Iran, Mohammed bin Salman warned Israel not to attack Iran and condemned Israel for its genocide in Gaza. Iran’s president was not able to attend but phoned the Crown Prince in advance and expressed the hope of deeper cooperation between their two countries. After years of hostile relations, the two are now drawing together even to the point of staging a joint naval exercise, a development that would have been unimaginable not long ago.

Whether we agree with other people or not, we are always in a stronger position when we hear their arguments and adjust our position if necessary. These internet programs provide us with that opportunity and allow us to escape from the monotone, group-think line of the mainstream media.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Ann Robertson is a Lecturer Faculty emeritus of the Philosophy Department at San Francisco State University and can be reached at [email protected].

Pakistan wants to reduce its disproportionate dependence on China, hence why it prefers for Russia to modernize its resource infrastructure instead of China, which aligns with US strategic goals.

Express Tribune reported on the outcome of the ninth Pakistan-Russia Inter-Governmental Commission on Trade, Economic, Scientific and Technical Cooperation. The protocol that they inked comprehensively expands cooperation in the resource sector. This includes energy and mineral exploration, oilfield services, a gas pipeline, industrial communication, shared standards, equipment, LNG, coal and chemical cooperation, and hydroelectric power and water management. Here are some background briefings:

The primary obstacles to their cooperation up until this point were financial and political, the first with regard to Pakistan’s infamous lack of funds and the second due to the US’ influence over its government. It remains unclear how they were surmounted, but it could be that Pakistan will offer Russia preferential stakes in these projects in lieu of cash while the US might have allowed this to happen in order for its historical ally’s decrepit resource infrastructure to finally modernize.

Elaborating more on the last point, private American companies might not be willing to bear the tremendous costs that this could entail due to how long it’ll take to receive a return on their investments, but state Russian companies might not have the same concerns. Moreover, from the US’ strategic perspective, if its own private companies can’t take on these projects due to the unfavorable terms, then it’s better for Russian ones to do so than Chinese ones if Washington is forced to choose.

That’s because the US is competing with China for influence over Pakistan, not with Russia, which will never approach anywhere near those two’s level of influence there. While it might appear to observers that Russia’s strategic resource inroads in Pakistan could erode American influence, they actually serve as a counterweight to China’s by denying the People’s Republic more influence in this sector. The US’ premier influence over Pakistan’s military, political system, and elites remains unaffected by this.

Viewed from an admittedly controversial zero-sum perspective, the gradual growth of Russian influence in parts of the Pakistani economy therefore erodes China’s influence over the country, which in turn strengthens America’s overall strategic position. Sanctioned Russia urgently requires new markets, and it’s willing to pay higher costs for access to them so long as it’s promised high rates of return in the long term through preferential stakes in these projects, thus explaining its national interest in this context.

Readers should also be aware that this is part of Russia’s “Pivot to (South) Asia” that was described in detail here late last month and aims to preemptively avert disproportionate dependence on China. Pakistan also wants to reduce its own already existing such dependence on China, hence why it prefers for Russia to modernize its resource infrastructure, which aligns with US strategic goals. If this trend continues, then it’ll one day be possible to speak about the Russian-US-Chinese interplay in Pakistan.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from the author

Autism, Made in the USA

December 18th, 2024 by Richard Gale

Over the past few decades, the dramatic increase in autism spectrum disorders (ASD), now diagnosed in 1 in every 36 children, has often been attributed to improved definitions for ASD and diagnostic tools. However, a closer look at government statistics reveals alarming trends in children’s health that go far beyond better diagnostics. Since the early 1990s, there have been staggering increases in several chronic conditions: ADHD rates have risen by 890 percent, autism diagnoses by 2,094 percent, bipolar disease in youth by 10,833 percent, and celiac disease by 1,011 percent. These numbers beg the question—what has fundamentally changed in our children’s health over the past three decades?

Despite these concerning trends, our culture continues to elevate science as the ultimate authority on health and reality, often dismissing common sense, reason, and direct empirical observation. Ironically, physicians rely on patients to describe their symptoms—a testament to the importance of individual observations—while federal health agencies and influential organizations like the American Academy of Pediatrics dismiss environmental factors in favor of subjective theories, such as genetic predispositions or chemical brain imbalances as the root causes for the majority of mental and behavioral disorders in children.

This reliance on ideology over empirical scrutiny extends to vaccine development, where standard double-blind placebo trials, the gold standard for FDA drug approval, are glaringly absent. Vaccines such as the hepatitis B shot for infants and the HPV vaccine Gardasil for adolescents have been approved with minimal scientific rigor, yet they are heavily promoted and, in many cases, mandated.

The media compounds the issue by amplifying the official narrative while systematically excluding dissenting voices. This failure of transparency has allowed federal health agencies like the CDC, NIAID, and HHS to evade accountability. These institutions, which should safeguard public health, have instead become ideologically and politically captured by private interests. Their close ties to pharmaceutical companies have led to the approval of insufficiently tested vaccines, the pathologization of normal childhood behaviors, and the delivery of subpar healthcare—all at a staggering cost of $5 trillion annually.

Our medical authorities assure us that they would never allow our children to be exposed to something unproven or known to be dangerous. They claim that vaccines, even when multiple injections are given on a single day, are safe and do “not cause any chronic health problems.” Further, they claim that the ingredients contained in vaccines are either harmless or found in such miniscule quantities that they pose no health risks. The medical establishment also states unequivocally that there is no connection between vaccination and the rising incidence of ASD. Anyone who questions the safety of vaccination is immediately labeled as irresponsible or a quack who subscribes to pseudoscience.

Despite the dire state of children’s health and healthcare outcomes, no significant reform efforts have been made. There is an urgent need to reevaluate our priorities and address the systemic failures that have left children and families increasingly vulnerable in a broken medical system.

Image is from NaturalNews.com

Every year, tens of millions of American children are vaccinated according to the vaccination schedule set forth by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). The current CDC schedule recommends over 27 vaccines by the time a child reaches two years of age, and up to six shots in a single visit. In good faith the majority of parents follow their physicians’ and the CDC’s assurances that vaccines are both safe and effective.  In order to protect the child and national population against disease, we must follow their recommendations.

We would expect our medical authorities to assure us that they would never permit our children to be exposed to something unproven or known to be dangerous. Whatever medical interventions given to our children, including vaccines, we would expect to be extremely well tested in state-of-art clinical studies. The CDC claims that vaccines, even when multiple injections are given on a single day, are safe and do not cause any chronic health problems.

Further, they claim that the ingredients contained in vaccines are either harmless or found in such miniscule quantities that they pose no health risks. The medical establishment also states unequivocally that there is no connection between vaccination and the rising incidence of autism spectrum disorder. Anyone who questions the safety of vaccination is immediately labeled as irresponsible or a quack who subscribes to pseudoscience.  

Given that vaccines are mandatory for most children in public schools, it would seem reasonable they should be scientifically proven to be safe. However, in a careful analysis of many hundreds of articles in the peer-reviewed literature on toxicology and immunology, nowhere can we find evidence for these claims about vaccine safety being based upon a gold standard of clinical research: long-term, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies. What is glaringly absent is research examining the cumulative toxicological impact of the CDC vaccine schedule over a long period of time. Never has a concise epidemiological study been published that compares the long-term health outcomes of a group of infants and children given the recommended CDC immunization schedule and a cohort of unvaccinated children. Since such research has never been carried out, our medical officials rely on inconclusive data that is not science-based and direly deficient for creating public health policies. Meanwhile, year and after year, generation after generation, American parents bring their children in for regular vaccinations while mistaking pure propaganda as scientific proof.

All humans possess a unique biochemistry that makes them more or less susceptible to various types of toxins. Whereas one child may be left with a compromised immune system after exposure to an environmental toxin, another child may experience learning problems or mild brain defects. Vaccine safety is not proved by stating the obvious – that not every child who receives the standard CDC vaccine schedule has autism.  As we witness a rapidly increasing number of vaccinated children being afflicted by conditions such as autoimmune disorders, autism, food allergies, encephalitis, type 1 diabetes, Crohn’s disease, etc., it’s critical that environmental toxins be thoroughly investigated in childhood health to better understand their pathology.  And when we look into the independent science on the safety of vaccines, it’s readily apparent that many of the ingredients found in vaccines are toxic, even in small amounts, and these are likely contributing to a variety of illnesses, including autism, as more vaccines are added to the CDC immunization schedule.

After taking an uncompromising look at the institutions and medical professionals claiming that vaccines are safe for our children, we find that just a brief review of our medical establishment reveals a corrupt network riddled with conflicts of interest and scandal, making it clear that we simply cannot trust our health officials on the issue of vaccine safety. 

Federal health propaganda denies outright that vaccinations are a causative factor for the rise in severe childhood neurological disorders. However, the studies they base their belief are solely observational retrospective studies. Such studies categorically fail to meet any gold standard and are often criticized for being overly vulnerable to researcher bias and the use of confounding variables to intentionally skew results. Every major study cited by pro-vaccine advocates to argue against an autism-vaccine relationship is an observational or cohort study.

 The increase in autism, starting in the late-1980s, was largely believed to be genetic — and this myth continues despite the serious biological gaps to prove that such causation is scientifically sound. Despite the CDC’s claims, the Institute of Medicine released a report stating that the CDC’s childhood vaccine schedule has never been studied for safety. As far back as 1991, IOM has persistently urged the Department of Health and Human Services to conduct such studies.[1]

Image: Cases before the Vaccine Court are heard in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

undefined

The argument against an autism-vaccine connection falls flat when we consider that the US government’s own Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP) has awarded families monetary restitution for children who became autistic following immunization. Three cases compensated by the VICP highlight a link between vaccines and autism in certain circumstances. Hannah Poling developed ASD after receiving nine vaccines in one day; her family received compensation exceeding $1.5 million due to her underlying mitochondrial disorder aggravated by vaccines. Similarly, Ryan Mojabi’s family was awarded compensation after vaccines caused severe brain injury leading to autism symptoms although the award amount remains undisclosed. These cases illustrate the complexity of vaccine safety in vulnerable individuals. The case of Bailey Banks involved a court ruling that the MMR (measles, mumps, and rubella) vaccine caused acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM), a brain inflammation that led to pervasive developmental delay, a condition on the autism spectrum. Again, the exact amount awarded in compensation is not publicly specified in most records because such settlements include lifetime care provisions and other benefits that are difficult to quantify. Beyond these cases, a study examining adjudicated cases in the VICP revealed that 83 children with autism were compensated for vaccine-related brain injuries. Most of these cases involved diagnosis of encephalopathy or seizure disorders accompanied by developmental regression and autistic symptoms. These cases challenge the federal health agencies public claims that no such connection has been recognized.[2] 

For several decades we have been critiquing the scientific literature that both supports and cautions the CDC’s immunization schedule and the many vaccines and their toxic ingredients that children receive before reaching their sixth year.  For years mercury or thimerosal was the main culprit, and indeed the evidence for mercury’s contribution to the increase in ASD should no longer be debated. Despite thimerosal having been removed from most vaccines, aside from the influenza shots, the inclusion of aluminum as a vaccine adjuvant continues to be ubiquitous. Aluminum disrupts brain homeostasis by inducing oxidative stress, mitochondrial dysfunction, and chronic inflammation, posing significant risks to genetically susceptible children.

The National Library of Medicine lists over 3,000 references about aluminum’s toxicity to human biochemistry. Aluminum’s dangers, often found as alum or aluminum hydroxide in vaccines and food preparations, have been known since 1912, when the first director of the FDA, Dr. Harvey Wiley, later resigned in disgust over its commercial use in food canning; he was also among the first government officials to ever warn about tobacco’s cancer risks back in 1927.[3]

Aluminum compounds — either as aluminium hydroxide or aluminum phosphate — are the most common adjuvants found in vaccines, including the hepatitis A and B vaccines, DTP, Hib, Pneumococcus, and the HPV vaccine or Gardasil. JB Handley noted that back in the mid-1980s, a fully vaccinated child would have received 1,250 mcg of aluminum before turning 18 years of age. Today that same fully vaccinated child would be injected with over 4,900 mcg, a four-fold increase.[4]  And a child’s actual aluminum exposure is likely much greater because aluminum sulfate is used in the purification of municipal water. Aluminum neurotoxicity in preterm infants after intravenous feeding, which at one time contained alum, was observed back in 1997 and reported in the New England Journal of Medicine. Thirty-nine percent of infants receiving aluminum-containing solutions developed learning problems upon entering schools compared to those receiving aluminum-free solutions.[5]

Dr. James Lyons-Weiler at the Institute for Pure and Applied Knowledge observed that vaccine aluminum levels are based upon increasing immune efficacy and ignore the body weight safety of a child, especially infants and toddlers. Even more negligent, the safety codes for aluminum vaccine doses also rely on dietary studies in mice and rats, not human children!  Lyons-Weiler notes, “On Day 1 of life, infants receive 17 times more aluminum than would be allowed if doses were adjusted per body weight.”[6]

Some of the research to discover aluminum-adjuvanted vaccines toxic levels and their adverse effects have found the following:

  • Aluminum inflicts strong neurotoxicity on primary neurons.[7]
  • Aluminum-laced vaccines increase the aluminum levels in murine brain tissue leading to neurotoxicity.[8]
  • Aluminum hydroxide, the most common form of adjuvant used in vaccines deposits mostly in the kidney, liver and brain.[9]
  • Long term exposure to vaccine-derived aluminum hydroxide (which is today an ingredient in almost all vaccines) results in macrophagic myofastitis lesions.[10]

Alarming health consequences of aluminum were reported in a 2011 study published in the Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry led by Dr. Lucija Tomljenovic at the University of British Columbia. That study revealed that rates of ASD among children are greater in countries where children are exposed to the highest amounts of aluminum in vaccines. The authors also noted “the increase in exposure to Al [aluminum] adjuvants significantly correlates with the increase in ASD [autism spectrum disorder] prevalence in the United States observed over the last two decades”. A later article by Dr. Tomljenovic, published in the journal Immunotherapy, discussed the neurotoxic effects of aluminum on the central nervous system. The study documents aluminum’s ability to trigger autoimmune and inflammatory responses, alter genetic expression and hence contribute to neurodevelopmental disorders.[11]

When Christopher Exely at Keele University analyzed brain tissue from children and teenagers diagnosed with ASD, he found consistently high levels of aluminum, with some of the highest concentrations recorded in human brain tissue. Aluminum was primarily detected inside inflammatory non-neuronal cells, such as microglia-like cells, across various brain regions, including the occipital and frontal lobes. These findings point directly to aluminum’s in ASD neuropathology in younger populations. Exley also systematically reviewed and analyzed 59 studies to assess the relationship between exposure to aluminum, cadmium and mercury and ASD. Significant associations were found, with aluminum and mercury levels in hair and urine positively linked to ASD. Again his findings underscore the aluminum’s neurotoxic potential impact on neurodevelopment. The study strongly advocates for reducing vaccine’s aluminum exposure among pregnant women and young children as a proactive measure to mitigate the increasing incidence of ASD.[12]

A University of Buffalo study further highlighted the urgent need to eliminate aluminum salts from vaccines due to their neurotoxic potential and possible association with ASD. The authors emphasize that replacing aluminum adjuvants in immunizations with safer alternatives should be prioritized as soon as possible to reduce long-term neurological damage and protect vulnerable children.[13]

In 2002, researchers at Utah State University conducted a serological study of elevated measles antibodies and myelin basic protein (MBP) autoantibodies from 125 autistic children and 92 children in a normal control group. MBP has been identified as playing a significant  role in the onset of autism. Ninety percent of the MMR antibody positive autistic children were also positive for MBP autoantibodies. The researchers concluded that “an inappropriate antibody response to MMR, specifically the measles component thereof, might be related to the pathogenesis of autism.

Despite the CDC’s consistent denial of an autism-vaccine relationship, researchers at Imperial College London examined the surge in ASD and speech impairment in the US over a six-year period. Their 2017 paper published in Metabolic Brain Disease identified a statistically significant link between higher vaccination rates and increased prevalence of these conditions. It found that a 1% increase in vaccination rates corresponded to 680 additional ASD cases thereby raising urgent concerns about vaccine components as potential environmental triggers for autism.[14] 

Image source

Infanrix Hexa: Dosages and Ingredients | Full Prescribing Info | MIMS Indonesia

Another disturbing case of government-industry knowledge about a vaccine-autism connection was a leaked 2011 document from GlaxoSmithKline, one of the world’s largest vaccine manufacturers. Reported by VacTruth’s Christina England, the text admits the corporation had been aware of the autistic risks associated with its Infanrix vaccine, which combines diphtheria, tetanus, acellular pertussis, hepatitis B, inactivated polio and haemophilus influenza viruses. The report details adverse effects associated with autism, including encephalitis, developmental delays, altered states of consciousness, speech delays and other adverse reactions.[15]

The work of Dr. Roman Gherardi at the University of Paris has shown that when an aluminum adjuvant is injected in a mouse, the metal will find its way to the brain a year later. The significance of this discovery confirms the incidence of gradual ASD progression, and symptoms do not necessarily appear immediately after vaccination. Gherardi and his colleagues also discovered that the aluminum adjuvant remains in the tissues far longer than originally assumed. The Paris University study raises a serious concern over aluminum’s biopersistence, which Gherardi calls a “Trojan horse mechanism.” The adjuvant can lodge and accumulate in brain tissue for years, decades or perhaps a lifetime.[16] This raises a further concern about brain neuroinflammation caused by the buildup of aluminum plaque. Dr. Carlos Pardo-Villamizar at Johns Hopkins University published his paper “Neuroglial Activation and Neuroinflammation in the Brain Patterns of Patients with Autism.” His conclusions: autistic brains are permanently inflamed. This was the first independent study to actually look at the brains of people with autism.[17]

Even when the CDC’s own immunologist, Dr. William Thompson, whistle-blows and provides thousands of pages of scientific data and research proving a vaccine-autism connection, the matter is rapidly shoved under the table. In the case of Dr. Thompson’s release of confidential documents to a Congressional subcommittee, the CDC intentionally concealed its evidence that African American boys under 36 months had a higher risk of autism after receiving the Measles-Mumps-Rubella vaccine or MMR.  The documents proved the CDC had previously known for years that neurological tics, which indicate brain disturbances, were associated with thimerosal-containing vaccines, notably the flu vaccine.

While all this evidence might warrant our health agencies to be charged with criminal misconduct for endangering public health, they have had no effect on changing national policy over vaccine safety. Rather, the official denial of a possible association between vaccines and autism has now been engraved into an absolute dogma. To date, there is not a single gold standard publication to refute with any degree of certainty a vaccine-autism connection. Nevertheless, one thing is certain. The health of Americans is declining dramatically. Annually, the statistics worsen. American children’s health ranks dead last among developed nations. And a large proportion of this poor ranking is attributed to the failing health in American children with neuro-developmental disorders including autism and ADHD. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Richard Gale is the Executive Producer of the Progressive Radio Network and a former Senior Research Analyst in the biotechnology and genomic industries.

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Notes

[1] https://childrenshealthdefense.org/cdc-who/

[2] https://ahrp.org/federal-court-compensated-83-vaccine-injured-autistic-children/

[3] https://www.fda.gov/AboutFDA/History/FOrgsHistory/Leaders/ucm2016811.htm

[4] Handley JB.  How to End the Autism Epidemic. Sky Horse: New York, 2018

[5]  “Aluminum Toxicity in Infants and Children,”   Pediatrics. 1996 Mar; 97(3)  114(4):1126  http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/content/97/3/413

[6] [13] Lyons-Weiler J, Ricketson R.  Reconsideration of the immunotherapeutic pediatric safe dose levels of aluminum  J Trace Elements Med Biol. 2018 Jul;48, 67-73

[7] Kawahara M et al. Effects of aluminum on the neurotoxicity of primary cultured neurons and on the aggregation of betamyloid protein. Brain Res. Bull. 2001, 55, 211-217

[8] Redhead K et al. Aluminum adjuvanted vaccines transiently increase aluminum levels in murine brain tissue. Pharacol. Toxico. 1992, 70, 278-280

[9] Sahin G et al. Determination of aluminum levels in the kidney, liver and brain of mice treated with aluminum hydroxide. Biol. Trace. Elem Res.  1994. 1194 Apr-May;41 (1-2): 129-35

[10] Gherardi M et al. Macrophagaic myofastitis lesions assess long-term. Brain. 2001. Vol. 124, No. 9, 1821-1831

[11]Tomljenovic L, Shaw CA. “Do aluminum vaccine adjuvants contribute to the rising prevalence of autism?” Journal of Inorganic Biochemistry.  2011 Nov;105(11):1489-99. 

[12] Ibid.

[13] Sulaiman R, Wang M, Ren XF. Exposure to aluminum, cadium and mercury and autism spectrum disorder in children: a systematic review and meta analysis. Chem Res Toxicol. 2020 Nov 16;33(11):2699-2718. doi: 10.1021/acs.chemrestox.0c00167

[14] Morris G, Puri BK, Frye RE. The putative role of environmental aluminum in the development of chronic neuropathology in adults and children. Metab Brain Dis. 2017 Jul 27;32(5):1335–1355. doi: 10.1007/s11011-017-0077-2

[15]  https://vactruth.com/2012/12/16/36-infants-dead-after-vaccine/

[16] Gherardi M et al. Macrophagaic myofastitis lesions assess long-term. Brain. 2001. Vol. 124, No. 9, 1821-1831

[17] Pardo CA, Vargas DL, et al. “Neuroglial Activation and Neuroinflammation in the Brains of Patients with Autism,” Ann. Neurol. 2005; 57:67-81

Featured image is from Vactruth.com

One of the first lectures I attended when I started medical school way back in 1982 was on Pharmacology. It was delivered by a resident Professor who was also the co-author of the standard and ubiquitously used text at the time. The Professor was an older man, obviously brilliant, but it wasn’t anything he said about the science of drugs I can remember: it was something else.

For some reason or other he spoke about stress and he made reference to the Greeks at the time of the Peloponnesian Wars, the gist of which was something like ‘if you think life’s stressful now, imagine living back then when at any given moment your entire city could be attacked and razed.’

And indeed, that is exactly what happened to the inhabitants of the island of Melos when, in 416 BC, the Athenians presented the Melians with an ultimatum: surrender to Athens or be vanquished. The Melians decided to stand and fight when they were besieged, and they lost. All of its men of fighting age were killed and its women and children were summarily enslaved.

Expeditious savagery was nothing new, but what made the siege of Melos remarkable was the justification used by the ‘democratic’ Athenians for their assault: the strong can do whatever they want, and the weak must submit. Or, perhaps even more simply, Power Rules.

In the midst of Operation Covid we have seen this principle exercised at every turn and in every conceivable way. Mandates were issues, dissenters were ‘cancelled’, silenced, or, like Reiner Fuellmich, jailed. Here in New Zealand, while I write, one of the doctors who saw fit to help rather than indiscriminately jab her patients is in the dock at a Tribunal — a Tribunal whose expenses will be billed to her, no matter the outcome. And it is for no other reason than because the Authorities, in this case the woefully corrupt Medical Council of New Zealand, wish to wield their power. Logic, sense, good medicine, ethics, duty of care — nothing matters except their determination to bring dissidents down. Yes, it’s that naked and that bad.

The Covid downpour may have ended, but the Covid Clowns remains above us all, hovering ominously, warning us that submission is our only choice. The zombies around us who marched to the Piper’s tune try to believe that everything’s okay, but even they can sense this shift, no matter how vigorously they deny the Sudden Deaths of the young or the efflorescence of strange or viciously aggressive Cancers all around, or the hypocrisy of awarding architects of Medical Totalitarianism — such as Jacinda Ardern or Ashley Bloomfield — high State Honors.

Like the Melians and other peoples during the Peloponnesian Wars we are all of us laboring under the peculiar and relentless threat that our lives and liberties may be snatched from us at a pin’s drop should Power decide to flex its arbitrary muscle.

For us, in our globally-networked world, it’s everywhere — then again, for those unfortunate Mediterraneans who ran afoul of Athens or Sparta or Persia, it was also everywhere that counted for them.

I often amuse myself by following discussions in Physics and the quest for that elusive ‘theory of everything’ — not that I understand string theory or particle accelerators or so-called dark energy and matter, or general or special relativity, or the fine points of quantum mechanics. I really don’t. But in my ruminations I am often led to the question about the human pursuit of knowledge. Is there a limit to how much we can know? Is there some special drive that blesses the quest to know with a virtue that cannot ever be questioned?

The old adage ‘knowledge is power’ rightly sums it all up for me. There is NO knowing without at least the hidden desire for control. Knowledge for knowledge’s sake is a clever fiction.

I’ve said many times before that we possess all the technological and scientific knowledge we need to make the Earth a living paradise for its billions: the only things standing it the way is human greed, selfishness and the never-ending quest for greater power over others that we may exalt ourselves.

It’s pitiful, when you think about it. And it would be laughable were it not for the destruction that has ensued. How many hundreds of thousands are dead in the Ukraine and the Middle East, and are dying in the ‘hidden’ war against our bodies, because of the illusions and fickle employment of Power?

I understand the Nihilists better, those of my friends who see no political solution, those who have been jaded by the machinations of the Deep State that killed their heroes in plain sight: JFK, RFK, MLK, X, and others.

But the Deep State, like Goliath, is not invincible. The problem, in the end, with Nihilism, is that there is no way out, and there is nothing one can put to them to shake them from their position, no evidence of little hopes. If I utter the name ‘Trump’ I am immediately dismissed as a deluded fool, for example.

And yet, I note, during Trump’s first four years in office he started no wars. And yet, I think, he has publicly questioned the role of vaccines in autism, and publicly acknowledged the phenomenon of human trafficking, and publicly criticizes bureaucratic drones and publicly refuses to concede an election we all knew he won in 2020, and on and on.

But I keep these things to myself among the Nihilists. It’s really not about Trump after all, but about the struggle against the wielders of Power against the people, a struggle that has been going on since the birth of our species, and will always go on. And it is no shame to hurl ourselves into this struggle with the heft of political figures espousing our cause, whoever they may be.

There are probably more of us now than ever who are awake to this truth, and it behooves us as we continue our fight to make sure we help each other out — we in our community. That, in and of itself, is a source of shining Hope. And it is also the best antidote to the weight of the Covid Cloud, which we may see no longer an an oppressor, but as a reminder that the siege launched in 2020 was NOT successful.

I’ve been saying for a long long time that all we need is a fighting chance, and we now certainly have it. Stress is stress and it will always be, but in shaking off the cobwebs of despondency and listing actively in battle we have the antidote.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Dr. Garcia is a Philadelphia-born psychoanalyst and psychiatrist who emigrated to New Zealand in 2006. He has authored articles ranging from explorations of psychoanalytic technique, the psychology of creativity in music (Mahler, Rachmaninoff, Scriabin, Delius), and politics. He is also a poet, novelist and theatrical director. He retired from psychiatric practice in 2021 after working in the public sector in New Zealand. Visit his substack at https://newzealanddoc.substack.com/.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

On December 8, the Syrian dictator Bashar al-Assad fled to Russia leaving the country to be occupied by a coalition of armed fighters led by Ahmad al-Sharaa, the leader of Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS).

The HTS and the numerous affiliated armed groups have taken over the administration of the country, and have not carried out any massacres or threatened the public safety. They say they will be caretakers until March when a transition government will be formed in Damascus and later elections to be held. The HTS and their affiliates are now conducting themselves in the role of a police force.

However, the Syrian people, the neighboring countries, the Middle East as well as Europe and the US are extremely worried about the radical Islamic ideology of the fighters and their leadership. Al-Sharaa has referred to the current state of Syria as an ‘Islamic State’.

Syria was ruled for 50 years as a secular socialist form of government. The Muslim Brotherhood is viewed in many countries, including Egypt, Saudi Arabia, UAE and Russia as a banned terrorist organization. 

Experts warn of the possibility of Syria turning into a new version of Afghanistan under the Taliban.  Syria is a mixed population of Sunni, Alowi, Shiite and Christian.  The Muslim Brotherhood ideology is not acceptable to the majority of Syrians who seek a secular democracy.  

Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Tarek Ajib to gain further insight into the events happening on the ground.

Tarek Ajib is a Syrian journalist and researcher. He has been a member of the Syrian Journalists Union and the Arab since 1998. He is editor-in-chief of Midline-news, and a founding member of the Paris Forum for Studies and Research. 

Steven Sahiounie (SS): Hayat Tahrir al-Sham, a radical Islamist group supported by Turkey, is now in control of Syria. In your opinion, why does Turkey’s President Erdoğan want a radical group in charge of Syria?

Tarek Ajib (TA): It is important to know at the beginning that the ideology and doctrine of Hayat Tahrir al-Sham is very close to the ideology of the ruling Justice and Development Party in Turkey, and during the years of the crisis, Turkish intelligence was able to attract it, reformulate it and adapt it to serve it, and it seems that it has moved to the bosom of the Muslim Brotherhood who rule Turkey through their arm, the Justice and Development Party, and Turkey was able during the past years to provide the requirements for Hayat Tahrir al-Sham’s victory in Syria politically and militarily, and if the group is able to consolidate its rule in Syria, this will be tantamount to expanding Turkey’s influence in the region and increasing its role in the world.

SS: Israel has invaded the south of Syria, and is very close to Damascus, the Syrian capital.  But, there has been very little international condemnation. In your opinion, why is the world silent?

TA: In the international political game, the world we are talking about is the West led by the Americans, and the countries that are allied with it or subject to it, and there are countries that have good relations or strategic relations with Israel, and everyone clearly and frankly declares that what matters most to them in the region is the security of Israel, and they considered that the weapons of the former Syrian regime constitute a threat to Israel, and the fall of the regime at the hands of armed factions led by Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham, classified as terrorist by international consensus, may lead to strategic and heavy weapons falling into the hands of these terrorist groups, and thus they may use them against Israel, so the “silent world” considered that what Israel did were preemptive strikes to defend itself by destroying those weapons so that they would not fall into the hands of extremist groups.

SS: We hear the deafening silence of the Arab world after the fall of Syria to the HTS coalition, even though it reminds everyone of Afghanistan and the Taliban. In your opinion, will the oil-rich Arab countries take action to prevent a long-term Islamic State of Syria?

TA: The existence of an Islamic state that carries the ideas of the Muslim Brotherhood, which all Arab countries have suffered from, or a state that carries extremist ideas, is the last thing that the Arab countries want, and they will certainly work hard to prevent that, and this is what we are waiting for how it will be translated on the ground, and the coming short period will show whether the Arab countries are able to prevent that, and how.

SS: Reports say that the extremist groups and ideology that took over Syria, may spread to other countries in the region. In your opinion, what country will be next and why?

TA: Extremist thought has a major goal, which is to establish a caliphate state over the widest geography it can control, so it never stops thinking about expanding this geography and does not set or see specific limits for its project.

Unfortunately, Iraq is the next target for these terrorist organizations and those who stand behind them.

SS: On December 20, the US Congress will meet either to renew sanctions on Syria, or lift them.  In your opinion, will the US lift these sanctions?

TA: I do not think that the US Congress will provide any support to these organizations classified as terrorist on its lists, or lift any sanctions on Syria before there are clear steps and decisions consistent with the ministerial statement issued by the Aqaba meeting on the 14th of this month, which was attended by a number of foreign ministers of major and influential Arab countries, with the presence of US Secretary of State Blinken, the Turkish Foreign Minister, and the representative of the European Union, which called for the actual translation on the ground of the statements of Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham about a smooth political transition in Syria and the transition to a state of institutions and a state of law that takes into account all components of Syrian society and its political spectrum.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

On December 12, the Neo-Nazi junta’s GUR published a list of at least 545 ships of Russia’s so-called “shadow fleet” that also includes 238 tankers. The infamous spy agency (now effectively a terrorist organization) determined that it has a total deadweight of over 100 million tons, which is around 17% of the world’s oil tanker fleet. The GUR demands that these ships be sanctioned. The list also includes a number of vessels that allegedly “switched from the Iranian ghost armada to carry Russian oil”.

The Kiev regime insists that its overlords in the political West should block Moscow’s oil exports, but the reality is that this is effectively impossible. Not only that, but the world’s most aggressive power pole doesn’t even want to do it, as this would send oil prices into the stratosphere and devastate Western economies that are already struggling, particularly in Europe.

In fact, the United States and European Union are fighting tooth and nail to limit Russian export income by trying to impose the so-called price cap, but this has been futile, as even pathologically Russophobic countries such as the United Kingdom are circumventing it (Japan did it first soon after the cap was announced). Thus, as sanctions proved ineffective (for the umpteenth time, mind you), the Neo-Nazi junta is resorting to what it’s best at – terrorism.

Namely, on December 15, just three days after the list was published, two Russian oil tankers suffered heavy damage in the Kerch Strait (separates Crimea from the rest of Russia). The initial reports suggested that this was an accident. However, the chances of both vessels suffering similar damage almost simultaneously are extremely low, indicating that they were likely sabotaged.

The damage to two tankers, namely Volgoneft-212 and Volgoneft-239, resulted in the death of at least one sailor and reportedly even caused an oil spill. Both vessels were transporting approximately 4,300 tons of fuel oil. The last known location before the incident showed that Volgoneft-212 was just north of the Crimean Bridge, while Volgoneft-239 was just south of it. The bridge is often targeted by the Kiev regime, making the possibility of a terrorist attack all the more likely. Luckily, with the exception of one fatality, the crews of both tankers were rescued. The possibility of kamikaze drone-boats or mines destroying the vessels certainly shouldn’t be excluded. Although the Neo-Nazi junta is yet to make any official comments, there are rumors among many of its propaganda outlets, bragging about how they sunk the two oil-carrying ships.

The incident comes at a time when the Kremlin is strengthening ties with its global partners, particularly India which just signed a massive 10-year oil deal with Russia. According to Reuters, India will be getting nearly 500,000 barrels per day for the next 10 years. The deal is worth $13 billion a year and amounts to 0.5% of global supply. Both multipolar powers stand to gain from this, with Moscow getting a steady, guaranteed income, while Delhi gets a discounted oil that will help boost its economy. The new deal accounts for approximately half of Rosneft’s seaborne oil exports from Russian ports. Obviously, this is a big issue for the political West, as it’s not only completely cut off from any influence or meaningful middleman (i.e. parasitical) profits it’s so used to when it comes to deals of third parties, but also because the sanctions are effectively nullified in this way.

Various Western countries have been trying to sanction the Russian “shadow fleet”, with the US sanctioning Moscow’s energy projects, in part to limit its revenues and in part to take its market share. However, these actions have had little to no effect, effectively defeating America’s attempts to cause a global commodities crisis. This leaves the previously mentioned terrorism as the only option to disrupt the staggering Russian economic resurgence.

Namely, the political West has been waging a total war on Russia for the last nearly three years, with the Neo-Nazi junta serving as the executive proxy. There have been hundreds of drone strikes, sabotage operations and terrorist attacks within Russia, all supported by various NATO intelligence services, including the monstrous Crocus City Hall attack, when 145 civilians were killed by radical Islamic terrorists.

.

Russian Crocus City Hall amphitheater interiors, day after terrorist attack on 22 March 2024 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

.

Both the political West and its Kiev regime puppets threatened they would escalate terrorist attacks across Russia, suggesting that anyone can be targeted. There have been numerous assassinations and assassination attempts on Russian public figures, including prominent philosophers, scientists, journalists, etc. This culminated with the failed plot to assassinate President Vladimir Putin himself, as well as Defense Minister Andrei Belousov.

The Kremlin even warned the Pentagon that if US services succeeded in their terrorist tactics, it would be the very last thing anyone from America would ever do, as the world’s most aggressive thalassocracy would simply cease to exist immediately after that. In other words, the warmongering lunatics and war criminals in Washington nearly blew up the planet, which seems to be their favorite pastime.

I’ve had the honor of participating in a meeting with Pepe Escobar and other experts and analysts from all over the world, where he confirmed that the assassination attempt took place and that Russia indeed warned the US that the consequence of such barbarism would be unimaginable. However, NATO and its Neo-Nazi puppets continue to attack high-ranking Russian figures.

Image: Kirillov in 2019 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

Namely, today (December 17), in the early hours, Lieutenant General Igor Kirillov, Head of the Nuclear, Biological and Chemical (NBC) Protection Troops of the Russian Armed Forces, was killed by an IED. The terrorist attack took place on Ryazansky Prospekt in Moscow. It should be noted that Lieutenant General Kirillov wasn’t directly involved in battlefield operations in Ukraine, but focused on investigating numerous extremely dangerous Pentagon-run biological warfare programs.

This includes military biolabs not just within the NATO-occupied Ukraine, but around the world. The blast, equivalent to at least 0.2 kg of TNT, also killed his assistant. According to the Turkish-backed, pro-terrorist Clash Report, just yesterday, the Kiev regime’s SBU issued “an absentee suspicion against Russian Lt. Gen. Igor Kirillov” (i.e. charged him in absentia). The BBC reported that the infamous spy agency (effectively a terrorist organization, just like the GUR) claimed that Kirillov was “a legitimate target because he carried out war crimes”. Once again, he didn’t take part in hostilities and focused solely on the matters within his jurisdiction – Nuclear, Biological and Chemical (NBC) protection, otherwise known as Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) defense. Thus, unless the Neo-Nazi junta planned on starting a nuclear war, this attack cannot be justified in any way.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Recent Framingham Heart Study research shows your gut microbiome significantly impacts cholesterol levels, with bacteria like Oscillibacter helping break down cholesterol through specific enzymes and metabolic processes

Scientists identified cholesterol dehydrogenase enzymes (ismA genes) in gut bacteria that convert cholesterol to coprostanol, a form less easily absorbed by the body

Specific gut bacteria directly influence non-HDL cholesterol levels: Eubacterium rectale helps lower it, while Clostridium sp CAG_299 increases

Cholesterol is involved in essential bodily functions, including cell membrane structure, hormone production, vitamin D synthesis and nerve signal transmission, making optimization the goal

A holistic approach to heart health requires maintaining oxygen-free gut conditions for beneficial bacteria, avoiding processed foods, managing stress and staying active

*

You might not realize it, but your gut health plays a pivotal role in your heart’s well-being. Recent research from the prestigious Framingham Heart Study has shed light on how the intricate community of microbes in your digestive system influences cholesterol levels.1

By meticulously analyzing stool samples and metabolic profiles from 1,429 participants, scientists were able to map out the complex interactions between your gut microbiome and heart health. This comprehensive study bridges the gap between gut bacteria and blood lipid levels, revealing that the composition of your gut microbes significantly impacts your cholesterol levels, opening new avenues for personalized health strategies for optimal health.

Cholesterol-Metabolizing Bacteria Take Center Stage

Among the myriad of bacteria inhabiting your gut, a genus called Oscillibacter is key player in cholesterol metabolism. The study found that individuals with higher levels of Oscillibacter species tended to have lower cholesterol levels in both their blood and stool.2 This suggests that these bacteria actively help in breaking down cholesterol, reducing its accumulation in your body.

By performing homology searches and molecular networking, researchers identified specific enzymes produced by Oscillibacter that facilitate cholesterol metabolism. These enzymes are involved in processes like glycosylation and dehydrogenation, which help modify cholesterol for its essential roles in your body.

This groundbreaking discovery highlights the potential of harnessing these natural allies within your gut to optimize cholesterol levels naturally. In fact, imagine having a team of microscopic guardians within your gut, tirelessly working to maintain your cholesterol balance. Oscillibacter species are proving to be just that.

The study not only identified their cholesterol-metabolizing capabilities but also confirmed that these traits are conserved across different Oscillibacter strains.3 This means that regardless of the specific Oscillibacter species present in your gut, they share the ability to process cholesterol in beneficial ways.

By reducing both fecal and plasma cholesterol levels, these bacteria contribute to better lipid homeostasis. Incorporating dietary strategies or probiotics that promote the growth of Oscillibacter could be a natural and effective method to support your cardiovascular health.

Moreover, the identification of specific microbial pathways involved in cholesterol metabolism offers targets for new therapeutic strategies. As research continues to unravel the complexities of your gut microbiome, the prospect of maintaining a healthy heart through gut health becomes increasingly attainable, empowering you to take proactive steps towards a healthier, longer life.

Unveiling the Enzymes Behind Cholesterol Breakdown

Tiny molecular machines exist in your gut that are specifically designed to break down cholesterol. Recent breakthroughs have identified such enzymes, known as cholesterol dehydrogenases, encoded by previously uncultured gut bacteria.4 Researchers explored the genetic blueprints of the gut microbiome, analyzing millions of genes to pinpoint those responsible for transforming cholesterol into coprostanol — a form that’s poorly absorbed by your body.

These enzymes, designated as ismA genes, play an important role in this conversion process. By integrating vast metagenomic data with metabolomic profiles, scientists were able to predict and validate these cholesterol-metabolizing enzymes. They even expressed these genes in laboratory bacteria to confirm their activity, ensuring that these enzymes are indeed the ones reducing your cholesterol levels.

This meticulous discovery not only uncovers the specific tools your gut bacteria use to manage cholesterol but also highlights the sophisticated interplay between your microbiome and your body’s lipid metabolism. Understanding these enzymes opens the door to targeted therapies that could enhance or mimic their activity, offering a natural way to maintain healthy cholesterol levels.

Meet Your Gut’s Hidden Cholesterol Warriors

Deep within your digestive system resides a group of bacteria that wield the power to manage your cholesterol levels. These bacteria, though not yet cultured in laboratories, have been identified through advanced genetic sequencing techniques. They carry the ismA genes, which encode the cholesterol dehydrogenase enzymes essential for converting cholesterol into coprostanol.

Remarkably prevalent across diverse populations, these bacteria are a common yet overlooked component of the human gut microbiome. Studies have shown that up to 92% of individuals in certain cohorts harbor these cholesterol-metabolizing species, making them a widespread natural ally in maintaining lipid balance.5

Moreover, their abundance is inversely related to inflammatory conditions like Crohn’s disease, suggesting that a healthy gut environment supports their beneficial activity. By thriving in the oxygen-free conditions of your intestines, these bacteria continuously work to reduce cholesterol absorption, thereby lowering your serum cholesterol levels.6

Enhancing the presence of these bacteria through diet, prebiotics or probiotics could be a strategic approach to harnessing their natural cholesterol-optimizing capabilities, offering a personalized pathway to better health.

Causal Links Between Gut Bacteria and Non-HDL Cholesterol

Specific bacteria in your gut also directly influence your levels of non-high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (non-HDL-c). A recent study published in eBioMedicine uncovered that a decrease in Eubacterium rectale and an increase in bacteria known as Clostridium sp CAG_299 are causally linked to higher non-HDL-c levels in your bloodstream.7

This means that these bacteria don’t just correlate with cholesterol levels — they actively contribute to their variation. By employing sophisticated techniques like Mendelian randomization, researchers were able to establish that these gut microbes play a direct role in regulating your cholesterol. Eubacterium rectale appears to lower non-HDL-c, while Clostridium sp CAG_299 does the opposite.

The findings suggest that adjusting your gut flora may be a simple way to naturally maintain optimized cholesterol levels. The study also revealed that the metabolic activities of your gut bacteria are intricately linked to non-HDL-c levels. Specifically, the tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle, a fundamental metabolic pathway, plays a pivotal role.

When Clostridium sp CAG_299 is abundant, it suppresses the reductive TCA cycle, leading to decreased production of beneficial metabolites like 3-indolepropionic acid and N-methyltryptamine. These metabolites are important for maintaining healthy cholesterol levels and might be developed into postbiotics — compounds derived from beneficial bacteria that can be consumed directly to confer health benefits.

On the other hand, Eubacterium rectale supports the TCA cycle, fostering the production of these protective compounds. The suppression of the TCA cycle by harmful bacteria results in lower levels of these metabolites, thereby elevating non-HDL-c in your blood. This biochemical interplay showcases how your gut microbiota doesn’t just passively reside in your digestive system but actively engages in metabolic processes that have far-reaching effects on your health.

Cholesterol Is Your Friend, Not a Foe

As the role your gut microbiome plays in cholesterol becomes clearer, it’s important to understand that cholesterol is one of the most vital substances in your body. This waxy substance serves as a fundamental building block for cell membranes, providing structural integrity and fluidity. It acts as a precursor for various essential hormones and is vital in the production of vitamin D when your skin is exposed to sunlight, contributing to bone health and immune function.

In your digestive system, cholesterol aids in the formation of bile acids, which are necessary for the absorption of fats and fat-soluble vitamins. Further, cholesterol is integral to myelin sheath formation, enhancing nerve signal transmission throughout your body.

A balanced amount of cholesterol is indispensable for optimal health and plays a protective role as you age,8 which is why your focus should not be on lowering cholesterol as much as possible but rather optimizing your levels.

Heart disease often occurs due to damage to the endothelial wall from factors like poor diet, smoking, pollution, chemicals and stress. When damage occurs, your body sends cholesterol as part of the repair process. This is why cholesterol is often found at the site of arterial damage — it’s there to help, not harm.9

Embracing a Holistic Approach to Heart Health

Maintaining a healthy heart extends beyond merely controlling cholesterol levels or sticking to a specific diet. Embracing a comprehensive approach that incorporates multiple essential factors is crucial. Begin by prioritizing whole, unprocessed foods over refined and packaged alternatives. Additionally, ensure you get quality sleep and effectively manage stress, as both play significant roles in your overall health and cardiovascular well-being.

While regular exercise is undoubtedly beneficial, avoiding a sedentary lifestyle is equally important. Simple activities like taking regular walks significantly enhance your health, supporting not only your heart but your entire body’s functionality. Incorporating these movements helps maintain flexibility, improve circulation and reduce the risk of chronic diseases.

Further, pay attention to the condition of your gut microbiome. Anaerobic microorganisms are necessary for transforming indigestible plant matter into valuable fatty acids. These oxygen-intolerant bacteria flourish in environments devoid of oxygen, which necessitates sufficient cellular energy to sustain.

However, modern dietary choices, such as consuming excessive seed oils and exposure to endocrine-disrupting chemicals (EDCs) found in plastics, disrupt this delicate balance. These factors impair the energy production necessary for maintaining an oxygen-free gut environment, making it difficult for oxygen-intolerant bacteria to flourish.

When the oxygen-free conditions of your intestines are compromised, oxygen-tolerant bacteria begin to dominate. These microorganisms produce more potent endotoxins, leading to increased inflammation and adverse reactions to certain carbohydrates. This shift not only disrupts the beneficial functions of your gut microbiome but also has an impact on your cholesterol levels.

Furthermore, endotoxemia — a condition characterized by the presence of endotoxins in your blood — leads to severe complications like septic shock, which is a leading cause of mortality.

Integrating Gut Health Into Heart Disease Prevention

To safeguard your heart health, it’s imperative to focus on both enhancing mitochondrial function and maintaining a balanced gut ecosystem. Understanding the intricate relationship between your gut microbiome and cholesterol levels unveils a powerful tool in your arsenal for heart health.

By adopting a holistic approach that includes nourishing whole foods, staying active, managing stress and nurturing a healthy gut environment, you can naturally support cholesterol optimization and reduce your risk of cardiovascular diseases. This integrated strategy not only promotes a healthier heart but also enhances your overall well-being, empowering you to live a longer, healthier life without relying on pharmaceutical interventions.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Notes

1, 2, 3 Cell April 11, 2024, Volume 187, Issue 8, P1834-1852. E19

4, 5, 6 Cell Host Microbe. 2020 Aug 12;28(2):245–257.e6

7 eBioMedicine. 2024 May 9;104:105150

8 Front. Endocrinol., 13 June 2024, Discussion

9 YouTube, The Primal Podcast October 6, 2024, 0:21

Canada Must Support Norway’s Request for ICJ Opinion on Israel’s Starvation of Gaza

December 18th, 2024 by Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East

Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East (CJPME) is urging the Canadian government to vote in support of Norway’s resolution at the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA), which would request the International Court of Justice (ICJ) to render an urgent advisory opinion on Israel’s starvation policies in Gaza. The resolution, which is scheduled for a vote on Thursday, specifically requests an ICJ opinion on Israel’s obligations as an occupying power and UN member to facilitate humanitarian access in Gaza. CJPME is encouraged that Canada today voted “Yes” on a preliminary motion at the UN’s Fifth Committee to approve the ICJ’s budget, and hopes this logically translates into support for the main resolution at the plenary.

“Israel’s decision to shut down the UN aid agency for Palestinian refugees (UNRWA) is a central pillar of its genocidal campaign of starvation. Canada must support the request by Norway, a NATO ally, to ask the ICJ for clear answers on Israel’s legal responsibilities as an occupying power. This would finally empower the international community to hold Israel’s genocidal regime accountable for the starvation of Gaza,” said Michael Bueckert, Vice President of CJPME.

Norway’s resolution would ask the ICJ for an opinion on “the obligations of Israel, as an occupying Power and as a member of the United Nations […] to ensure and facilitate the unhindered provision of urgently needed supplies essential to the survival of the Palestinian civilian population as well as of basic services and humanitarian and development assistance[.]” The resolution is an urgent response to Israel’s latest legislative measures which threaten to dismantle UNRWA, often described as the backbone of the humanitarian response in Gaza. It also follows the arrest warrants by the International Criminal Court (ICC) against Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu and former defence minister Gallant for using starvation as a weapon of war and deliberately creating “conditions of life calculated to bring about the destruction of part of the civilian population in Gaza.”

CJPME is concerned that Canada may decline to support Norway’s resolution, as the Trudeau government has opposed all previous initiatives to go to the ICJ or ICC on matters related to Israel. However, CJPME notes that the current resolution is consistent with other motions supported by Canada this year, including in defence of UNRWA. Canada also voted “Yes” today at the Fifth Committee to approve the budget for the ICJ advisory opinion, which hopefully indicates that Canada intends to support the main request on Thursday.

CJPME is pleased to note that Canada has taken a more justice-oriented approach in voting on UN resolutions related to Palestine-Israel this year. Whereas since 2011 Canada has been voting “No” on nearly every resolution related to Palestinian human rights, this year Canada has finally shifted in approach by voting “Yes” on a majority of relevant resolutions.

“After years of siding with Israel on the world stage, Canada’s more principles-oriented approach to supporting Palestinian human rights at the UN is very welcome. However, Norway’s request to go to the ICJ will be the real test for this government, as Trudeau must decide if he will support a motion with actual legal teeth, not just symbolic importance,” Bueckert added.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Featured image source

Feeding Chaos: Israel Cripples Syria’s Defence

December 18th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

The justifications are always the same.  We are moving into territory for security reasons. We are creating a temporary buffer zone from which tactical advantage can be gained against potential dangers.  Then, over time, these buffers become strategic fixtures, de facto real estate seizures and annexations.  Israel now finds itself in what was a United Nations-patrolled buffer zone on the Golan Heights, and Turkey is established in parts of northern Syria, keeping a watchful eye on Kurdish militants.

Since October 7 last year, Israel’s response to the attacks by Hamas has been one of sledgehammers and chisels, a conscious attempt to broaden the conflict beyond its Palestinian confines to targeting the Lebanese militia group Hezbollah and its sponsor, Iran. In doing so, Israel has played an increasingly destructive role in Syria, where Hezbollah targets and Iranian supply lines have been struck with regularity.  The move is intended to cripple Teheran’s Axis of Resistance, a patchwork of Shia militias spanning Iraq, Yemen, Lebanon and Syria.

With the collapse of Bashar al-Assad in Syria, Israel intends further disruption. This marks a departure from a policy it had maintained with Assad for some years, one that permitted him and the Syrian Arab Army to operate without molestation subject to one stern caveat: that Hezbollah and, by virtue of that Iran’s influence, could also be contained. This point is made in documents recently unearthed by the New Lines magazine, one that directly involved a channel of communication between an Israeli operative code-named “Mousa” (Mosses) and the Syrian Defence Minister Lt. Gen. Ali Mahmoud Abbas.

A message dated May 17, 2023 outlines Israel’s indignation at an incident involving the firing of three rockets on Israel from the Golan Heights, an action purportedly instructed by Khaled Meshaal and Saleh al-Arouri of Hamas. 

“Lately, because of Quds Day and Flag March, we are observing Palestinian activities on your land […] We warn you of the prospect of any activity of these parties on your territory and we demand you to stop any [Iranian] preparations for the use of these forces on your territory – you’re responsible for what is happening in Syria.”

The collapse of Assad’s rule, spearheaded by Hayat Tahrir Al-Sham (HTS), has brought Israeli intentions to the fore.  The group’s leader, Mohammed al-Julani, has made previous mutterings favouring the Hamas October 7 attacks and expressing solidarity with the Palestinian cause.  Since then, al-Julani has expressed no desire to do battle “with Israel or anyone else and we will not let Syria be used as launchpad for attacks”, promised to protect minority rights and disband rebel groups for incorporation into the Ministry of Defence, and dissembled on whether the new administration would be focused on Islamic law.

On December 10, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu made fairly redundant remarks that his government had no intention meddling in Syria’s internal affairs, only to warn Assad’s successors that any move allowing “Iran to re-establish itself in Syria or allows the transfer of Iranian weapons or any other weapons to Hezbollah, or attacks us – we will respond forcefully and we will exact a heavy price from it.”

Defence Minister Israel Katz similarly warned Syria’s triumphant rebel forces that

“whoever follows in Assad’s footsteps will end up like Assad did.  We don’t allow an extremist Islamic terror entity to act against Israel from beyond its borders… we will do anything to remove the threat.”

Since Assad’s fleeing on December 7, Israel’s air force has made it a priority to destroy the military means of any successor regime in Damascus, citing concerns that material would fall into the hands of undesirable jihadists.  Over December 10 and 11, 350 strikes were conducted on anti-aircraft batteries, airfields, weapons production sites including chemical weapons, combat aircraft and missiles (Scud, cruise, coast-to-sea and air-defence varieties) in Damascus, Homs, Tartus, Latakia and Palmyra.

“I authorised the air force to bomb strategic military capabilities left by the Syrian army,” reasoned Netanyahu, “so that they would not fall into the hands of the jihadists.”

A bold estimate from the IDF about the operation described as “Bashan Arrow”, was that it had destroyed approximately 70-80% of the strategic military capabilities of Assad’s Syrian Arab Army.  As of December 16, the total number of strikes Israel has conducted on Syrian territory has reached 473.  For any advocate of stability, which would require some measure of military capability, this could hardly augur well.

Over the course of this glut of sorties, Israeli troops have militarised the demilitarised zone inside Syria created in the aftermath of the 1973 Arab-Israeli War, including Mount Hermon, a site overlooking Damascus.  The menacing move on Syrian territory was sanitised by IDF military spokesperson Colonel Nadav Shoshani:

“IDF forces are not advancing towards Damascus. This is not something we are doing or pursuing in any way.” 

Both the Beirut-based Mayadeen TV, and the UK-based Syrian Observatory for Human Rights have taken the gloss off such assessments, stating that the IDF has moved within 16 miles of the Syrian capital.

Crippling the infrastructure of the state that awaits the fledgling ruling parties in Syria, who can only count themselves as a ragtag transitional entity at this point, stirs an already turbulent, precarious situation.  The very scenario which Netanyahu and his planners wish to avoid, and Assad sought to prevent, may well be realised.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image: Golan Heights, Israel – An Israeli soldier prepares 155m shells for firing (Gal Rotem/Shutterstock)

In the heart of Spain, amidst bustling cities and serene countryside, a grim reality persists. Many Spanish nationals—poor, homeless, and jobless—struggle to survive. Forced to beg at bus stops, train stations, and along city streets, they embody the desperation that stems from the government’s neglect. This neglect is juxtaposed with the government’s focus on aiding illegal immigrants and providing substantial foreign aid, notably to Ukraine. This misallocation of priorities has left Spain’s most vulnerable citizens feeling abandoned in their own country.

A Two-Tiered System of Care

The Spanish government has prioritized providing illegal immigrants with essentials such as food, clothing, and shelter, ensuring their lives in Spain are more stable and secure. While offering humanitarian aid to vulnerable populations is commendable, it has created a striking imbalance. Spanish nationals, especially the homeless and unemployed, are left to fend for themselves in worsening conditions. The visible disparity between the treatment of illegal immigrants and native Spaniards fuels resentment and highlights a failure in governance.

Many poor Spaniards sleep on the streets, rely on food banks, or face evictions due to an inability to pay rent. Despite their plight, government programs often fail to address the systemic causes of poverty, such as inadequate social safety nets and limited job opportunities. This lack of support has led to a growing number of Spaniards living in despair.

The Cost of Foreign Aid

While struggling citizens are left to their own devices, Spain has directed billions of euros in aid to Ukraine amid its ongoing crisis. This decision, though made under the guise of international solidarity, raises questions about priorities. Why are significant resources being sent abroad when so many Spaniards live in destitution?

Foreign aid is not inherently problematic; it reflects a nation’s compassion. However, when such aid comes at the expense of addressing domestic poverty, it signals a profound imbalance. A nation must first ensure the well-being of its own citizens before extending resources elsewhere.

Political Self-Interest Over Public Welfare

Another glaring issue is the focus of Spain’s political parties on their own agendas rather than the welfare of the people. Both local and national governments often prioritize party interests, sidelining the needs of the populace. Policies are shaped by political gains rather than long-term solutions to poverty and unemployment. This approach has further alienated struggling Spaniards, who feel that their voices are neither heard nor represented.

The Social Implications

The neglect of Spain’s impoverished population has broader societal implications. Rising poverty exacerbates social tensions, especially when perceived preferential treatment is given to immigrants. It also perpetuates cycles of homelessness and unemployment, which can lead to increased crime rates, deteriorating public health, and societal division.

The frustration among Spaniards is palpable. Many believe the government has turned a blind eye to their struggles, and their assessments are not unfounded. Spain’s poor and unemployed deserve to live with dignity, and addressing their plight should be a moral imperative for any government.

A Call for Action

The Spanish government must reevaluate its priorities. It needs to implement policies that:

  1. Increase funding for homelessness prevention programs and affordable housing.
  2. Create employment opportunities through sustainable development projects.
  3. Strengthen social welfare systems to ensure that no Spanish national is left behind.
  4. Balance foreign aid commitments with domestic needs, ensuring that resources are allocated equitably.

Compassion for others should never come at the expense of neglecting one’s own people. Addressing poverty among Spanish citizens is not only a moral obligation but also a prerequisite for a just and equitable society.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser   

Prof. Ruel F. Pepa is a Filipino philosopher based in Madrid, Spain. A retired academic (Associate Professor IV), he taught Philosophy and Social Sciences for more than fifteen years at Trinity University of Asia, an Anglican university in the Philippines. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Sources

Badcock, James. “How Spain’s PM is opening the country’s door to illegal migrants”. The Telegraph. https://www.telegraph.co.uk/world-news/2024/10/25/how-spain-pm-is-opening-country-door- to-illegal-migrants/?msockid=2e3434de89a0631d0304203288e762de

Faus, Joan. “Irregular migrant arrivals almost doubled in Spain in 2023”. Reuters. https://www.reuters.com/world/europe/irregular-migrant-arrivals-almost-doubled-spain-2023- 2024-01-03/

Finch, Walter. “Immigration remains the number one concern in Spain but housing struggles are the fastest-growing worry, according to a new opinion survey”. The Olive Press. https://www.theolivepress.es/spain-news/2024/10/22/immigration-remains-the-number-one-c oncern-in-spain-but-housing-struggles-are-the-fastest-growing-worry-according-to-a-new-opini on-survey/

Moffette, David. Governing Irregular Migration: Bordering Culture, Labour, and Security in Spain. UBC Press, 2018.

Monn, Julia. “Prioritizing openness over pushback: Spain’s approach to migration”. NZZ. https://www.nzz.ch/english/how-spain-is-focusing-on-openness-in-the-immigration-debate-ld.1 858408

Trelinski, Alex. “Spain will give work permits and residency to thousands of illegal migrants”.

The Olive Press. https://www.theolivepress.es/spain-news/2024/11/21/spain-will-give-work-permits-and-reside ncy-to-thousands-of-illegal-migrants/

“Illegal immigration in Spain statistics & facts”. Statista.https://www.statista.com/topics/7855/illegal-immigration-in-spain/

Migrant influx fuels debate in Spain over illegal migration.” The Local.es. https://www.thelocal.es/20240831/migrant-influx-fuels-debate-in-spain-over-illegal-migration

Spain takes first step towards regularising 500 000 migrants.” https://migrant-integration.ec.europa.eu/news/spain-takes-first-step-towards-regularising-500- 000-migrants_en 

Featured image source

“7 Countries in 5 Years” – Regime Change in Iran Coming Soon?

By Gavin OReilly, December 17, 2024

In March 2011, following Assad’s refusal two years prior to allow US-ally Qatar to build a pipeline through his country, citing his relationship with Russia as a factor, a plan was put into action to remove the Syrian President from power.

The Indian Model of Financial Multipolarity Is the Most Relevant for the Global South

By Andrew Korybko, December 17, 2024

Few can afford to be massively tariffed by the US, let alone sanctioned, and most aren’t willing to burn their bridges with the US for ideological reasons at the expense of their immediate economic interests.

Hundreds Dying in Mayotte Cyclone Indicating Years of Neglect in This French Territory

By Bharat Dogra, December 17, 2024

While several reports on the Mayotte cyclone have spoken of hundreds of people dying, other reports, which have also quoted local officials, have expressed the apprehension that the number of dead may even be in the thousands.

Imperialism Remains Existential Military and Economic Threat to Africa

By Abayomi Azikiwe, December 17, 2024

A gathering of the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) in Abuja, Federal Republic of Nigeria, on December 15 failed to resolve the political differences between the regional body and three of its members: Mali, Burkina Faso and Niger.

“Weaponizing East-West Trade: EU Undermines Europe’s Economy by Approving A 15th Sanctions Package on Russia

By Ahmed Adel, December 17, 2024

The Council of the European Union announced the approval of the 15th round of sanctions against Russia on December 16. Clearly, by imposing a new package of sanctions, the EU is willing to continue destroying its own industries by persisting on a policy of economic warfare despite the boomerang effects.

Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD) and the Turkey-Syria Earthquake: Erdogan Prevails against Washington

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 18, 2024

Since the February 2023 earthquakes in Turkey and Syria, several regions of the World have experienced “extreme weather conditions” and “climate events” including earthquakes, floods, and wildfires. Were these events the result of environmental modification techniques (ENMOD) and geo-engineering (e.g. Morocco, Libya, Hawaii…)?

Syria’s Sednaya Prison or How to Occult Israeli Crimes

By Mouna Alno-Nakhal, December 17, 2024

In recent days, official medias of Western-Arab-Zionist countries and malicious users of social network have attempted, once again, to lobotomize people by claiming, with supporting photos and videos, that the Syrian president is indeed the butcher of the people and that the Al-Nosra Front, aka HTS for Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham, is doing a good job in Syria. 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website” drop down menu below the author’s name as well as on the top banner (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

Minor Editing, February 28, 2023

Click here to read this article in Turkish. (bu makaleyi türkçe oku)

.

Destruction, social devastation and the loss of life. Our thoughts are with the people of Turkey and Syria.

***

Since the February 2023 earthquakes in Turkey and Syria, several regions of the World have experienced “extreme weather conditions” and “climate events” including earthquakes, floods, and wildfires. Were these events the result of environmental modification techniques (ENMOD) and geo-engineering (e.g. Morocco, Libya, Hawaii…)? 

Was the February 6, 2023 earthquake in Southern Anatolia the result of environmental modification techniques  (ENMOD)? 

While no direct evidence or proof can be firmly established, there has not been a single “major earthquake” in Southern Anatolia in the course of more than 700 years.

Does that not “tell us something” regarding the “probability” or “likelihood” of a “major earthquake” occurring in Southern Turkey? 

Michel Chossudovsky, September 14, 2023

***

UPDATE

The Political and Social Implications of the February 2023 Earthquakes

The economic, social and geopolitical impacts of the February 2023 two earthquakes in Southern Anatolia are far-reaching. Extensive damage over a large area. More than 50,000 deaths in Turkey and more than 8000 in Syria.

Within Turkey, the earthquakes have not only resulted in economic, social and political chaos to the detriment of the Erdogan government, they were followed by attempts on the part of US-NATO to undermine Erdogan’s reelection (May 14, 2023), largely in view of Ankara’s unspoken strategic alliance with Moscow, not to mention its rapprochement with Teheran. 

Turkey is both a “NATO Heavyweight” as well as “An Ally of Russia”. Sounds Contradictory 

Turkey abandoned NATO’s Air Defence System in favor of Russia’s “State of the Art” S-400. That acquisition of Russian military technology was part of a concurrent military cooperation agreement as well an alliance between Turkey and Russia established in the immediate aftermath of the failed July 2016 US sponsored coup d’Etat, not to mention the unsuccessful assassination plot directed against President Recep Tayyip Erdogan. 

Washington is fully aware that you cannot win a war against Russia when the second largest military power member state of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization namely Turkey is “sleeping with the enemy”. 

Moreover, while Russia controls a large part of the Northern and Eastern coastlines of the Black Sea, the entire Southern coastline as well as access from the Mediterranean under the Montreux Protocol is under Turkey’s jurisdiction.

Finland and Sweden’s Accession to NATO

Also of significance, Turkey was involved in the months prior to the earthquake in blocking (on behalf of Moscow?) both Sweden and Finland from joining NATO. 

In the immediate wake of earthquakes, pressured by Washington to comply, Ankara approved in late March Finland’s application to join NATO:

The Turkish Parliament voted unanimously in favor of Finland’s membership on [March 30], clearing the last hurdle in the accession process. (CNN, March 31, 2023)

May 14, 2023 Turkey Elections

Turkey’s May 14 2023 presidential and parliamentary elections occurred four months after the February 2023 earthquake,Washington’s objective was to: “Replace Erdogan” with an obedient US proxy.

No easy task: Their chosen successor to Erdogan was a proxy of the opposition Kemel Kılıçdaroğlu, who was head of a six-party coalition “united by the sole aim of removing Erdoğan from power”. 

Erdogan’s Justice and Development party ultimately won the May 14, 2023 presidential elections.

Washington regime change attempts (2016, 2023) to remove Erdogan had failed.  The earthquake happened 4 months before the May 2023 election. 

Washington’s ultimate objective was to dismantle both Turkeys Alliances with the Russia and Iran, while reintegrating Turkey back into the Atlantic Alliance as an “obedient NATO country”, no more “sleeping with the enemy”.

 

December 2024: The US-NATO-Israel-Turkey War on Syria 

 

Despite America’s attempts to get rid of Erdogan (2016, 2023), Erdogan won the May 14, 2023 elections (See above).

While Turkey will retain its NATO membership, it is unlikely that it will cancel its alliance with Moscow and Tehran.

President Erdogan’s objective is to consolidate and confiscate territories in northern Syria while negotiating with the United States regarding Washington’s support of Kurdish rebels in Northern Syria and Iraq .

In as much as Russia and Turkey are allies of Iran, an all out war against Iran at this juncture is unlikely to occur.

It is worth noting that Turkey and Israel have an agreement pertaining to the production of advanced weapon systems.

This alliance between Israel and Turkey still prevails:

President Erdogan and Prime Minister Netanyahu have a close and long-standing personal relation.

 

 

Moreover, Russia’s President Putin and Prime Minister Nentanyahu have also a close personal relationship, not to mention that a large percentage of the IDF is made-up of Russian Jews.

At the moment, escalation towards  a World War III scenario  is largely dependent on the structures of military alliances: specifically the alliances of Turkey with Russia and Iran.

Turkey controls the access from the Mediterranean and the Black Sea (under the Montreux Protocol), which is an impediment to NATO. Russia and Turkey control the Black Sea (including land waterways towards Iran).

It is also important that member states of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, consider cancelling their NATO membership under Article 13  of  the Washington Treaty.

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 18, 2024

 

 

Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD)

and the Turkey-Syria Earthquake

 

by

 

Michel Chossudovsky

 

Introduction 

.

The latest reports point to a death toll in Turkey and Syria well in excess of 50,000, more than half a million injured, tens of thousands of people missing. The social devastation and destruction is beyond description. The first and second earthquakes on February 6, 2023 in Kahramanmaras province in Southern Turkey were respectively of the magnitude of 7.6 and 7.8 (Richter scale).

A third earthquake of a magnitude of 6.3 was recorded on February 20th. 

In Turkey, some 530,000 people have been evacuated from the disaster area. Ankara confirms that “173,000 buildings have so far been recorded as collapsed or severely damaged, with more than 1.9 million people taking refuge in temporary shelters or hotels and public facilities.

In the words of President Recep Tayyip  Erdogan: “We are living through the most painful days in our history”. 

In Syria, the earthquakes have largely affected the cities of Aleppo, Lattakia and Hama which are within proximity of Syria’s Northwestern border with Turkey. The latest announced death toll in Syria was 5,914, with 8.8 million people affected. 

President Bachar Al Assad underscored that US-NATO has been at war with Syria for almost 12 years, while emphasizing that “Syria has not been an earthquake area for about two and a half centuries”.

In this article, Part I will focus on the History of Earthquake Activity in Turkey, while underscoring the fact that prior to the February 6, 2023 earthquake, there was no recent evidence or historical record of “major earthquake” activity in Southern Anatolia. 

Part II will provide a Review of Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD).

Part III will focus on The Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques, ratified in 1977 by the UN General Assembly.

What is significant in regards to the Turkey-Syria earthquake disaster is that the 1977 UN Convention (cited above) contains provisions for the conduct of an investigation in regards to “destruction, damage or injury” incurred by the “State Parties”, under the auspices of a UN “Consultative Committee of Experts”.

There are also provisions in the Convention for referral to the United Nations Security Council on behalf of the “State Parties”. These issues are  outlined in Part IV. 

 

I

History of Earthquake Activity in Turkey

 

In regards to Turkey, geological analysis suggests the following:

“earthquake activities mainly occur “on the Anatolian plate, a small wedge-shaped tectonic plate that is being squeezed westwards as the Arabian plate to the east slams into the Eurasian plate“. (emphasis added).

What characterizes Turkey’s earthquake activity is

a sequence along the North Anatolian Fault that started in 1939, causing large earthquakes that moved progressively from east to west over a period of 60 years” 

 

The February 6, 2023 earthquakes with epicentres in Pazarcik (7.8) and Ekinozu (7.5) respectively in proximity of Gaziantep and Kahramanmaraş are the largest “major earthquakes” in recent history. (See Table in Annex, Graph below).

On February 6, around 4:15 a.m. local time, a magnitude 7.8 earthquake struck south-central Turkey near the Turkey/Syria border. Just 11 minutes later, a magnitude 6.7 aftershock shook the region. Nine hours later a magnitude 7.5 quake followed. (USGS – National Earthquake Information Center)

The Map Below identifies the epicentres of the February 6, 2023 earthquakes, located in the South, within proximity of Syria’s Northwestern border.

Epicentre of Ekinozu, Pazarcik earthquakes, February 6, 2023

Recent “Major Earthquakes”

Historically, the largest earthquakes in Turkey have epicentres in North Western Anatolia, in proximity of Istanbul, Western Anatolia as well as in the Northeastern region.

The North Anatolian Fault

Seven large (MS) 7.0 earthquakes in the period from 1939 through 1999 along the North Anatolian Fault. See map above

These earthquakes have ruptured the fault progressively from east to west. Following are data for the seven large earthquakes that have progressively ruptured the North Anatolian fault:

  • 1939 December 26. Magnitude (MS) 7.9 – 8.0. 30,000 deaths. Fault length about 360 km. Initiated the eastward migration of significant earthquakes on the North Anatolian fault. (Termed the 1939 Erzincan earthquake, North Anatolia)
  • 1942 December 20. Magnitude (MS) 7.1. Fault length about 50 km. (Termed the 1942 Erbaa earthquake, North Anatolia)
  • 1943 November 26. Magnitude (MS) 7.6. Fault length about 280 km. (Termed the 1943 Tosya earthquake, Northern Anatolia)
  • 1944 February 01. Magnitude (MS) 7.3. Fault length about 165 km. (Termed the 1944 Bolu-Gerede earthquake, Northern Anatolia)
  • 1957 May 26. Magnitude (MS) about 7. Fault length about 30 km. (Termed the 1957 Abant earthquake, Northern Anatolia)
  • 1967 July 22. Magnitude (MS) 7.1. Fault length about 80 km. (Termed the 1967 Mudurnu Valley earthquake, Northern Anatolia)
  • 1999 August 17. Ismit. Magnitude (MS) 7.8; MW 7.4-7.5) North Western Anatolia

Below are the reports of the 5 largest earthquakes since 1950 all of which are along the North Anatolian Fault

Bingol: a magnitude 6.9 and occurred in the eastern city of Turkey on May 22, 1971.

City of Izmit: August 17, 1999, 90 km southeast of Istanbul, 7.6 magnitude. The earthquake occurred in the industrialized and most densely populated urban areas of Istanbul, Sakarya, Golcuk, Darica, and Derince.

Düzce Quake, 12 November 1999, A major earthquake occurred 70 kilometers (45 miles) east of Adapazari or 170 km (105 mi) northwest of Ankara, A magnitude of 7.2.

The city of Van. 23 October 2011. A magnitude 7.1 earthquake, northeastern city close to border with Iran.

Izmir: of  30 October 2020, a magnitude 7.0 with an epicentre about 14 km northeast of the Greek island of Samos

epicentre of Izmit-Golcuk earthquake in Northwestern Anatolia 

Nota Bene: None of these major earthquakes (1939-1999) are in Southern Anatolia.

Long-Term History of Earthquakes in Turkey (342 AD -1999)

The history of “major earthquakes” is on record since 342 AD based on data compiled by the USGS – National Earthquake Information Center (See Table in Annex).

In the 13th Century, a “major earthquake” (60,000 deaths) was recorded in Adana in 1268 (Southern Anatolia). Moreover, since the 15th Century, all “major earthquakes” have occurred in Northwestern, Western and Northeastern Anatolia. (See Annex)

Southern Turkey Earthquakes

Reuters has categorized the initial major earthquake (February 6, 2023)  “as the most powerful in the region in at least a century”. That is an understatement. In regards to Southern Anatolia, it is the largest earthquake in more than seven centuries. (Adana in 1268, see Table in Annex)

On record in Southern Turkey, is the Ceyhan-Adana earthquake on 27 June 1998, with magnitude of 6.3, affecting the cities of Ceyhan and Adana, 146 deaths. The Ceyan earthquake, however, is not categorized as “a major earthquake” (in excess of 7.0)

As outlined above, the major earthquakes in Turkey are along the North Anatolia Fault.

Prior to February 6, 2023

Not a single “major earthquake” in Southern Anatolia in the course of more than 700 years: Does that not “tell us something” regarding the “probability” or “likelihood” of a “major earthquake” occurring in Southern Turkey?

Earthquake “Forecasting”

Earthquake forecasting is routine. An earthquake can be forecasted up to months ahead. “Forecasting” however must not be confused with “seismological prediction”:

Dutch seismologist Frank Hoogerbeets, who works for the Solar System Geometry Survey (SSGS) in the Netherlands, predicted the earthquake in Turkey on February 3, 2023, three days before its occurrence. 

No Firm Evidence of a Terrorist Attack 

While there may be doubts at a political level, there is at this stage no firm evidence that this was a terrorist attack. Based on information in the public domaine (as opposed to classified information), there is no tangible evidence that “environmental modifications techniques” were used against Turkey and Syria.

Of significance, however, there was an unofficial statement (yet to be confirmed) by Serdar Hussein, the Head of the Turkish Space Agency in an interview on Russian TV. He referred to hard titanium alloy rods sending powerful beams of energy to earth, deep into the ground.

Below is the translation of his interview.

Transcript (Translation)

The head of the Turkish Space Agency, Serdar Hussein Yildirim, on weapons capable of causing earthquakes:

You know those power poles on the streets. They are similar to these pillars, about 8-10 meters high. Metal rods.

There is nothing inside the rod, no explosives, nothing, but it’s a metal rod made of a hard titanium alloy material.

They put them in a satellite.  And then they aim and launch them to Earth. It’s like a stick with a sharp point. For example, God forbid, it falls somewhere, we will not name the disaster scenario now, but as soon as it falls to the ground, it penetrates up to 5 km deep into the earth.  

This happens very quickly and creates an earthquake of magnitude 7-8.

As a result of the impact, everything that is there will be destroyed. Look, there are no weapons here, no explosives, no bombs, nothing like that. Simple sticks [rods]. But there is such a force that comes from outer space, and you have no chance to see it, stop it, or defend yourself.”  (emphasis added)

See video here

 

II

Environmental Modification Techniques

 

There is a vast literature on weather modification techniques for military use much of which is classified. The US and Russia are on record. They possess advanced ENMOD technologies.

The US Military can control the weather. This is confirmed by a US Air Force document entitled “Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025 

The late World renowned scientist Dr. Rosalie Bertell confirmed that “US military scientists … are working on weather systems as a potential weapon.  Already in the 1970s, former National Security advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski had foreseen in his book “Between Two Ages” that:

“Technology will make available, to the leaders of major nations, techniques for conducting secret warfare, of which only a bare minimum of the security forces need be appraised…”

Scientist Dr. Nicholas Begich who was actively involved in the public campaign against HAARP– described HAARP as:

“A super-powerful radiowave-beaming technology that lifts areas of the ionosphere [upper layer of the atmosphere] by focusing a beam and heating those areas. Electromagnetic waves then bounce back onto earth and penetrate everything — living and dead.”

Marc Filterman, a former French military officer, outlines several types of “unconventional weapons” using radio frequencies. He refers to “weather war,” indicating that the U.S. and the Soviet Union had already

“mastered the know-how needed to unleash sudden climate changes (hurricanes, drought) in the early 1980s.”

My article entitled Weather Warfare first published by The Ecologist on May 22 2008 provides a summary of several in-depth and detailed articles I wrote at an earlier period on environmental modification (ENMOD) techniques for military use:

“Rarely acknowledged in the debate on global climate change, the world’s weather can now be modified as part of a new generation of sophisticated electromagnetic weapons. Both the US and Russia have developed capabilities to manipulate the climate for military use.
 .
Environmental modification techniques have been applied by the US military for more than half a century. US mathematician John von Neumann, in liaison with the US Department of Defense, started his research on weather modification in the late 1940s at the height of the Cold War and foresaw ‘forms of climatic warfare as yet unimagined’.
 .
During the Vietnam war, cloud-seeding techniques were used, starting in 1967 under Project Popeye, the objective of which was to prolong the monsoon season and block enemy supply routes along the Ho Chi Minh Trail.
.
The US military has developed advanced capabilities that enable it selectively to alter weather patterns. The technology, which is being perfected under the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) [closed down in 2014, officially transferred to the University of Alaska] is an appendage of the Strategic Defense Initiative – ‘Star Wars’. From a military standpoint, HAARP is a weapon of mass destruction, operating from the outer atmosphere and capable of destabilising agricultural and ecological systems around the world.
.
Established in 1992, HAARP, based in Gokona, Alaska, is an array of high-powered antennas that transmit, through high-frequency radio waves, massive amounts of energy into the ionosphere (the upper layer of the atmosphere). Their construction was funded by the US Air Force, the US Navy and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).
.
Operated jointly by the Air Force Research Laboratory and the Office of Naval Research, HAARP constitutes a system of powerful antennas capable of creating ‘controlled local modifications of the ionosphere’.
.

Rosalie Bertell, president of the International Institute of Concern for Public Health, says HAARP operates as ‘a gigantic heater that can cause major disruptions in the ionosphere, creating not just holes, but long incisions in the protective layer that keeps deadly radiation from bombarding the planet’.

Physicist Dr Bernard Eastlund called it ‘the largest ionospheric heater ever built’.

HAARP is presented by the US Air Force as a research programme, but military documents confirm its main objective is to ‘induce ionospheric modifications’ with a view to altering weather patterns and disrupting communications and radar.

 

 

The CBC Documentary on HAARP

Of significance, a CBC TV report (1996) acknowledged that the HAARP facility in Alaska under the auspices of the US Air Force had the ability of triggering typhoons, earthquakes, floods and droughts: 

“Directed energy is such a powerful technology it could be used to heat the ionosphere to turn weather into a weapon of war. Imagine using a flood to destroy a city or tornadoes to decimate an approaching army in the desert. The military has spent a huge amount of time on weather modification as a concept for battle environments. If an electromagnetic pulse went off over a city, basically all the electronic things in your home would wink and go out, and they would be permanently destroyed.”

CBC TV Report (1996)

It should be noted that while the HAARP program based in Gakona, Alaska was closed down in 2014 (transferred to the University of Alaska), the US Air Force which managed the HAARP project, nonetheless confirmed that ENMOD techniques for military use were slated to continue:

“We’re moving on to other ways of managing the ionosphere, which the HAARP was really designed to do,” he said.

“To inject energy into the ionosphere to be able to actually control it. But that work has been completed.”

“Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather”

The underlying objective from a military standpoint is “Owning the Weather”. At the time this US Air Force study was commissioned in 1996, the HAARP program was already fully operational as documented by the CBC.

The stated purpose of the Report is described below:

In this paper we show that appropriate application of weather-modification can provide battlespace dominance to a degree never before imagined. In the future, such operations will enhance air and space superiority and provide new options for battlespace shaping and battlespace awareness there, waiting for us to pull it all together;” in 2025 we can “Own the Weather.” (Commissioned by US Air Force document AF 2025 Final Report,  (public document)

Weather-modification, according to the US Air Force Report  offers the war fighter a wide range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary”, capabilities, it says, extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes:

‘Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally… It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes. The ability to generate precipitation, fog and storms on earth or to modify space weather… and the production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of [military] technologies.”

US Air Force document AF 2025 Final Report, (original AF document link no longer available)

See complete reports commissioned by the US Air Force

 ….From enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counterspace control, weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary. Some of the potential capabilities a weather-modification system could provide to a war-fighting commander in chief (CINC) are listed in table 1. (emphasis added)

While the triggering of earthquakes is an integral part of the HAARP technology, the term earthquakes does not appear explicitly in the above version of US Air Force document. Appendices A and B of the report point to role of the Ionosphere pertaining to maximum usable frequency (MUF).

The Involvement of the CIA in ENMOD Technologies

Back in July 2013,  MSN news reported that the CIA was involved in helping to fund a project by the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) focusing on geo-engineering and climate manipulation. The report not only acknowledged these technologies, it confirmed that US intelligence has been routinely involved in addressing the issue of climatic manipulation:

“The goal of the CIA-backed NAS study is to conduct a “technical evaluation of a limited number of proposed geoengineering techniques,” according to the NAS website. Scientists will attempt to determine which geoengineering techniques are feasible and try to evaluate the impacts and risks of each (including “national security concerns”).” (See Slate, July 2013)

“The CIA is helping fund the research because the NAS also plans to evaluate “the national security concerns (that could be) related to geoengineering technologies being deployed somewhere in the world,” Kearney said.

.

 

 

III

 

The 1977 U.N. Convention

on the Use of Environmental Modification Techniques

.

 
In 1977, an international Convention was ratified by the UN General Assembly which banned “military or other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects”.  
.
ENMOD techniques also apply to earthquakes:
.
“It defined ‘environmental modification techniques’ as ‘any technique for changing – through the deliberate manipulation of natural processes – the dynamics, composition or structure of the earth, including its biota, lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere, or of outer space.” (emphasis added)
.

 

The historic 1977 Convention ratified by the UN General Assembly banning “military or other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects.”

 

….Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to engage in military … use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects as the means of destruction, damage or injury to any other State Party. (Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques, United Nations, Geneva, May 18, 1977. Entered into force: 5 October 1978, see full text of Convention in Annex)

To Read the full text of the UN Convention, click here

The List of countries which have ratified or signed the Treaty 

As of 2022, 78 countries have ratified or acceded to the treaty including Syria, Turkey, Iraq, Iran, the U.S. and the Russian Federation. Israel has not ratified the Treaty.

Official UN document 

European Parliament Committee’s Motion for Resolution

It is also worth noting that in February 1998, the European Parliament’s Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the HAARP program. The Committee’s “Motion for Resolution” submitted to the European Parliament:

“Considers HAARP… by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body…; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration… to give evidence to the public hearing …into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.” (emphasis added)

 

 

IV

“An Expert Investigation” into “Hostile Use of ENMOD” 

.

In view of the gravity of the Turkey-Syria earthquake, the loss of life, the devastating social and economic impacts, an “expert investigation” should be conducted predicated on the 1977 International Convention banning “military or other hostile use of environmental modification techniques”.

I should mention that since the ratification of the 1977 UN Convention cited above, ENMOD techniques for military use have become increasingly sophisticated.

Can we trust the United Nations? The two “State Parties”, namely Turkey and Syria should collaborate and conduct their own internal investigation prior to the conduct of an expert investigation under UN auspices.

The Terms of Reference of this Investigation are contained in the Articles of Agreement of the UN Treaty.

I will be referring to Article I, II and V (excerpts) which identify the nature of the Expert Investigation. (emphasis added). Click here, to consult the complete list of Articles

Article I. 1.

Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to engage in military or any other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects as the means of destruction, damage or injury to any other State Party.

Article II refers to ENMOD techniques including earthquakes:

Article II

As used in article 1, the term “environmental modification techniques” refers to any technique for changing – through the deliberate manipulation of natural processes – the dynamics, composition or structure of the Earth, including its biota, lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere, or of outer space.

Article V

1. The States Parties to this Convention undertake to consult one another and to co-operate in solving any problems which may arise in relation to the objectives of, or in the application of the provisions of, the Convention. Consultation and co-operation pursuant to this article may also be undertaken through appropriate international procedures within the framework of the United Nations and in accordance with its Charter. These international procedures may include the services of appropriate international organizations, as well as of a Consultative Committee of Experts as provided for in paragraph 2 of this article.

2. For the purposes set forth in paragraph 1 of this article, the Depositary shall within one month of the receipt of a request from any State Party to this Convention, convene a Consultative Committee of Experts. …

3. Any State Party to this Convention which has reason to believe that any other State Party is acting in breach of obligations deriving from the provisions of the Convention may lodge a complaint with the Security Council of the United Nations. Such a complaint should include all relevant information as well as all possible evidence supporting ItS validity.

4. Each State Party to this Convention undertakes to cooperate in carrying out any investigation which the Security Council may initiate, in accordance with the provisions of the Charter of the United Nations, on the basis of the complaint received by the Council. The Security Council shall inform the States Parties of the results of the investigation.

In Annex to the Text of the Convention is the Following:

1. The Consultative Committee of Experts shall undertake to make appropriate findings of fact and provide expert views relevant to any problem raised pursuant to paragraph 1 of article V of this Convention by the State Party requesting the convening of the Committee.

emphasis added

Concluding Remarks 

 

We are in solidarity with the people of Turkey and Syria.

At this stage, it would be unwise and premature to draw simplistic conclusions.

There is a forbidden truth. I have attempted to provide a framework of analysis and understanding.

The damage and loss of life is beyond description: The issue should be the object of analysis, dialogue and debate, with reference to the 1977 International Convention banning “military or other hostile use of environmental modification techniques”.

Turkey and Syria as “State Parties” must, as a first step, conduct their own internal investigation before referring it to the UN Consultative Committee of Experts and/or to the United Nations Security Council.

 

 


Annex  

Source: This Information was provided by USGS – National Earthquake Information Center

The following are the sources and footnotes 

ISK: Earthquake catalog of Kandilli Observatory, Bogazici University, Istanbul, supplied by NOAA/NGDC (Meyers and Von Hake), Boulder CO, 1985.

ITU: K. Ergin, U. Guclu and Z. Uz, A Catalog of Earthquakes for Turkey and Surrounding Area (11 AD to 1964 AD), Technical University of Istanbul, Faculty of Mining Engineering, 1967.

AFAD: Earthquake Risk Map by AFAD, Department of Disasters and Emergency Management, 2018.

NG(n): R. Ganse and J. Nelson, Catalog of Significant Earthquakes 2000 BC – 1979 Including Quantitative Casualties and Damage, NOAA/NGDC Report SE-27, Boulder CO, 1981. The number in parentheses is from their references table, as listed below:

2: Lomnitz, Global Tectonics and Earthquake Risk, 1974.

3: Bath, Introduction to Seismology, 1978.

5b: (there is no source 5b — probably should be 55?).

7: Meyers and von Hake, Earthquake data file summary, 1976.

51: Munchener Ruckversicherungs-Gesellschaft, World Map of Natural Hazards, 1978.

55: Milne, Catalogue of Destructive Earthquakes, 1911.

73: U.S. Congress, Great Earthquakes, 1888.

99: Karnik, Seismicity of the European Area, 1971.

120: Alsinawi and Galih, Historical Seismicity of Iraq, 1978.

138: Ambraseys, Middle East A Reappraisal of Seismicity, 1978.

 

The Black Alliance for Peace welcomes the sentence of three years probation and community service which were imposed in the culmination of the baseless charges and trial of the Uhuru 3, Omaili Yeshitela, Penny Hess, and Jesse Nevel, which were initiated by the Biden Administration Justice Department.  

“The attack on the African Peoples Socialist Party and Uhuru movement was intended as an attack against the Black liberation movement in a pathetic move to intimidate into silence and non-resistance the most consistent anti-imperialist force in the United States of America – the revolutionary African working class, stated Ajamu Baraka, Chair of the Coordinating Committee of the Black Alliance for Peace. “What the state did not understand was that no matter what the outcome would have been in the sentencing of the Uhuru 3, the resistance efforts on the part of our movement were going to intensify in 2025. Our movement cannot be intimidated by state actions.” 

The government’s weak case was punctuated by its own witness admitting under oath that no evidence was found that proved the three were agents of the Russian government, but the overwhelming volume of that meaningless “evidence” also confused the jury into finding the three guilty of conspiring to do something that they also found they did not ultimately do. This is not logical, but logic is never the goal of the government when it comes to silencing dissent, and that certainly was the goal of the Biden Administration in this case.

It is interesting to note that it was a Trump-appointed judge who exposed the glaring contradiction of that trial in his sentencing, declaring that despite how one might respond to the rhetoric or ideas of the defendants, their actions were protected political speech that caused no harm, which he said must be allowed “or it gets chilled.”

While any “punishment” handed down from imperialist courts for actions that are supposed to be legally protected are in themselves illegitimate in our eyes, the refusal of the judge to incarcerate the Uhuru 3 is a victory in the fight against a repressive regime regardless of which wing of the finance capital bird leads it. The irony of a Trump appointee defending free speech in a trial meant to imprison Africans for exercising it should be lost on no one.

The U.S. left also played a role in this two-year ordeal by acquiescing to the threat of Democrat-led government repression with little resistance and deafening silence. Whether due to fear of being next, because of their belief in the Democrat-created lie of Russiagate or because of their own internal Russophobia, or worse anti-communism (even though Russia is not a communist country any longer), the lack of support given to the Uhuru 3 reminds U.S.-based African anti-imperialists that we are largely on our own. Therefore, our greatest strength is found in international solidarity with like-minded and focused peoples around the world.

BAP reiterates its unwavering support for the Uhuru 3, and congratulates them on this outcome. We also recognize that this is but one small victory in a larger, ongoing battle against imperialist repression that we must continue to fight as the 60 Stop Cop City protesters facing RICO charges in Atlanta are next on the firing line of the same repressive Democrat-led government. We should not merely hope for a sympathetic judge, Trump-appointed or otherwise, to stand between the people exercising our rights and the state trying to deny them and criminalize us.

BAP declares that we are at war, so we must fight against this system and whomever is the face of it, and in doing so we will never fight alone. We fight with the entire anti-imperialist world already engaged in that struggle against this government that represses us all.

No Compromise, No Retreat!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Featured image is from BAP

In the early hours of last Sunday morning, a seismic geopolitical shift occurred when the 24-year Presidency of Syria by Bashar al-Assad came to an end in dramatic fashion.

Beginning just 11 days previously, an offensive led by the Western-backed Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham (HTS) group resulted in the capture of vast swathes of government-controlled territory, including, perhaps most notably, the key city of Aleppo. One of the first major cities to be captured by opposition groups amidst the outset of the conflict, Aleppo would be liberated in December 2016 in an offensive by the Syrian Arab Army, with Russian air strikes playing a key role in support. Thus, for the city to once again fall into the hands of insurgents was a foreboding sign.

As the militants subsequently began to close in on the capital Damascus, it soon became apparent that Assad’s fate was sealed. Leaving the country alongside his family on a chartered flight shortly afterwards, the former Syrian President would be granted asylum in Moscow, bringing to an end a 13-year coordinated attempt by various powers to topple his government.

In March 2011, following Assad’s refusal two years prior to allow US-ally Qatar to build a pipeline through his country, citing his relationship with Russia as a factor, a plan was put into action to remove the Syrian President from power. Amidst the wider Arab Spring protests taking place at the time, the CIA and MI6 began a covert operation to arm and train Salafist militants opposed to Assad’s secular rule. Joining Washington and London in this endeavour would be Saudi Arabia and Qatar, who would have been the starting points for the proposed pipeline, Turkey, who would have been its entry point to Europe, and Israel, owing to Syria’s membership of the Axis of Resistance and its key role as a conduit between Iran and Hezbollah.

Indeed, two years into the proxy war on Syria, both Iran and Hezbollah would launch a requested intervention in the hopes of preserving Assad’s government, as would Russia another two years later, again at the request of Damascus. Though both interventions undoubtedly played a key role in extending Assad’s far longer than had he acted in isolation amidst the beginnings of the conflict, it would ultimately be the militants, centred in a stronghold in the northwest city of Idlib, who would claim victory last Sunday, leading to a situation that historically does not bode well for either Syria or the wider region.

In 2003, following the US-Anglo invasion of Iraq and subsequent overthrow of Saddam Hussein, the country would be plunged into chaos, creating a power vacuum that, combined with the subsequent destabilisation of neighbouring Syria, would ultimately lead to the emergence of ISIS in 2013. In 2011, at the same time as the Syrian regime-change operation, a similar operation would occur in Libya, owing to Muammar Gaddafi’s proposed Gold Dinar currency. On top of the similar Western support for militant groups vying to remove Gadaffi’s rule, a No Fly Zone would also be imposed by NATO against Tripoli, causing the Libyan Arab Jamahiriya, once the most prosperous nation in Africa, to collapse within eight months. Like Iraq, Libya would also be plunged into chaos, with the refugee crisis greatly exacerbated as a result. Syria, another Arab state now joining the list of having its ruler forcibly removed by Western interests, now looks set to suffer a similar fate of extreme instability and sectarian strife. The only noticeable difference being that Assad did not suffer a similar fate as his Iraqi and Libyan counterparts – Hussein being hanged in Baghdad in December 2006, and Gaddafi being lynched on a Libyan street in October 2011.

The removal of Assad from power now also signifies that a dramatic push from the West and Israel to enact regime-change in another long-time target may now be imminent – that target being Iran.

In a 2007 interview with independent media outlet Democracy Now! retired four-star General Wesley Clark would recount how on a visit to the Pentagon in the days following 9/11, an unnamed General informed him that the decision had been made to go to war with Iraq in response, despite there being no evidence to link Saddam Hussein’s government to the attacks.

.

Watch on X

.

In a subsequent follow-up meeting a few weeks later, at which stage the United States had already begun bombing Afghanistan, the same official informed Clark that a plan had been put in place to take out “7 countries in 5 years”, which alongside Iraq, also included Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia and Sudan, before “finishing it off with Iran”. A situation that, with the fall of Tehran’s Arab ally, now looks increasingly likely.

Indeed, a key donor to Donald Trump’s recent Presidential campaign would be Miriam Adelson, wife of casino magnate Sheldon Adelson, who donated $20mn to Trump’s 2016 campaign on condition that the US Embassy be moved from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. A move that the Republican candidate duly followed through with upon his 2017 inauguration. With Sheldon Adelson subsequently passing away in 2021, his wife would donate an even greater amount of $100mn to Trump’s 2024 campaign, this time on condition that the US endorses a Gaza-style land grab of the West Bank. A recent report in the Adelson-family owned Israel Hayom outlet, just over a week after Trump’s election, would subsequently outline how the incoming administration is planning on toppling the Islamic Republic also.

In order to implement such an event, two strategies seem the most likely.

Image: Protests in Melbourne to stand in solidarity with the Iranian protests. (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)

undefined

The first, would be to launch a “Persian Spring”-style regime-change operation in Iran akin to what occurred in Libya and Syria in 2011 i.e. the instigation of violent protests, and the use of the subsequent instability to funnel arms to opposition groups in a bid to escalate the situation even further. Indeed, such a scenario played out in the Islamic Republic from September 2022 until early 2023, when following the death of Mahsa Amini, a 22-year old Iranian woman who passed away in a Tehran hospital after fainting following a verbal altercation with a female police officer, protests that began in response would soon escalate into extreme violence.

Despite being portrayed as an organic response to the rule of the Ayatollah, it would soon become apparent that external actors were playing a key role. Masih Alinejad, an Iranian exile in New York who had previously met with former US Secretary of State and long-time supporter of Iranian regime-change Mike Pompeo, became one of the most vocal supporters on social media of the Iranian protests. Former US National Security Advisor John Bolton, another notorious Iran-hawk, would subsequently admit in an interview with BBC Persian that arms were being supplied to opposition groups in Iran amidst the disturbances. Within days of the fall of Assad, Israeli President Benjamin Netayahu released a video, ostensibly directed at the Iranian population, in which he repeated the “Women. Life. Freedom” slogan of the 2022 colour revolution, indicating that plans are in place to attempt a repeat in Iran.

The second strategy, would be a false flag event, blamed on Iran, and used as a pretext for Washington to go to war with Tehran. A strategy that led to the initial “7 countries in 5 years” plan in the first place.

On the morning of September 11th 2001, as chaos unfolded in New York and the world was irrevocably changed forever, a New Jersey housewife noticed another alarming sight from her apartment window. Three young men, kneeling on the roof of a delivery van parked in the car park of her apartment complex, appeared to be in celebratory mood, dancing and high-fiving one another, in spite of the surrounding scenes of the collapsing Towers.

Reporting this incident and the vehicle registration number to the authorities, the van would be stopped by gunpoint later that afternoon, with 5 men aged between 22 and 27 detained at the scene. To the puzzlement of the arresting officers, it would transpire that the men were Israelis, with one of the men – Sivan Kurzberg – announcing upon his arrest “We are Israeli. We are not the problem. Your problems are our problems. The Palestinians are the problem”. $4,700 in cash was found on one of the men, one had two foreign passports, and traces of explosives were detected in the van by sniffer dogs.

Following the arrests of the five men, who would later be dubbed the “Dancing Israelis”, the office of their employers – Urban Moving Systems – would be raided by the FBI the next day, who concluded that there was little evidence to suggest a legitimate business was being operated from the building, owing to the disproportionate amount of computers and electronic equipment present for such a supposedly small company. Returning to the office a month later to conduct a follow-up search, FBI agents would find the building completely abandoned, and that company director Dominick Suter – another Israeli – had fled the United States for Israel two days after being questioned by the FBI on the day of the first raid.

The five Israelis arrested on 9/11 would be continued to be held in detention, with the FBI coming to the conclusion that at least two of them were Mossad operatives. Sivan Kurzberg’s brother Paul had initially refused to take a lie detector test while in custody, and would subsequently fail it when he eventually did. One of his legal team would later state that his reluctance to take part was due to his previous involvement in Israeli intelligence activities in other countries. After 71 days all five would be released on the order of US Attorney General John Ashcroft, who would later set up a consultancy firm that would count the Israeli government as one of its first clients.

Upon their return to Israel in November 2001, all five would be interviewed on the talk show Inside Israel, with one of the men, Oded Ellner, confirming foreknowledge of the attacks by declaring “our purpose was to document the event”. It would later transpire that more than 200 Israelis were arrested in the United States following the attacks, with many posing as arts students and granted special documentation that allowed them access to sensitive government buildings.

One year prior to the attacks, in March 2000, the World Trade Center would play host to the World Views artists in residence programme, which saw walls opened up and windows removed for a planned lighting exhibition that was due to take place on the 90th and 91st floors. In stunning coincidence, this would be where the planes would strike a year later. In even further coincidence, the same year saw the publication of the Rebuilding America’s Defenses document by the Project for the New Century think-tank, which in line with General Wesley Clark’s revelations, envisaged Washington capitalising on its position as the world’s sole superpower following the end of the Cold War and taking a dominant role in world affairs through military force. The document would admit however, that such a policy could only be implemented slowly and incrementally, save for a “catastrophic and cataclysmic event” such as a “new Pearl Harbor”. Such an event would conveniently occur the following year in New York and Virginia, and now looks likely to occur again in the not-too-distant future, with a war on Iran being the intended result.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research’s Holiday Fundraiser 

Gavin O’Reilly is an activist from Dublin, Ireland, with a strong interest in the effects of British and US Imperialism. Secretary of the Dublin Anti-Internment Committee, a campaign group set up to raise awareness of Irish Republican political prisoners in British and 26 County jails. His work has previously appeared on American Herald Tribune, The Duran, Al-Masdar and MintPress News. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Support him on Patreon. 

Featured image source